BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG

ANH FRIENDS PLUS

vectorstock.com/7952556

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú

eBook Collection

BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH LỚP 6 - CẢ

NĂM - FRIENDS PLUS - NĂM HỌC 2023-
2024 - CÓ FILE NGHE - HK1 (BẢN HS-GV) -
253 TRANG
WORD VERSION | 2024 EDITION
ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL
TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM

Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo

Phát triển kênh bởi
Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú
Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : 
Nguyen Thanh Tu Group

Hỗ trợ trực tuyến

Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon
Mobi/Zalo 0905779594
Exercise 1. Give the correct form of the words in the blank (Using the present simple and
present continuous).
1. Lan (not have) ............................. many friends in her new school.
2. Hung (come) ............................. from Vinh but he (stay) ............................. with his relatives
in Ho Chi Minh city at the moment.

L
3. We (not drive) ............................. to work every day. We (go) ............................. by bus.
4. Who you (talk) ............................. to on the phone now, Minh?

IA
5. Where your new friend (live) .............................,Nga?
-She (live) ............................. on Hang Bai street.
6. you (be) ............................. in class 7A?

IC
-No, I (be) ............................. in class 7D.
7. Look! Jane (play) ............................. the guitar. This afternoon, she will play table tennis.
8. I (not talk) ............................. to her at present
9. How often ............................. she (go) ............................. fishing?

F
- She (go) ............................. once a year.

OF
10. (Be) ............................. your friends ............................. students?
-Yes, they (be) .............................

Exercise 2 . Give the correct form of the verbs in the blank space (Using the present simple
and present continuous).
1. Where (be) your brothers?
- They (study)
2. Minh usually (play)
Now he (play)
ƠN
in the library.
volleyball after school.
volleyball in the sports ground.
3. Children shouldn’t (stay) up late.
4. Next Sunday is Nga’s birthday. She (invite) some friends for her birthday
NH
party.
5. He enjoys (collect) stamps and coins.
6. Next year, my sister (be) a teacher.
7. I (do) my Math homework at the moment.
8. Let’s (go) to the English club.
Y

Exercise 3. Give the correct form of verb at the simple tense and the continuous tense.
QU

1. Sit down! A strange dog .............................. (run) to you.

2. My mom often .............................. (buy) meat from the butcher’s.
3. My brothers .............................. (not/ drink) coffee at the moment.
4. Look! Those people .............................. (climb) the mountain so fast.
5. That girl .............................. (cry) loudly in the party now.
6. These students always .............................. (wear) warm clothes in summer.
M

7. What .............................. (you/ do) in the kitchen?

8. I never .............................. (eat) potatoes.
9. The 203 bus .............................. (set off) every fifteen minutes.
KÈ

10. Tonight, we .............................. (not/go) to our teacher’s wedding party.

Exercise 4. Supply the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets.
1. Our friends (come) here soon.
2. My father never (drink) coffee.
Y

3. I usually to school by bike but tomorrow I to school by

bus. (go)
DẠ

4. He (visit) his grandparents next week.

5. Jane (play) the piano at present.
6. We (not invite) many friends to the party tonight.
7. I (be) rich someday.
8. Hurry up! We (wait) for you.
Exercise 5. Complete the sentences with the Present simple or the Present continuous form
of the verbs.
1. They often (visit) their parents in the holidays.
2. We (speak) French at the moment.
3. I (watch) TV about 3 hours a day.

L
4. My family usually (go) to the movies on Sunday.
5. Look at the girl! She (ride) a horse.

IA
6. We (play) tennis now.
7. Minh sometimes (practise) the guitar in his room.
8. you (like) chocolate ice cream?

IC
9. I really (like) cooking.
10. Hung can’t answer the phone because he (take) a shower.
Exercise 6. Give the correct form of tense in the blank.
Ex: She (come) tomorrow morning.

F
She will come tomorrow morning.

OF
1. Hoa always (help) her parents on their farm in her free time.
2. Our summer vacation (start) in June and (last) for almost three months.
3. What do you like (do) during your vacation?
4. It’s ten to seven. Hurry up or you (be) late for work.
5. We (go) swimming every afternoon.
6. Hoa(have) breakfast with her uncle now.
7. He (not come)
8. They (talk) ƠN
to the party tomorrow night.
about Hoa’s work at the moment.
Exercise 7.Give the correct form of the verbs.
1. They (do) it for you tomorrow.
2. My father (call) you in 5 minutes.
NH
3. We believe that she (recover) from her illness soon.
4. I promise I (return) from school on time.
5. If it rains, he (stay) at home.
6. You (take) me to the zoo this weekend?
7. I think he (not come) back his hometown.
Y

Exercise 8. Give the correct form of the verbs in the simple future.
1. (they / come) tomorrow?
QU

2. When (you / get) back?

3. If you lose your job, what (you / do)?
4. In your opinion, (she / be) a good teacher? -
5. What time (the sun / set) today?
6. (she / get) the job, do you think?
7. (David / be) at home this evening?
M

8. What (the weather / be) like tomorrow?

9. There’s someone at the door, (you / see) it?
10. How (he / get) here?
KÈ

Exercise 9. Fill in the blank with should or shouldn’t

Ex: Children should drink lots of milk.
1. You help your mother with the housework.
2. I go to the doctor? – Yes, you .
3. Students go to school late.
Y

4. She brush her teeth after every meal.

5. You drink beer. It’s not good for your health.
DẠ

6. they stay up late? – No, they .

7. We eat a lot of fruit and vegetables.
8. Children work too much.

Exercise 10. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in
brackets.
1. I (not be) very happy yesterday.
2. The people in the café (not be) friendly when I was there yesterday.
3. I (leave) my school bag at school this morning.
4. It (be) a great film in 2001.
5. Our teacher (tell) us to be quiet yesterday.

L
6. I went to the shop but I (not have) any money.
7. Susan (not know) about the exam and she did very badly.

IA
8. I (buy) a ticket for the football match yesterday.
Exercise 11. Put the verbs in brackets in the present perfect or the simple past tense.
1. We (never watch) that TV programme.

IC
2. We (watch) a good programme on TV last night.
3. He (read) that novel many times before.
4. He (read) that novel again during my last vacation.
5. I (have) a little trouble with my car last week.

F
6. However, I (have) no trouble with my car since then.

OF
7. I (not see) John for a long time. I (see) him 3 weeks ago.
8. The school bell (ring) . We must go now.
9. I (meet) Mary last night. She (become) a very big girl.
10. He is very thirsty. He (not drink) since this morning.
Exercise 12 Give the correct form of the verbs in the present perfect.
1. Tom (see) this film before.
2. I (finish)
3. They (live)
4. My father (just wash)
ƠN
my exercise already.
here since 1990.
his car.
5. The students (discuss) the question recently.
6. Mary (never, be) to Ha Noi.
NH
7. We (know) each other for 5 years.
8. So far we (learn) five lessons.
9. We (be) pen pals for a long time.
10. They (stay) here since last week.
Exercise 13. Put the verbs in brackets in the present perfect or the simple past tense.
Y

1. I ...................... (do) all the housework. The flat is really clean now.
2. He ...................... (write) a novel for two years, but he ................................. (not finish) it yet.
QU

3. My brother ...................... (leave) home 10 years ago. I ................................. (never/ meet)

him again since then.
4. I like your car. How long ...................... you ...................... (have)it?
5. What ...................... you ...................... (do) last weekend? ...................... (play) golf?
6. Mai ...................... (buy) a new dress last week, but she ...................... (notwear) it yet.
7. Mr. Quang ...................... (teach) Math in this school since he ...................... (graduate) from
M

the university in 1989.

8. ...................... you ...................... (hear) of Agatha Christie? She ...................... ( be) a novels
writer.You ...................... (read) any of them
KÈ

9. When I ..................... (get) home last night, I ..................... (be) very tired and I ......................
(go) straight to bed.
10. Daniel ......................(earn) some money last week. But I’m afraid he .....................................
(already/ spend) it all.
Y

Exercise 14. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in
brackets.
DẠ

1. I (not be) very happy yesterday.

2. The people in the café (not be) friendly when I was there yesterday.
3. I (leave) my school bag at school this morning.
4. It (be) a great film in 2001.
5. Our teacher (tell) us to be quiet yesterday.
6. I went to the shop but I (not have) any money.
7. Susan (not know) about the exam and she did very badly.
8. I (buy) a ticket for the football match yesterday.

Exercise 15. Give the correct form of the verbs.

L
1. How many languages Hoa (speak) ? - Well, two languages.
2. She always (borrow) my bike.

IA
3. My English class (start) at 7.15.
4. Look! Somebody (climb) up the tree.
5. You (like) music?

IC
6. He must (get up) early.
7. Nam (not do) his homework now.
8. My mum is going to (be) here tomorrow.
9. How often you (take) a shower? - I take a shower every day.

F
10. They (be) staying at home now.

OF
Exercise 16. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses.
1. If I see him, I (give) him a lift.
2. The table will collapse if you (stand) on it.
3. If he (eat) all, he will be full.
4. If I find your passport, I (telephone) you at once.
5. The police (arrest)
6. If he (read)
7. Someone (steal)
ƠN
him if they catch him.
in bad light, he will ruin his eyes.
your car if you leave it unlocked.
8. What will happen if mv parachute (not open) ?
9. If he (wash) my car, I’ll give him $10.
NH
10. If she (need) a radio, she can borrow me.

Exercise 17. Give the correct form of the words.

1. Lan (be) very tired when she (catch) a bad cold twodays ago.
2. Everybody (wait) for the president in the hall now.
Y

3. You should (go) to bed early.

4. I hope you (feel) better soon.
QU

5. She needs (eat) a lot vegetables and fruits.

6. He (not come) to the meeting last week.
7. My father never (take) medicine.
8. There (be) nobody there when I (arrive) yesterday.

Exercise 18. Give the correct form of the verbs.

M

1. What they ..................... (do) tonight? - They ..................... (listen) to music on the radio.
2. Your brother ..................... (can, swim) ? - Yes, he can. He ..................... (swim) very well.
3. He ..................... (be) tired and he’d like ..................... (sit) down.
KÈ

4. Hoa ..................... (not do) her homework in the afternoon. She ..................... (do) it in the
evening.
5. Look! The plane ..................... (fly) towards the airport. It ..................... (land).
6. She (have) ............................ a party tonight.
7. They ............................ (not watch) television at the moment.
Y

8. Let’s ............................ (help) your friend, Nam. She ............................ (do)her homework.
9. What you ............................ (do) this summer vacation?
DẠ

- I ............................ (visit) Ha Long Bay.

10. She can ............................ (speak) English very well.
11. It often ............................ (rain) in summer.
19. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense form.
1. He (drive) to the office every day.
2. she (learn) English now?
3. Be quiet! We (study) in the library.

L
4. They like (spend) their vacation on the beach.

IA
5. At break time, I (go) to the library and (read) some books.
6. you (like) this film?

IC
20. Put the verbs in brackets into Present simple or Present continuous tense.
Let's look at that photo. It is Sunday evening and my friends and I (1. be) at
Linda's birthday party. Linda (2. wear) a beautiful long dressand (3.

F
stand) next to her boyfriend. Some guests (4. drink) wine

OF
or beer in the comer of the room. Some of her relatives (5. dance) in the
middle of the room. Most people (6. sit) on chairs, (7. enjoy) foods and (8. chat)
with one another. We often (9. go) to our friends' birthday parties. We
always (10. dress) well and (11. travel) by taxi. Parties never (12. make)
us bored because we like them.

1. Sit down! A strange dog (run)

ƠN
20. Put the verbs in brackets into Present simple or Present continuous.
to you.
2. My mom often (buy) meat from the butcher's.
NH
3. My brothers (not/ drink) coffee at the moment.
4. Look! Those people (climb) the mountain so fast.
5. That girl (cry) loudly in the party now.
6. These students always (wear) warm clothes in summer.
Y

7. What (you/ do) in the kitchen?

8. I never (eat) potatoes.
QU

9. The 203 bus (set off) every fifteen minutes.

10. Tonight we (not/ go) to our teacher's wedding party.

21. Put in the verbs in brackets into the gaps and form sentences. Use will.
M

1. Tomorrow it ........................................ in the north-west. (to rain)

2. My friend ........................................ 12 next Monday. (to be)
KÈ

3. Hey John! Wait a minute. I ....................................... a word with you. (to have)
4. She........................................ her boss next week. (to contact)
5. I think you ........................................ this job. (to get)
6. They ........................................ at about 6 p.m. (to arrive)
Y

7. The teacher ........................................ this exercise. (to explain)

DẠ

8. He ........................................ the bottle of water. (to drop)

9. Lots of accidents ........................................ in that weather. (to happen)
10. She ........................................ if you show her the spider. (to cream)
22. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1. Which sports you (play) at the weekends?
2. My brother (buy) 2 tickets for the table tennis match yesterday.
3. Last weekend I (play) with my friends and we (have)
a very good time.
4. Nowadays many girls (like/do) aerobics to keep fit.

L
5. What time you (arrive) at the stadium?

IA
6. How often he (go/fish) ?
7. your team (win) yesterday?

IC
8. My sister (play) badminton twice a week. He (do)
it on Saturday and Sunday.
9. Where you (go) on holiday last year?

F
10. I (cycle) 100 kilometers last week.

OF
23. Put the verbs in blankets in the Present Perfect tense.
1. you ever (be) to New York?
2. you ever (eat) Sushi?
3. She (not/come)
4. I (work) ƠN
here for a long time.
here for three years.
5. My father (not/ play) any sport since last year.
6. We (never/watch) that television program before.
NH
7. My wife and I (travel) by air many times.
8. I (have read) that novel by Hemingway several times before.
9. We (not/plan) our holiday yet.
10. I (see) such a beautiful girl before.
Y

11. They (not give) their decision yet.

12. I (read) such a good novel before.
QU

13. My family (own) this farm since 1990.

14. I (lose) my keys, so I can't open that door.
15. John (leave) for Brazil this morning.
24. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct verb tense.
M

1. It is a long time since we last (meet) .

2. We (study) a very hard lesson the day before yesterday.
KÈ

3. My wife and I (travel) to Mexico by air last summer.

4. She (finish) not yet doing her homework.
5. He (begin) to study English when he was 5 years old.
Y

6. Martin (cycle) for 50 miles on scenic routes three weeks ago.

7. Yesterday I (see) you talking to a stranger.
DẠ

8. Jane (write) many books about Chinese culture.

9. I rarely (read) newspapers.
10. My parents (get) married 20 years ago.
11. We (watch) a football match on the TV when the electricity (go)
out.
12. When the Beatles (record) their first album?
13. Don't disturb me while I (work) .

L
14. you already (wash) your car?

IA
15. When I(enter) the classroom, everybody (write) the test.
16. He (be) at his computer for seven hours.

IC
17. He just (come) back.
18. We (postpone) our journey to the beach because it (rain).
19. You (have) breakfast this morning?

F
20. Yes, I . I (eat) bread and eggs.

OF
25. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb.
1. If you (drive) too fast, you (have) an accident.
2. If we continue (hunt) animals, they (disappear) soon.
3. If he (continue/smoke) , he (have) problems
with his health
4. (Use)
reduce air pollution.
ƠN
public transportation (be) a great way to

5. If we (burn) the forest, we (face) more natural disasters.

NH

6. You should (turn) off the electrical appliances before you (leave)
the room.
7. We should (use) reusable bags when we (go) shopping.
8. If you (use) the shower instead of a bath, you (save)
Y

a lot of water.
QU

9. We (have) a better life if the environment (be) clean

and fresh.
10. If we (use) a lot of pesticides, we (pollute) our
water sources.
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ: READING

READING 1
I. Read then answer the questions:
This is my friend. Her name is Linh. She goes to school from Monday to Saturday. Her

L
school is on Nguyen Cao Thang Street and it is big. It has five floors. Linh’s classroom is on
the third floor. She is in grade 6 class 6A. There are thirty-two pupils in her class.

IA
Linh starts her classes at 2 o’clock in the afternoon and finishes them at 4:30. On Monday,
she has Math, Literature and English. After school, Linh plays badminton, but her friend, Lien
doesn’t play it; she plays volleyball. Linh goes home at 5:30.

IC
Questions:
1. Where is Linh’s school?
....................................................................................................................................

F
2. How many floors does her school have?
....................................................................................................................................

OF
3. Which class is she in?
....................................................................................................................................
4. What time does she start her classes?
....................................................................................................................................
5. Does Lien play badminton?
ƠN
....................................................................................................................................

II. Read then Check True (T) or False (F):

I’m Ba. I’m a student. Every day, I get up at six o’clock, then I have breakfast at half past
NH
six. I go to school at ten to seven. My school is in the city. I live in a small house with my
parents. My mother is a doctor. She works in a hospital. My father is a worker. He works in a
factory. My parents go to work by motorbike.
1. Ba gets up at six o’clock. __________
2. He has breakfast at six fifteen. __________
3. His school is in the countryside. __________
Y

4. His father works in a factory. __________

QU

III. Read and choose the best answer.

Hoa is going on (1) ...................... this summer. First, she is going (2) ......................Ha
Long Bay, Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum (3) ...................... Hoi An Ancient town (4) ......................
five days. She is going to stay (5) ...................... her uncle in Ha Noi. (6) ......................, she is
going to stay in a hotel in Hue for two days. She is going to see the (7) ...................... and
M

Thien Mu (8) ......................

1. A. vacation B. season C. school D. house
KÈ

2. A. visit B. to visit C. visits D. visiting

3. A. or B. because C. and D. but
4. A. on B. at C. in D. for
5. A. with B. up C. for D. after
6. A. and B. Then C. Because D. Finally
Y

7. A. beach B. River C. Citadel D. Lake

8. A. museum B. Temple C. Stadium D. Pagoda
DẠ

READING 2
I. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions below.
Hoa’s family lives in a beautiful house in the country. There are many flowers in front of
her house. Behind the house, there is a well. To the right of the house, there is a rice-paddy and
to the left of the house, there are tall trees. It’s very quiet here and Hoa loves her house very
much.
Hoa’s father is a worker. He works in a big factory. Everyday, he travels to work by
motorbike. He works in his factory from Monday to Friday. He doesn’t work on Saturdays and
Sundays.

L
Questions:
1. Does Hoa live in town?

IA
....................................................................................................................................
2. What are there in front of her house?
....................................................................................................................................

IC
3. Is there a paddy field to the right of the house?
....................................................................................................................................
4. What does Hoa’s father do?

F
....................................................................................................................................
5. How does he travel to work?

OF
....................................................................................................................................
6. When does he work in the factory?
....................................................................................................................................
II. Read and choose the best answer.
I live in a house near the sea. It is ................. (1) old house, about 100 years old and
ƠN
................. (2) very small. There are two bedrooms upstairs ................. (3) no bathroom. The
bathroom is down stairs ................. (4) the kitchen. There is a living room where there is a
lovely old fire place. There is a garden ................. (5) the house. The garden ................. (6)
down to the beach and in Spring and Summer ................. (7) flowers everywhere. I like sitting
NH
alone ................. (8) my dog, Rack, but we have a lot of visitors. My city friends often stay
with ................. (9) I love my house for ................. (10)reasons: the garden, the flowers in
Summer, the fire in winter, but the best thing is the view from my bedroom window.
1. A. a B. an C. the D. any
2. A. it’s B. it C. there’s D. they’re
3. A. so B. or C. but D. too
Y

4. A. between B. next C. near to D. next to

QU

5. A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of

6. A. go B. going C. goes D. in goes
7. A. these are B. they are C. there are D. those are
8. A. for B. of C. on D. with
9. A. me B.I C. my D. I’m
10. A. a B. any C. many D. a lot
M

READING 3
KÈ

I. Read then answer the questions.

Hello, I am Trung. This is my school. It is small and old but it is beautiful. Behind the
school, there is a big yard. After school in the afternoon, we often play soccer there. The yard
is clean and there are many trees and flowers there. My friends and I sit under these trees every
morning to review our lessons. My school has two floors and fifteen classrooms. My
Y

classroom is on the first floor. There are forty-three teachers in my school. They are good
teachers. I love them and I love my school very much.
DẠ

1. Is Trung’s school big?

....................................................................................................................................
2. What is there behind his school?
....................................................................................................................................
3. What do Trung and his friends play after school?
....................................................................................................................................
4. Where do Trung and his friends sit every morning to review their lessons?
....................................................................................................................................
5. How many teachers are there in his school?
....................................................................................................................................
II. Choose the best answer to fill in each blank of the following passage.

L
Dear Hanh,
I’m writing to invite you to a party we ................... (1) at the flat next Friday, December

IA
14th. As you know, ................... (2) Lan’s 13th birthday next week and my birthday next
month, ................... (3) we thought we’d celebrate together and have a joint party.
I can’t remember if you know my address or not, but anyway, if you ................... (4) the

IC
direction below, you shouldn’t get lost. Take the Number 15 bus from the station and
.................. (5) at the Star Hotel. Walk down Long Viet Road, past the DanChu Cinema, and
then ................... (6) the first turning on the right. That’s LeLoi Road. Turn left ...................

F
(7) the first junction, then go straight past the church as far as the next crossroads. ...................
(8) and our block of flats is the second on the right.

OF
Do try and come. Of course you’re ................... (9)to bring someone with you if you want
to.
Look forward ................... (10) you then!
1. A. have B. are having C. going to have D. will has
2. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. she’s
3. A. too
4. A. to follow
5. A. get up
B. but
B. follow
B. get by
ƠN C. because
C. following
C. get on
D. so
D. follows
D. get off
6. A. have B. get C. take D. bring
NH
7. A. in B. at C. of D. on
8. A. Right turn B. To right C. To turn D. Turn right
9. A. welcomed B. welcome C. welcoming D. to welcome
10. A. to see B. for seeing C. of seeing D. to seeing

READING 4
Y
QU

I.Read the text then give the correct form of verb.

It(0. be) is Sunday evening and my friends and I (1. be) ....................... Jane’s birthday
party. Jane (2. wear) .......................a beautiful long dress and (3. stand)
....................... next to her boyfriend. Some guests (4. drink) ....................... wine or beer in the
corner of the room. Some of her relatives (5. dance) ..................... in the middle of the room.
Most people (6. sit) ..................... on chairs, (7. enjoy) ....................... foods and (8. chat)
M

....................... with one another. We often (9. go) ....................... to our friends’ birthday
parties. We always (10. dress) ....................... well and (11. travel) ....................... by taxi.
KÈ

Parties never (12. make) ....................... us bored because we like.

II.Read the passage carefully.
Nga is a good pupil. She is eleven. She is in grade 6. Every day, she gets up at six o’clock.
After getting up, she washes her face, brushes her teeth. Then, she has breakfast with her
family (her father, her mother and her brother). Her father is a doctor. He is forty- two years
Y

old. Her mother is a nurse. She is thirty- nine. Tam is her brother. He is a student. Nga goes to
school after she gets dressed at 6.30. Her school is big. It has third floor and her classroom is
DẠ

on the second floor.

A. Choose True (T) or False (F)
 Statements True (T) False (F)
1. Nga’s father is a doctor.
2. Nga goes to school at 6 o’clock.
3. Her mother is a teacher.

L
4. Tam is a student.

IA
IC
B.Answer the questions.
1. Which grade is Nga in?
....................................................................................................................................

F
2. What time does she get up?
....................................................................................................................................

OF
3. Is her school big?
....................................................................................................................................
4. Where is her classroom?
....................................................................................................................................

ƠN
III. Read the text carefully then answer the following questions.
Loan is twelve years old. She is in grade 6. She lives in a house in the city with her mother,
father and sister. Their house is next to a bookstore. In the neighborhood, there is a restaurant,
a market and a stadium. Loan’s father works in the restaurant. Her mother works in the market.
Loan goes to school at six fifteen in the morning. She has classes from six forty-five to eleven.
NH
1. How many people are there in Loan’s family?
→ ....................................................................................................................................
2. What is next to her house?
→ ....................................................................................................................................
3. What time do her classes start?
Y

→ ....................................................................................................................................
4. What time do you go to school everyday?
QU

→ ....................................................................................................................................
READING 5
I.Read the passage carefully then answer the questions below.
Hi, my name is Linh. I’m eleven years old. I’m a pupil. I get up at half past five.After brush
my teeth and wash my face, I take a shower and get dressed. I have my breakfast, then I leave
M

the house at half past six and go to school The school is near my house, so I walk. Classes start
at seven and end at half past eleven. I walk home and have lunch at twelve o’clock.
Questions:
KÈ

1. How old is Linh?

....................................................................................................................................
2. What does she do?
....................................................................................................................................
Y

3. Does he get up at five thirty?

....................................................................................................................................
DẠ

4. What time does she go to school?

....................................................................................................................................
5. Does she go to school by bike?
....................................................................................................................................
6. Do classes start at seven?
....................................................................................................................................
7. What time do classes end?
....................................................................................................................................

II.Read the passage carefully.

A new shopping mall is opening in Nam’s neighborhood today. It is very different from the

L
present shopping area. All the shops are under one roof. That will be very convenient,
especially during the hot and humid summer months. Customers will shop in comfort and

IA
won’t notice the weather.
Some people in the neighborhood, however, are not happy about the changes. The owners
of the small stores on Tran Phu Street think the mall will take their business. Some of the

IC
goods in the new stores will be the same as the ones in the small shops, but the stores in the
mall will offer a wider selection of products, some at cheaper prices.
The residents and store owners have been concerned about the new mall for a few months.

F
They have organized a community meeting in order to discuss the situation.
1. True or False? Check (P). Then correct the false sentences and write them in your

OF
exercise book.
T F
a) The mall is open six days a week.
........................................................................................................
b) There are more than 50 stores in the mall.

c) Everyone in the neighborhood is pleased with the new mall. ƠN

........................................................................................................

........................................................................................................
d) It will be more comfortable to shop in the mall than in the present
NH
shopping area.
........................................................................................................
e) Some of the stores on Tran Phu Street may have to close.
........................................................................................................

2.Answer.
Y

a) What is special about the new shopping mall?

QU

’ ....................................................................................................................................

b) What facilities are available in the shopping mall?

’ ....................................................................................................................................
c) What do the small store owners think about the new shopping mall?
’ ....................................................................................................................................
M

d) What kinds of goods will the stores in the mall offer?

’ ....................................................................................................................................
KÈ

READING 6
I. Read the letter then answer the questions below.
July 2nd
Dear Tim,
Thanks for your letter. I am very glad to hear that you are fine. I am fine, too. It’s really
Y

interesting to know about vacations of American students.

You are right. We have fewer vacations than American students. Each year, we just have
DẠ

about four vacations. We have a day off for Independent Day on September 2nd, two days off
on April 30th and May Day. Our most important vacation is Tet. Tet holiday often lasts for
nine or ten days. Our longest vacation is summer vacation. It last for almost three months. We
usually spend time with our families. We don’t have vacation for Easter, Thanksgiving and
Christmas, but we also celebrate them.
Please write and tell me your last summer vacation.
 Your friend,
Hoa
1. Do Vietnamese students have more or fewer vacations than America students?
.........................................................................................................................................
2. How many vacations do Vietnamese students have? What are they?

L
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Which vacation is the longest?

IA
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Which vacation is the most important?
.........................................................................................................................................

IC
5. How long does Tet holiday last?
.........................................................................................................................................
6. What does Hoa do during her vacation?

F
.........................................................................................................................................
7. Do Vietnamese students have Christmas vacation?

OF
.........................................................................................................................................

II. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) that best fits each of the blank spaces.
We live in the suburbs, and it’s just too (1) ! There aren’t (2) shops, and
there are certainly (3) clubs or theaters. (4) a lot of parks, good schools, and
very (5)
downtown. ƠN
crime: but nothing ever really happens here. I would really love (6)

(suburb (n) : ngoại thành)

1. A. noisy B. noisily C. quiet D. quietly
NH
2. A. much B. many C. more D. a lot of
3. A. not B. nothing C. none D. no
4. A. Has B. Having C. There is D. There are
5. A. little B. less C. many D. lots of
6. A. to live B. living C. to living D. a & b
III. Read the following passage and choose the item (A, B, C, or D) that best answers
Y

each of the questions about it.

QU

My neighborhood is very convenient - it’s near the shopping center and the bus station. It is
also safe. But those are the only good things about living downtown. It is very noisy - the
streets are always full of people! The traffic is terrible, and parking is a big problem! I can
never park on my own street. I’d like to live in the suburbs.
1. What does the word ‘convenient’ in line 1 mean?
A. close to something B. beautiful
M

C.far from other places D. noisy

2. What does the word ‘it’ in line 2 refer to?
KÈ

A. the author’s neighborhood B. shopping center

C. bus station D. downtown
3. It’s easy to .
A. find a place to park B. live in the suburbs
C. move to another place D. go to the bus station
Y

4. The author .
A.likes to live in the suburbs
DẠ

B.thinks that his/ her neighborhood is too quiet

C. thinks that living in the suburbs is very convenient
D.feels that his/her neighborhood is not safe
5. Which of the following is true?
A.The author’s neighborhood is inconvenient.
B.The author doesn’t want to move to anywhere.
 C. It’s too difficult for the author to find a place to park his/her car.
D.Living downtown is better than living in the suburbs.

I. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

L
I think Tet holiday is the (1) ................... important celebration in Vietnam because it is an
occasion for family-reunion, for human love and for better hope. All of (2) ................... seem

IA
to forget the hatred, bad lucks and then try to be nice (3) ................... others. Everyone is eager
to take (4) ................... in many special activities, which are expected to bring (5) ...................
lucks and success in the New Year. Tet is also the time for us to relax and enjoy our special

IC
foods, (6) ................... atmosphere(7) ................... a hard-working year.

II. Fill in each blank with one suitable word in the box to complete the passage.

F
world studio programmes laugh
meet competition entertainment comedians

OF
There are many TV programmes for children that offer interesting channels for (1)
and learning. When watching the (2) , children can visit far-away
lands, (3) interesting people, learn about the (4) around them, (5)
with the (6) and be entertained by the funny and

at the (8) of a programme.

III. Read the passage and do the tasks below.

ƠN
colourfulcartoons. Children can also participate in a TV (7) or become a guest

WHO WANTS TO BE A MILLIONAIRE?

NH
One of the most popular quiz programmes on television in the world is called Who Wants
To Be A Millionaire? In Britain, the quiz master is Chris Tarrant. He asks the contestants
fifteen questions. The first questions are easy but later they are more difficult. If you can
answer the fourteenth question, you can win £500,000. You can win a million pounds if you
can answer the last question. Of course, the last question is very difficult.
Y

All the questions on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire? are multiple-choice questions. After
you hear the question, you see four answers. Only one answer is correct. You have to choose
QU

the correct answer. If you don’t know the answer to a question, there are three ways you can
get help: you can ask the quizmaster to take away two wrong answers; you can ask the studio
audience which answer is right; or you can telephone a friend and ask for help. You can only
do these things once. Very few people win the million pounds. The first person won a million
pounds one year after the programme started.
M

Today, Who Wants To Be A Millionaire? can be seen in more than 100 countries and is now
the world’s most popular quiz programme.
1. Who is the quizmaster in Britain?
KÈ

A. Chris Tarrant B. Chris Tarrante C. Peter Tarrant D. Tarrant

2. How many questions do you have to answer?
A. 12 B. 13 C. 14 D. 15
3. How much do you win for the fourteenth question?
A. 300.000 B. 400.000 C. 500.000 D. 600.000
Y

4. How many ways can you get help?

A. one B. two C. three D. four
DẠ

READING 7
I.Put the correct form of the following verbs in the correct blanks to complete the letter.
not get back take decide find hire dive
do arrive get up not be stop go
 Dear Ha,
Hi, I’m on holiday in NhaTrang with the Robinson. We ..................... (1) last Saturday. The
first day the weather ..................... (2) very nice, so we ..................... (3) some sightseeing. I
.................. (4) lots of photographs. On Monday, we .................. (5) a car and ..................
(6) out into the country. We ..................... (7) for lunch at a lovely little village and then in the

L
afternoon we ..................... (8) a beautiful beach. Last night ..................... (9) to the cinema.
We ..................... (10) till about 11p.m, so we ..................... (11) late this morning and we

IA
..................... (12) to have a relaxing day by the hotel swimming pool. So that’s where I am
now. Love,
An

IC
II. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.
“Do you like sport?” You can hear this (1) very often. Many people answer “yes,

F
I do”, and (2) think about watching a game of football at a stadium, or (3)
TV while sitting in a comfortable armchair. But watching sport events and going in for

OF
sport (4) two different things. Let’s hope that you prefer the second.
Sport holds (5) important place in our life. When you listen to the radio early in the
morning, you can always (6) sports news. When you open a newspaper, you will
always find (7) about some game or other or an article about your favourite kind of
sport. Especially interesting stories are (8) famous men or women in the world of
sport, how they became champions and about (9)
Television programmes about (10)
something interesting practically every day.
ƠN plans for the futures.
are also very popular, and you can watch
NH
III. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.
open forget come be bring have turn wait make
Dear John,
Comeand see me next weekend. I’m staying in a house by the sea. Don’t (l)
to bring your swimming costume with you! It isn’t difficult to find the house. When you
Y

get to the crossroads in the town, (2) right and drive to the end of the road.
(3) careful because it is a dangerous road! (4) some warm
QU

clothes with you because it is cold in the evenings here. If I am not at home when you arrive,
don’t (5) for me. The key to the house is under the big white stone in the
garden. (6) the front door and (7) yourself a cup of tea in
the kitchen! (8) a good journey!
Best wishes,
M

Vinh
READING 8
KÈ

I.Read the passage and choose the best answer (A, B or C) to each statement.
Da Nang is one of the most peaceful cities in Viet Nam with a lot of beautiful beaches. This
is a wonderful place for those who love seas and enjoy fresh air. Life here is not so busy as that
in Ho Chi Minh City. It is not onlya beautiful city but also a safe place to live in. Every
evening, after work, you can easily catch the sight of families riding to the beach, leaving their
Y

motorbikes. They believe that their vehicles will still be there when they come back. There is
no beggar here and the air is fresh. Another good thing is the food. If you love sea food, Da
DẠ

Nang will be the right choice. The food here is very fresh and the price is cheaper than that in
Ho Chi Minh City.
1. Da Nang is a good place for sea lovers.
A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t mention
2. The life in Da Nang is busier than that in Ho Chi Minh City.
A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t mention
3. There are beautiful mountains in Da Nang.
A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t mention
4. It is not expensive to buy seafood in Da Nang City.
A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t mention
5. Da Nang is not only peaceful but also beautiful.

L
A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t mention
II. Read the passage and choose the best word (A, B or C) to put in each space.

IA
Hoi An is one of the (1) ................. towns in Viet Nam. It (2) ................. on the lower
section of the Thu Bon river. It is a very beautiful town with a s lot of colour (3) .................
which are hung (4) ................. the town. Hoi An is famous for one-(5) ................. tailoring.

IC
Customers order clothes (6) ................. the morning and get them in the (7) ................. . The
price is not really (8) ................. . If you want to find the place of the (9) ................. time, Hoi
An is a (10) ................. choice.

F
1. A. newer B. newest C. oldest
2. A. are B. is C. are being

OF
3. A. lanterns B. stars C. balloons
4. A. on B. around C. up
5. A. month B. week C. day
6. A. at B. in C. on
7. A. night B. afternoon C. evening
8. A. expensive
9. A. modern
10. A. best
B. cheap
B. old
B. worst
ƠN C. more expensive
C. new
C. good
III. Read about Da Nang City and answer the questions.
NH
Da Nang has a population of nearly 800,000 people. The Han River flows through the city.
The city part on the east bank is newest and more spacious. The city part on the west bank is
more crowded. There are five bridges across the river. The Han River Bridge is the newest one
now. The cost of living in Da Nang is the lowest in the Central Viet Nam. Da Nang has many
beaches. Among them, Non Nuoc Beach is one of the most beautiful beaches in the world. But
walking in the street on a summer after is not a good idea inDa Nang. There are not many trees
Y

so there are not many shadows. It is often very hot at noon.

QU

Questions:
1. What is the population of Da Nang?
.........................................................................................................................................
2. Which part of the city is more spacious?
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Which part of the city is more crowded?
M

.........................................................................................................................................
4. Which bridge is the newest?
KÈ

.........................................................................................................................................
5. What is Non Nuoc Beach like?
.........................................................................................................................................

READING 9
Y

I.Complete the text.

Our future house will be on the ocean. It will be surrounded by tall trees and blue sea but
DẠ

we only have salt water in the ocean. We need fresh water for (1) (drink/drinking/ to
drink/ to drinking) and for growing food (2) (in/on/at/into) farms.
Ocean water is too salty (3) (drink/ drinking/ to drink/ to drinking). It is also too
salty for watering plants. We must have the (4) (things/ suggestions/ ways/ ideas) to
make fresh water from salty water. We should be (5) (careful/ careless/ carefully/
carelessly) not to waste water.
A. (1)................................; (2)................................; (3)................................;
(4)................................; (5)................................;
B. Questions:
1. Where will our future house be?
.........................................................................................................................................

L
2. What will it be surrounded?
.........................................................................................................................................

IA
3. Is ocean water salty?
.........................................................................................................................................

IC
II. Complete the passage with the words given in the box.
waste surprised resources recycling ton
labor thrown discussion requires preserved

F
Ba’s class has a (1) on waste paper. His friends are so to learn

OF
that every day throughout the world, millions of newspapers and paper bags are (3)
away. People are collecting waste paper and (4) it. Making paper
(5) a lot of trees and labor.Now if people don’t (6) paper, they can save (7)
and money. Especially, people can save the natural (8) . For every
(9) of recycled newsprint, ten trees can be saved. The more paper people save, the
more natural resources are (10) .
ƠN
III. Read the text. Each of the sentences has one mistake.Find and correct the mistakes.
AN ECO HOME
John Kangister and his wife, Kathy, live in an interesting house. It’s aneco home. Eco
NH
homes don’t harm the environment. They don’t use coal or oil, so they don’t produce
dangerous gases.
John and Kathy’s eco home is in California, USA. It looks like a house from one of The
Lord of the Rings films. Most of the house is underground. The house was very cheap to build.
It has wooden walls and floors. The windows are recycled glass. There are solar panels to
Y

make electricity for the lights, DVD players, and computers. John and Kathy get water from a
well and they grow vegetables in the mud on top of the house.
QU

Now John and Kathy don’t want to live anywhere else. They love their home because it
helps the planet greener and it looks fantastic. They think that eco homes are a great idea for
everyone.
1. Eco home don’t produce dangerous chemicals.
.........................................................................................................................................
M

2. Eco homes don’t use electricity.

.........................................................................................................................................
3. The house was expensive to build.
KÈ

.........................................................................................................................................
4. The eco home has some floors.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. John and Kathy grow flowers on top of the house.
.........................................................................................................................................
Y
DẠ

III. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions.
GETTING BACK TO NATURE
The Little Morocco is a beautiful building. We used stone and mud to build the hotel. There
are skylights – windows in the roof to let light in – so we save electricity. The skylights give us
light in the day, so we don’t use electric lights. We don’t use chemicals to clean the rooms
because we don’t want to damage the environment.
You can walk in the mountains near the hotel and see lots of local wildlife. Enjoy a boat
trip on the lake and see the amazing waterfalls, or visit the beautiful caves.
1. What did they use to build the hotel?

L
.........................................................................................................................................
2. How can the skylights help us to save electricity?

IA
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Why don’t they use chemicals to clean the rooms?
.........................................................................................................................................

IC
4. What can you see in the mountains?
.........................................................................................................................................
5. What can you see when enjoying a boat trip on the lake?

F
.........................................................................................................................................
READING 10

OF
I. Read the text and then choose the best answer to complete it.
(1) ............ the United States, many adults and children (2) ............ overweight. Some
people eat (3) ............ food at meals. They also eat snacks between meals. Sometimes
people eat healthy things like fruit or vegetables (4) ............ many Americans eat a lot of junk
ƠN
food such as cookies, candies and potato chips. Eating junk food can (5) ............ people gain
weight. People also gain weight (6) ............ they don’t get enough (7) ............ . People need to
walk, run, ride bicycles, or walk out in health clubs and gyms. When people exercise, they(8)
............ good and have more energy. A good diet and exercise will help you (9) ............ along
NH
and(10) ............ life.
1. A. On B. In C. At D. From
2. A. is B. was C. were D. are
3. A. too many B. too much C. few D. plenty
4. A. but B. because C. although D. so that
5. A. get B. lead C. urge D. make
Y

6. A. so B. however C. but D. because

QU

7. A. exercises B. work C. money D. energy

8. A. make B. taste C. have D. feel
9. A. live B. lives C. living D. to living
10. A. health B. safe C. fair D. healthy

II. Fill in each gap with one suitable word.

M

Americans like sport very much. One of the (1) ............ popular kinds of sports in Autumn
is football. All the high schools (2) ............ universities have their own teams.
KÈ

In winter, the most popular kind of sports (3) ............ basketball. There (4) ............ usually
a match every evening in one school gymnasium or another. In some parts of the United States
there is a lot of (5) ............ and ice. Many people like skiing and skating.
In the other two (6) ............ millions of Americans enjoy baseball. The schools have their
games in (7) ............, but the most important professional games are played during
Y

summer. Many people (8) ............ to the games (9) ............ the radio, watch them on television
or read about them (10) ............ the newspapers.
DẠ

VIII. Read the passage below and write T (for TRUE) and F (for FALSE)
It’s six o’clock in the evening. Many people are at home. They are having dinner. They are
watching TV. They are listening to music. But Mrs. Bich is going to work. She’s a doctor and
she works at night in the hospital. Today she’s late. The hospital is not in her neighborhood so
she usually goes by car. Mrs. Bich is in her car now. She’s driving fast. She should slow down
but she must be at work by six thirty. A policeman stops her. “You are driving too fast!” he
says. You are going to have an accident. It’s six thirty. Mrs. Bich is not at the hospital. She’s at
the police station. Her car must stay therefor fourteen days.
............... 1. Many people are not working.
............... 2. Mrs. Bich comes home every evening at six.
............... 3. Mrs. Bich is a night doctor.

L
............... 4. The hospital is near her house.
............... 5. She goes to work by motorbike.

IA
............... 6. She is late for work.
............... 7. She is a dangerous driver.
............... 8. A policeman doesn’t keep her car.

IC
............... 9. She arrives at the hospital at 6.30.
............... 10. She isn’t going to drive her car for two weeks.

F
11. Read the passage and answer the questions.

OF
Hi! I'm Mai. This is my school. It's small, but it is beautiful. In front of the
school, there is a big yard. After school, we often play volleyball there. There are many
trees and flowers in the school yard. My friends and I sit under the trees every morning to
review our lessons. My school has three floors and fifteen classrooms. My classroom is on

and I love my school very much.

1. How is Mai's school?
ƠN
the third floor. There are fifty teachers in my school. They are good teachers. I love them

.........................................................................................................................
NH
.........................................................................................................................
2. What is there in front of Mai's school?
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
Y

3. How many floors does Mai's school have?

.........................................................................................................................
QU

.........................................................................................................................
4. How many teachers are there in her school?
.........................................................................................................................
12. Read the passage and choose the correct answer.
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ
 Hi, my name is Anna. This is the photo of my family. There are six people in my
family: my grandmother, my grandfather, my mother, my father, my elder brother and
me. These are my grandparents. They are old and retired. They love gardening and
doing morning exercise. This is my father. He is forty-one and he is a doctor. He
works in a big hospital. This is my mother. She is thirty-eight. She is an Art teacher.

L
She teaches in a secondary school. This is my elder brother. His name is Jack. He is

IA
sixteen and he is a high school student. I'm ten and I'm the youngest in my family. Our
family lives in a house on Nguyen Hue Street. The house is a little small but it's
lovely. There is a living room, two bedrooms, a bathroom and a kitchen. However, the

IC
thing I love most is that the house also has a big garden and a large pond behind it.
These are the places where my family likes to relax or fish on weekends.

F
OF
1. How many people are there in Anna's family?
A. Six
2. Who are retired?
B. Seven
ƠN C. Eight

A. Anna's parents. B. Anna's brother. C Anna's grandparents.

NH
3. How old are Anna's parents?
A. Her mother is 40 and father is 41.
B. Her mother is 38 and father is 41.
C. Her father is 38 and mother is 41.
4. Where does Anna's father work?
Y

A. In a big school B. In a big hospital C. In a secondary school

QU

5. Is Anna's elder brother a student in a secondary school?

A. Yes, he is. B. No, he isn't. C. No information
6. How many rooms are there in her house?
A. Five B. Six C. Seven
M

7. Is there a garden behind her house?

A. Yes, there is. B. No, there isn't. C No information
KÈ

8. What does the word "They" in line 3 refer to?

A. Anna's grandparents B. Anna's parents.
C. Anna's family.
13. Read the passage about Nga and her best friend, then choose the best answer (A,B or
Y

C) to each question.
DẠ
 My name is Nga and my best friend is Lan. She is my classmate. We are twelve
years old. We are both in grade 6 at Kim Dong Secondary School. Lan lives next to
my house. Every day, my father takes us to school on his motorbike,and we come
home on foot in the evening. She is an intelligent girl. Her favourite subject is

L
Math, and she is reallygood at it. Mine is English. We usually help each other with
our homework. Whenever I am sad, Lan always tells me stories to make me happy.

IA
I feel really lucky to have a best friend like Lan.

F IC
1. How old are Lan and Nga?

OF
A. 10 B. 12 C. 14
2. How do they go to school?
A. By bus B. On foot C. By motorbike
3. What is NOT TRUE about the passage?
A. They are classmates.
B. They are neighbours.
ƠN
C. English is Lan’s favourite subject.
NH
4. What do they usually help each other?
A. Do their homework
B. Do their housework
C. Do their shopping
5. What does Lan do to make Nga happy?
Y

A. Sing a song B. Tell stories C. Buy presents

QU

KEY
1. B 2. C 3. C 4. A
5. B
14.. Read the passage and answer the questions.
M

One of my best friends' names is Robert. He lives in England and we always

meet in summer. He spends his summer holidays on the beach in Huelva.
Robert is fifteen and he's very funny and generous. I like being with him because
KÈ

he always makes me laugh. We enjoy playing volleyball and riding our bikes. He also loves
music and he plays the guitar and he's learning to play the piano. I don't play any instruments
but I love music too. Robert doesn't like computer games. He likes playing with friends in the
street. He has a dog called Tobby.
Robert is tall and he's got short straight dark hair and green eyes. He likes
Y

wearing jeans and tracksuits. His favourite colour is blue. He's got one sister. Her name is
DẠ

Patricia. She's ten. They sometimes go out together.

When Robert is in Brighton, we often chat on the internet and see each other
through Skype. He leaves school at 4 pm and then he goes to practise the piano or do some
sport.
He's a very good student. His favourite subject is Maths. He is not very good
atSocial Sciences but he studies hard to pass it.
1. Where is Robert from?
2. How old is he?

3. Does Robert have any brothers or sisters?

L
4. What's Robert like?

IA
5. Does Robert have blond hair?

6. When do they meet?

IC
7. What are Robert's hobbies?

F
8. Who's Patricia? How old is she?

OF
9. Does Robert like computer games?

10. What does he like wearing?

10. He likes wearing jeans and tracksuits.

ƠN
15. Read the passages and choose the correct options A,B, c or D.
v Passage 1:

One of my favorite vacation places is Mexico. I really like the weather there
NH
because it never gets cold. The people are very nice too. They never laugh at my
bad Spanish. The food is really good. Mexico City is a very interesting place to
visit. It has some great museums and lots of fascinating old buildings. The hotels
are too expensive to stay but there are more affordable options. For example, you
can stay at one of the beach resorts like Acapulco. If you are planning to visit
Y

Mexico, you should definitely see the Mayan temples near Merida.
QU

1. A. Sam likes warm weather. B. Sam doesn’t like warm weather at all
M

C. Sam hates warm water. D. Sam likes cold weather

2. A. His Spanish is very good. B. He speaks Spanish very well.
KÈ

C. He is Spanish D. He doesn't speak Spanish very well.

3. A. There's a lot to see and do in Mexico.
B. There aren't a lof of beautiful places in Mexico.
Y

C. Mexico is a dirty place.

D. Tourists never come to Mexico.
DẠ

4. A. Hotels are very cheap in Mexico.

B. The hotels aren't comfortable there.
C. Hotels are all poor in Mexico.
D. The hotels in Mexico are pretty expensive.
v Passage 2:
 Last summer, we decided to spend our vacation at the beach because the weather was
very hot in the mountains. The travel agent said that traveling by bus was the
cheapest way, but we went by plane because it was faster. We wanted to have more
time to spend at the beach. The weather was beautiful and we had a great time.

L
IA
5. We decided to go to the beach because .

IC
A. it was cheaper than going to the mountains
B. the travel agent said that it was the cheapest
C. of the hot weather in the mountains

F
D. we wanted to spend time at the beach

OF
6. The bus was the way to travel.
A. best B. easiest C. cheapest D. slowest
7. Traveling by plane was than by bus.
A. more fun B. cheaper C. expensive D. faster
8. We
A. hated
our vacation.
ƠN
B. didn't like C. enjoyed D. regretted
9. We had very weather during our vacation.
NH
A. good B. hot C. warm D. cold
16 Read the following text and choose the correct answer.
Thanksgiving is celebrated in the USA and Canada. In The USA, it is celebrated on the
fourth Thursday in November every year. The Canadians celebrate it on the second Monday in
Y

October. It is associated with giving thanks to God. In the beginning people expressed
gratitude for the harvest they reaped. It used to be a religious holiday but now it has become a
QU

secular celebration.
The most important part of the celebration is the dinner which includes the customary
turkey served with cranberry sauce, and pumpkin. A lot of business goes on during this
holiday. For example, restaurants take advantage of the holiday to sell turkey dinners.
M

Families and friends usually get together for a large meal or dinner during Thanksgiving
and have a lot of fun. That's why, the Thanksgiving holiday weekend is considered one of the
busiest travel periods of the year. Students are given a four-day or five-day weekend vacation.
KÈ

Thanksgiving is also a paid holiday for most workers.

1. The origin of the name "Thanksgiving" comes from:
A. thanks given to God
Y

B. thanks given for the help the early settlers got from each other.
2. Thanksgiving is a time to ........................
DẠ

A. worship God B. thank god, eat and have fun.

3. It is a vacation for ........................
A. everybody B. a lot of people
4. The main food that is prepared in this celebration is:
A. cranberrysauce and pumpkin B. turkey
17. Read the passage and choose the best answer for each question.
It is traditional in England to celebrate the end of the old year and welcome in the new year
at the end of December.
December 31 is New Year's Eve. New Year's Eve is not a public holiday. Most people go

L
to work as usual. In the evening, many English people have parties in homes. Others celebrate
in pubs or clubs with their friends and families, or attend outdoor gatherings and firework

IA
displays.
Just before midnight on New Year's Eve, people hold hands and sing a traditional song

IC
called "Auld Lang Syne". They count the seconds down to the new year and when the clock
strikes midnight, they hug and kiss and wish each other a happy new year! Sometimes people
set off firework as the new year begins.

F
People often drink a toast to the coming year with a fizzy alcoholic drink called

OF
champagne. Some people let their children stay up late to join in with the celebrations.
New Year's Day is celebrated on January 1. New Year's Day is a bank holiday. A
bankholiday is a public holiday. Most shops and businesses close for the day.
New Year's Day is a holiday for nearly everyone in the UK. Very few buses and train run
on New Year’s Day. Most people stay at home and relax with their families.
ƠN
There is an old superstition in Scotland and some other parts of the UK that the first person
to enter someone's home on New Year's Day will bring all the luck for the coming year with
them. This tradition is called fist footing.
NH
The first person to enter a house on New Year's Day is known as the first footer. Dark
haired people are thought to be the luckiest first footers, and it is traditional to carry a lump of
coal when going first footing.
People often make New Year resolutions at the start of the new year. Resolutions are things
that people have decided (or resolved) to do to make lives better, such as stopping smoking or
Y

losing weight. Not everybody manages to keep their New Year’s resolutions, though!
QU

1. When is New Year's Eve?

A. January 1 B. December 30 C. December 31
2. English people always keep their New Year's resolutions.
A. True B. False C. Not given
M

3. What traditional song do English people sing on New Year's Eve?

A. Old Macdonald B. Auld Lang's Syne C. Old King Cole
KÈ

4. English people usually stay at home on New Year's Eve, and go to bed early.
A. False B. True C. Not given
5. Some English children are allowed to stay up late on New Year's Eve.
A. False B. True C. Not given
Y

6. Most buses in England don't run on New Year's Day.

A. True B. False C. Not given
DẠ

7. A "first footer" is ...................?

A. the first person to go outside on New Year's Day
B. the first person to enter a house on New Year's Day
C. the first person on the dancefloor on New Year's Eve
8. What do English people sometimes toast the new year with?
A. bread B. marshmallows C. champage
9. New Year's Eve is a blank holiday in England.
A. True B. False C. Not given

L
18 Reading the passage and decide whether the followings statements are true (T) or

IA
false (F).
Television is a product that was invented in 1926 and has been developed over many
years and it still continues to be developed. The television was one of many great inventions in

IC
the 20th century.
The television is an extremely popular product. Over the years many people have
bought the television. Now, there are over 15,000 T.V channels in the world. It is clear that the
television is a popular product but it is also bad for your sight.People spend almost 4-8 hours

F
in front of a screen (about a sixth to a third of a day). This results in less time to be physically

OF
active, spending time with family, doing homework to the best of their ability and reading.
This is bad as reading has been proved to affect how smart you are. Also there are many
inappropriate television shows that "hypnotize" children into thinking that something wrong is
right or something bad is good. On the other hand, some may argue that television can be good
for your education as some television programs are documentaries, contain historical facts and

ƠN
help children stay up to date with the world around them (the news). I think that the television
can be good for you if you can control how long you are on it and you watch the right types of
programs however, even if you do watch good programs, it will still have an effect on your
health and sight.
1. TV was invented in the 20th century.
NH
2. People spend about a sixth to a third of a day watching TV.
3. The writer thinks that TV is not good for you.
4. There are more than 15,000 TV channels in the world.
5. TV is unpopular product.
19. Fill in the blank with a word/ phrase in the box.
Y

self-driving planets different flying cars

QU

friendly traffic jams run on planets

In 100 years everything will be very (1) . Instead of using regular cars, we will use (2)
. They will take us to everywhere we like, even other (3) . These cars
M

will (4) water so they are (5) to the environment. They will be (6)
without driver intervention. The only thing we need to do is to inform the flying
KÈ

car where the (7) is and then the flying car will do the rest. The cars will be much
faster, safer and there will be no (8) because each flying car has its own way.
Will you know what will happen in the future? No one really knows, but to think about an
indefinitefuture is very interesting!
Y

20 Read the passage and then correct the questions.

Forests are essential for life on earth. Three hundred million people worldwide in
DẠ

forests and 1.6 billion depend on them for their livelihoods. Forests also provide habitat for a
vast array of plants and animals, many of which are still undiscovered. They protect our
watersheds. They inspire wonder and provide places for recreation. They supply the oxygen
we need to survive. They provide the timber for products we use every day...
But forests are being destroyed and degraded at alarming rates. Deforestation comes in
many forms, including fires, clear-cutting for agriculture, ranching and development,
unsustainable logging for timber, and degradation due to climate change. This impacts people's
livelihoods and threatens a wide range of plant and animal species. Some 46-58 million square
miles of forest are lost each year equivalent to 48 football fields every minute. Deforestation
also undermines the important carbon sink function of forests. It is estimated that 15% of all
greenhouse gas emissions are the result of deforestation.

L
If we do not protect forests, we will have to suffer more floods and other natural
disasters. It is time for you to join hands with me to protect forests for a better world.

IA
1. How many people live in forests?
2. Are forests important for human-being?
3. Why are forests important?

IC
4. What is the impact of deforestation?
5. What will human-beings have to suffer if human do not protect the forests?

F
OF
ƠN
NH
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ WORD FORMS

III. Supply the correct comparative form of adjective in brackets.

Ex: He is (intelligent) more intelligent than his brother

L
1. I have never had a (delicious) meal than that.

A
2. This shirt is too small. I need a (large) size.
3. It’s (cheap) to go by car than to go by train.

CI
4. A new house is (expensive) than an old one.
5. His lob is (important) than mine.
6. Nobody is (happy) than Miss. Snow.

FI
7. John is much (strong) than I thought.
8. Benches are (comfortable) than arm-chairs.
9. Bill is (good) than you thought.

OF
10. Sam’s conduct is (bad) than Paul’s.

IV. Complete the following questions with the comparative form of the adjectives in
brackets.
1. Which river is , the Red River or the Mekong River? (long)

ƠN
2. Which city is , London or Rome? (old)
3. Which city is , New York or Paris? (big)
4. Which mountain is , Mount Everest or Mount Fuji? (high)
5. Which language is , Chinese or English? (difficult)
NH
6. Which animals are , cats or horses? (fast)
7. Which month in Vietnam is , October or December? (cold)
8. Which animals are , dogs or dolphins? (intelligent)
VI.Give the correct form of comparative in the blank.
Ex: Nam is than his sister.(tall)
Y

Nam is taller than his sister.

QU

1. Mr. Tan works hours than my father.(many)

2. Summer vacation is the
3. Vietnamese students have
4. He drinks
5. Christmas is one of the
6. This old woman has
M
vacation.(long)
vacations than American students.(few)
wine than Mr. Hai. (little)
vacations in America.(important)
money than all of her daughters.(much)

7. Bill is than you. (good)

8. These shoes are than those shoes.(expensive)
KÈ

V. Give the correct form of superlative.

1. This is a TALL building.
→ This is the building in London.
Y

2. That was an EASY exercise.

→ That was the exercise of the test.
DẠ

3. This is a COMFORTABLE armchair.

→ This is the armchair in this shop.
4. This is a BIG cheese burger.
→ This is the cheese burger of the McDonald’s Company.
5. That was a very BAD conversation.
→ That was the conversation I have had.
6. That was a DIFFICULT exercise.
→ That was the exercise of the test.
7. He’s got a GOOD pen.
→ He’s got the pen of the class.
8. This is an INDIFFERENT pupil

L
→ This is the pupil of my class.

A
9. He is a FUNNY boy.
→ He is the boy in the world.

CI
10. He is LESS young than the others.
→ He is the young student of my class.
IV.Complete the sentences below using the correct form of adjectives.

FI
Ex: - Lan is Hoa. (tall)
Lan is taller thanHoa.
- Armchairs are chairs. (comfortable)

OF
Armchairs are more comfortable than chairs.
1. A new house is an old one. (expensive)
2. Motorbikes are bicycles. (fast)
3. My television is his television. (modern)
4. Summer is Spring. (hot)

ƠN
5. Jane is her sister. (beautiful)
6. Skirts are dresses. (cheap)
7. Her English is my English. (good)
8. A bicycle is often a car in busy cities. (convenient)
NH
V. Complete the sentences below using the superlative form of adjectives.
Ex: - Nam is student in his class. (young)
Nam is the youngest student in his class.
- These toys are in the toy store. (expensive)
These toys are the most expensive in the toy store.
Y

1. Nile River is river in the world. (long)

QU

2. This book is of these books. (interesting)

3. Ho Chi Minh City is city in Viet Nam. (big)
4. They are students in my class. (good)
5 These house are in the village. (beautiful)
6. Winter is season in the year. (cold)
7. Airplane is means of transport. (fast)
M

8. He is person in the meeting. (important)

III. Supply the correct form of the words.
KÈ

1. What is the (high) of that mountain? - About 2000 meters.

2. Lan is the (small) of the three girls.
3. Jane is the (young) of the two girls.
4. The country is (quiet) than the city.
Y

5. Which color do you like (good) ?

6. We must (take) an umbrella. It (rain) .
DẠ

7. The weather is becoming (cold) .

8. He (stay) there for two days when he comes there.
9. My best friend (write) to me every week.
10. You can borrow my umbrella. I (not need) it at the moment.
IX. Give the correct words.
1. You must be when you cross the road. CARE
2. The most popular after-school in our country are ACT
football, badminton and basketball.

L
3. September is the month of the year. NINE

A
4. Today we have literature, education and history. PHYSICS
5. Minh is at English than I am. GOOD

CI
6. English is an and important subject. INTEREST
7. The library in our city has over 50 . EMPLOY
8. My birthday is on the of September. TWENTY

FI
9. My parents work at a Secondary School. They are of English. TEACH
10. I visit my grandparents a month. ONE

OF
III. Give the correct form of the words.
1. What is the of this tower? (high)
2. You should stay . (health)
3. How is the river? (length)
4. Lan was absent from class because of her . (sick)

ƠN
5. He has a bad cold. He feels very . (pleasant)
6. I have an with my doctor at 5 p.m. (appoint)

VII. Give the correct form of the words in comparative.

NH
1. Which is the ..................... (big) city in Viet Nam ?
2. Spring is .................. (warm) than Fall. But Summer is the ................... (hot) season of a year.
3. Hoa is the ..................... (good) student in our class.
4. The Nile River is the ..................... (long) river in the world.
5. The city is ..................... (noisy) than the country.
Y
QU

VIII. Fill the spaces with the correct comparative adjectives.

1. I am (tall) than my sister.
2. My mum thinks that cats are (good) pets than dogs.
3. A Mercedes is (expensive) a Fiat.
4. A swordfish is (fast) than a jellyfish.
M

5. A blue whale is (heavy) than twenty-five elephants.

KÈ

6. You look (thin) than last month. Have you lost weight?
7. Bicycles are (slow) than cars.
8. Irene is (clever) than Silvia.
9. Max is (old) than John.
Y

10. Computers are (cheap) than mobile phones.

11. Is your brother (tall) than you?
DẠ

12. I think Spanish is (easy) than Japanese.

13. Our dog is (nice) than your dog.
14. Glass bottles are (good) than plastic bottles.
15. My hair is (long) than yours.
16. Sharks are (dangerous) than other fish.
17. This situation is (serious) than the last one
18. He is (smart) than his brother.
19. A dolphin is (intelligent) than a shark.

L
20. Elaine is (wise) than her sister.

A
21. Daniela is (funny) than me.
22. Tony is (happy) than Max.

CI
23. Sandra is (busy) than Sam.
24. The sea is (large) than a lake.

FI
25. My job is (easy) than yours.
26. Health is (important) than money.
27. This car is (comfortable) than yours.

OF
28. My house is (clean) than her house.
29. I am (strong) than you.
30. A baby blue whale gets (big) than a great white shark.

ƠN
NH
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ : SENTENCE BUILDING
I. Rearrange the sentences.
1. house/ is/the market/ far/to/from/how/it/Trang’s?
....................................................................................................................................
2. lives/street/ grandparents/he/ Hoang Quoc Viet /his /on/ with.

L
....................................................................................................................................

A
3. many /old / students/ my/have/ doesn’t/ class.
....................................................................................................................................

CI
4. Mrs/ the boy/ to/ who/ Quyen/ talking/ is?
....................................................................................................................................
5. new / Hoa’s/ small/ school/ is.

FI
....................................................................................................................................
6. goes/ bus/ Hoang/ day/ work/ Mr./ every/ to/by.
....................................................................................................................................

OF
7. new/ from/ one/ is/ house/ his/ how/ different/Minh’s/ old?
....................................................................................................................................
8. because/ children/ is/ she/Mrs.Diep/misses/ unhappy/ her.
....................................................................................................................................

ƠN
II. Use the given words to make complete sentences.
1. house/ a/ Minh/ lake/ a/ lives/ in/ near.
=> ....................................................................................................................................
2. yard/ front/ school/There/ big/ of/ is/ our/ in/ a.
=> ....................................................................................................................................
NH
3. many/ right/ the/ museum/ Are/ flowers/ the/ there/ to/ of/?
=> ....................................................................................................................................
4. next/ photocopy/ What/ store/ there/ the/ is/ to /?
=> ....................................................................................................................................
5. hospital/ father/ in/ the/ city/ 2yiy/ a/ works/ in.
Y

=> ....................................................................................................................................
QU

6. there/ family/ many/ in/ are/ How/ Linh’s/ people/ ?

=> ....................................................................................................................................
7. his/ friend/ in/ family/ My/ Hanoi/ doesn’t/ with/ live.
=> ....................................................................................................................................
8. brushes/six/gets/her/o’clock/Hoa/at/up/teeth/and.
=> ....................................................................................................................................
M

9. on/ floor/ classroom/ the/ is/ Our/ first.

=> ....................................................................................................................................
KÈ

10. Minh’s/ six/ There/ in/ rooms/ house/ are.

=> ....................................................................................................................................
Y

III. Write the correct sentences using the cue words.

1. He/ often/ have/ breakfast/ late.
DẠ

....................................................................................................................................
2. You/ do/ the housework/ at the moment?
....................................................................................................................................
3. I/ not/ go/ to school/ on weekends.
....................................................................................................................................
4. John’s girlfriend/ wear/ a red T-shirt/ now.
....................................................................................................................................
5. They/ like/ beer or wine?
....................................................................................................................................
6. What/ he/ usually/ do/ at night?

L
....................................................................................................................................

A
7. The teacher/ never/ lose/ his temper.
....................................................................................................................................

CI
8. Why/ you/ listen/ to music/ loudly now?
....................................................................................................................................

FI
IV. Reorder the words and write the meaning sentences.
1. city / beautiful / a / Ho Chi Minh / is.

OF
. ....................................................................................................................................
2. green fields / there / are.
. ....................................................................................................................................
3. dog / it’s / friendly / a.

ƠN
. ....................................................................................................................................
4. student / Minh / new / a/ is.
. ....................................................................................................................................
5. television / big / a / there’s.
. ....................................................................................................................................
NH
6. new / four / there / cars / are.
. ....................................................................................................................................
7. are / two / pizzas / there / big.
. ....................................................................................................................................
Y

8. ten / are / desks / small / there.

. ....................................................................................................................................
QU

V. Write the comparative sentences using the cues.

1. Lan/tall/Hoa
....................................................................................................................................
2. This book/ thick/ that book
M

....................................................................................................................................
3. The chair/ short/ the table
KÈ

....................................................................................................................................
4. These boxes/ big/ those boxes
....................................................................................................................................
5. Miss Trang/ young/ her sister
....................................................................................................................................
Y

6. These buildings/ high/ those buildings

....................................................................................................................................
DẠ

7. The boys/ strong/ the girls

....................................................................................................................................
8. I/ old/ my brother
....................................................................................................................................
VI. Make questions with How and write the answers using suggestion.
1. Nam/ go/ the post office/ bike
....................................................................................................................................
2. Nga and Lan/ go school/ school bus
....................................................................................................................................

L
3. your father/ travel/ Ha Noi/ plane

A
....................................................................................................................................
4. the children/ go/ the zoo/ bus

CI
....................................................................................................................................
5. you and your friends/ go/ the stadium/ foot
....................................................................................................................................

FI
6. Mrs. Lien/ go/ the market/ motorbike
....................................................................................................................................

OF
VII. Make question with How and write the answers using suggestions.
1. tall/ he?/ one meter and 50 centimeters
.........................................................................................................................................
2. heavy/ Hoa?/ 40 kilos
.........................................................................................................................................

ƠN
3. high/ these buildings?/ over 150 meters
.........................................................................................................................................
4. long/ your dress?/140 centimeters
.........................................................................................................................................
NH
5. deep/ the lake?/ about 5 meters
.........................................................................................................................................
6. wide/ the table?/ 80 centimeters
.........................................................................................................................................
7. much/ these shoes?/ eighty thousand dong
Y

.........................................................................................................................................
QU

8. big/ your house?/ about 160 square meters

.........................................................................................................................................
VIII. Make the correct sentences using suggestions.
1. She/ hope/ that/ Mary/ come/ party/ tonight.
.........................................................................................................................................
2. I/ finish/ my report/ 2 days.
M

.........................................................................................................................................
3. If/ you / not/ study/ hard/,/ you/ not/ pass/ final/ exam.
KÈ

.........................................................................................................................................
4. You/ look/ tired,/ so/1/ bring/ you/ something/ eat.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. you/ please/ give/ me/ lift/ station?
Y

.........................................................................................................................................
DẠ

VIII. Make meaningful sentences using the following cues.

1. What time / Nga / get / morning?
.........................................................................................................................................
2. You / can / games / afternoon / but / must / homework / evening.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Lan / walk / ride / bike / school?
 .........................................................................................................................................
4. When / it / hot / we / often / go / swim.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. What / there / front / your house?
.........................................................................................................................................

L
6. If / you / not feel / well / should / see / doctor.

A
.........................................................................................................................................
7. What color / your baby / eyes?

CI
.........................................................................................................................................
8. Hoa / learn / languages / bad.
....................................................................................................................................….

FI
IX. Use the given words to make complete sentences.
1. Linh/ parents/ proud/ him/ because/ he/ always/ get/ good marks.

OF
.........................................................................................................................................
2. We/ very interested/ play/ soccer/ when/ live/ countryside.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. I/ not talk/ uncle/ since/ he/ buy/ new house/ city center.
.........................................................................................................................................

ƠN
.........................................................................................................................................
4. The Browns/ buy/ lot/ food/ because/ they/ go/ have/ party.
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
NH
5. It/ only/ small car/ so/ there/ not/ enough room/ all/ us.
.........................................................................................................................................
X. Arrange the given words to make the correct sentences.
1. at / tennis / the girls / playing / the moment / are.
.........................................................................................................................................
Y

2. always / by / John / goes to / car / school.

QU

.........................................................................................................................................
3. do / in / what / you / the afternoon / do?
.........................................................................................................................................
4. chatting / the class / are / they / in / now.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. doesn’t / a new car / buy / sister / my.
M

.........................................................................................................................................
XI. Rewrite each of the following sentences, beginning with the given words.
KÈ

1. There / be / small / pond / front / Lam / house.

.........................................................................................................................................
2. You / can / games / afternoon / but / must / homework / evening.
.........................................................................................................................................
Y

3. Lan/walk/ride/bike/school?
.........................................................................................................................................
DẠ

4. When / it / hot / we / often / go / swim.

.........................................................................................................................................
5. What/there/front/your house?
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Where/ your father/ sit/ now?
.........................................................................................................................................
7. My class/ start/ seven/ morning.
.........................................................................................................................................
8. I / not often/ swimming/ friends.
.........................................................................................................................................
12. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.

L
1. Mr Thanh/ our/ teacher/ Vietnamese

A
.........................................................................................................................

CI
2. There/ two pens/ Hoa's box
.........................................................................................................................
3. English/ Lan's favourite subject

FI
.........................................................................................................................
4. Where/ Tom/ live?

OF
.........................................................................................................................
5. playground/does/a/school/have/your/?
.........................................................................................................................

ƠN
6. school/ you/ your/ do/ like/ new/?
.........................................................................................................................
13. Write the full sentences using given words.
1. He/ often/ have/ breakfast/ late.
NH
.........................................................................................................................
2. You/ do/ the housework/ at the moment?
.........................................................................................................................
3. I/ not/ go/ to school/ on weekends.
Y

.........................................................................................................................
QU

4. John's girlfriend/wear/a red T-shirt/now.

.........................................................................................................................
5. They/like/beer or wine?
.........................................................................................................................
M

6. What/he/usually/do/at night?
.........................................................................................................................
KÈ

7. The teacher/never/lose/his temper.

.........................................................................................................................
8. Why/ you/ listen/ to music/ loudly now?
Y

.........................................................................................................................
DẠ

14. Write these sentences by using the suggested words and phrases.
1. side/ is/ on/ Who/ picure?/ the/ of/ right/ the/ girl/ tall/ the
.........................................................................................................................
2. has/ big/ a/ house/ yard./ My
.........................................................................................................................
 3. because/ can't/ the/I / box/ heavy./ it/ carry/ is
.........................................................................................................................
4. warm/ It/ in/ springs./ is
.........................................................................................................................

L
5. slow/ when/ yellow./ turn/ We/ down/ traffic/ must/ light/ the

A
.........................................................................................................................

CI
6. girl./ young/ She/ a/ beautiful/ is
.........................................................................................................................
7. The/ looks/ hair./ long/ beautiful/ girl/ with

FI
.........................................................................................................................
8. he/ have/ child?/ a/ Does/ lovely

OF
.........................................................................................................................
9. a/ is/This/ car./ fast
.........................................................................................................................
10. She/ hair/ blonde/ lips./ and/ has/ red

ƠN
.........................................................................................................................
15 Write the meaningful sentences by using the suggested words and phrases.
1. How long / they / be / seaside / last summer holiday?
NH
....................................................................................................................................
2. He/be/there/a month.
....................................................................................................................................
3. This picture / look / very nice.
Y

....................................................................................................................................
QU

4. What / be / the matter / her / last Friday.

....................................................................................................................................
5. How far / be / it / your town / Da Lat.
....................................................................................................................................
M

6. That river / be /100 kilometres.

....................................................................................................................................
KÈ

7. What / be / the weather / like / HCM city / today?

....................................................................................................................................
8. It/be/very cold/last night.
Y

....................................................................................................................................
9. Why/he/not go/school/last week?
DẠ

....................................................................................................................................
10. What / Mrs. White / do / the moment?
....................................................................................................................................
16. Write the full sentences using given words.
 1. He/ often/ have/ breakfast/ late.
....................................................................................................................................
2. You/ do/ the housework/ at the moment?
....................................................................................................................................

L
3. I/ not/ go/to/ school/on weekends.

A
....................................................................................................................................

CI
4. John's girlfriend/ wear/ a red T-shirt/ now.
....................................................................................................................................
5. They/ like/ beer or wine?

FI
....................................................................................................................................

OF
6. What/ he/ usually/ do/ at night?
....................................................................................................................................
7. The teacher/ never/ lose/ his temper.
....................................................................................................................................

ƠN
8. Why/ you/ listen/ to music/ loudly now?
....................................................................................................................................
17 Put the words/ phrases below in the correct order.
NH
1. is/comfortable/ the most/ of/ Sunday/ the week./ day
....................................................................................................................................
2. best/ is/ the/ album/ This/ Westlife./ of
....................................................................................................................................
Y

3. Helen/ beautiful/ is/ the/ most/ know./ I/ girl

QU

....................................................................................................................................
4. lives/ He/ farthest./ the

....................................................................................................................................
M

5. Tom Cruise/ most/ the/ of/ actors./ all/ the/ acts/ successfully
.................................................................................................................................... .
KÈ

18. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.

1. There/ many/ music programmes/ TV/nowadays.
..............................................................................................................................
Y

2. Although/ i/like/ sports/ much/ i/ not/ time/ watch/ often.

..............................................................................................................................
DẠ

3. MC/ is/ person/ introduce/ guests/ at the right time/ important events.
..............................................................................................................................
4. This programme/ boring/ i/ not/ watch.
..............................................................................................................................
5. Mai/ take/ exam/ tomorrow/ she/ not/ watch/ favourite programme.
..............................................................................................................................

6. Tom and Jerry/ one/ most/ interesting/ cartoons/of/ children.

L
..............................................................................................................................

A
7. If/you/want/ know/ weather/like/ tomorrow/ watch/ weather forecast.

CI
..............................................................................................................................
8. Nearly all/ households/ American/ have/ least/ one/ TV.
..............................................................................................................................

FI
9. Sitcom/ be / programme/ students/ schools.
..............................................................................................................................

OF
10. You/ visit/ Universal studios/ they/ make films/ Hollywood.
..............................................................................................................................
19. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.
1. Which/ sports/ you/ do /school?

ƠN
.........................................................................................................................
2. Students/ my school/ take part in/ a lot/ outdoor games.
.........................................................................................................................
NH
3. I/not/ go / water / because/ I /can't/ swim.
.........................................................................................................................
4. Do/ she /do /aerobics/ everyday?
.........................................................................................................................
Y

5. Yesterday/ he/ go/ gym /with /me.

QU

.........................................................................................................................
6. Last Sunday/I /have/ nice holiday/ some friends/ beach.
.........................................................................................................................
7. Who/ favourite/ sports stars?
M

.........................................................................................................................
8. How often/ your brother/ go /run?
KÈ

.........................................................................................................................
9. Sports/ games/ play/ important/ role/ our lives.
.........................................................................................................................
Y

10. Mountain/climbing/ consider/ dangerous /sport.

.........................................................................................................................
DẠ

20 Write the correct sentences using the words or phrases given.

1. Nha Trang/ attract/ lots/ tourists/ because/ it/ most beautiful/ beaches/ Viet Nam.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
 2. Ha Noi/ crowded/ than/ any other cities/ Viet Nam.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
3. You/ see/ latest Batman film?

L
.........................................................................................................................

A
.........................................................................................................................

CI
4. I/ be/ Sa Pa/ many times/ with/ family.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................

FI
5. My mother/ like/ cook/ than/ dance.
.........................................................................................................................

OF
.........................................................................................................................
6. The Eiffel Tower/ is/ visited/ landmark/ world.

.........................................................................................................................

ƠN
.........................................................................................................................
7. I /not/ go/ school/ yesterday/ because/ I/ ill.
.........................................................................................................................
NH
.........................................................................................................................
8. Most/people/ Tokyo/ travel/ work/ by train.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
Y

9. Tea/ most/ popular/ drink/ Viet Nam.

QU

.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
10. Atmosphere/ get/ polluted /because/ there/ more/ smoke /from /factories/ motor engines.
.........................................................................................................................
M

.........................................................................................................................
21 Write the sentences with "will", using the words/ phrases given.
KÈ

1. Future/human-being/live/Moon.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
Y

2. Vacuum cleaner/ help/ me/ collect/ dust/ small particles/ floors /other surfaces.
.........................................................................................................................
DẠ

.........................................................................................................................
3. We/ believe/ she/ recover/ illness/ soon.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
 4. You/ take/ me/ zoo/ this weekend?
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
5. I/hope/ Cuong/ come/ party/ tonight.

L
.........................................................................................................................

A
.........................................................................................................................

CI
6. You/ give/ me/ lift/ station?
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................

FI
7. You/ look/ tired/ so /I/ bring/ something/ eat.
.........................................................................................................................

OF
.........................................................................................................................
8. Future/ human-being/ make/ fresh water/ from /salty water.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................

ƠN
9. You/ think/ people/ travel/ Moon/ someday?
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
NH
10. According/ predictions/ lots/ accidents/ happen/ that/ weather.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
11. It/ be /cold/ so/take/ warm coat.
Y

.........................................................................................................................
QU

.........................................................................................................................
12. Future/ they/ build/ more/ high-rise buildings/ this area.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
M

13. Flying car/ run on/ water/ future.

.........................................................................................................................
KÈ

.........................................................................................................................
14. Robots/ help/ us/ look after/ children/ when/ we/ away.
.........................................................................................................................
Y

.........................................................................................................................
15. Special cars/ take/ us/ space /easily.
DẠ

.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
16. Our /future houses /use/ solar energy/ and/ very/ friendly / environment.
.........................................................................................................................
 .........................................................................................................................
17. Scientist/ invent/ many/ robots/so that/ they/ do/ housework/ and/protect/ houses.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................

L
18. With/ smart TV/ you/ see/ friends/ other/ countries.

A
.........................................................................................................................

CI
.........................................................................................................................
19. Future house/ solar panels/ roof / be/ desert/ so/I /can/ use/ electricity/ without/paying.
.........................................................................................................................

FI
.........................................................................................................................
20. Future/ world/ be /better/ than/now.

OF
.........................................................................................................................
22. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.
1. Not/ throw/ plastic bags/because/ you/reuse.
.........................................................................................................................

ƠN
2. If/ Water/ polluted/ fishes/die.
.........................................................................................................................
3. If/ you/ turn off/tap/ when/ brush/teeth/you/ save/ water.
NH
.........................................................................................................................
4. If/ we/ plant/ trees/ air / fresher.
.........................................................................................................................
5. You/ turn off/ lights/ before/ leave/ room.
Y

.........................................................................................................................
QU

6. We/ should/ use/ useable bags/ instead of/ plastic bags.

.........................................................................................................................
7. If/ we/ go/ school/ bus/we /reduce/ air pollution.
.........................................................................................................................
M

8. If/ we/use/ pesticides/ indiscriminately/ water pollution/ worse.

....................................................................................................................................
KÈ

23. Make sentence using the words and phrases given.

1. Underwater robots/ dive/ longer/ deeper/ than/ human.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
Y

2. Robots/ become/ increasingly/ important/ investigate/ research/ hazardous/ dangerous/

DẠ

environments.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
3. Military robots/ be/ some/ most/ high-tech/ important/ robots/ used/ today.
 .........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
4. Robots/ be able to/ think/ like/ humans.
.........................................................................................................................

L
.........................................................................................................................

A
5. Future/ robots/ be able to/ do/ more/ complicated/ things/ us.

CI
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
6. Nowadays/ robots/ not/ talk/ people/ but/ future/ I/ think/ they/ will.

FI
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................

OF
7. More/ people/ lose/ jobs/ because/ robots/ replace/.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
8. One/ advantages/ robots/ be/ they/ can/ work/ situations/ dangerous/ harmfull/ humans.

ƠN
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
9. Worker robots/ become/ more/ popular/ industries.
NH
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
10. Robodex/ be/ largest/ robot/ exhibition/ world.
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
 TIẾNG ANH LỚP 6 FRIENDS PLUS
Bản HS
STARTER UNIT

L
Từ vựng Phân loại/ Phiên âm Định nghĩa

IA
1. capital (n) /ˈkæpɪtl/ thủ đô

IC
2. continent (n) /ˈkɒntɪnənt/ châu lục

3. cover (n) /ˈkʌvə(r)/ bìa sách, vật che phủ

F
4. currency (n) /ˈkʌrənsi/ hệ thống tiền tệ

OF
5. especially (adv) /ɪˈspeʃəli/ đặc biệt

thẻ căn cước công dân,

6. ID card (n) /ˌaɪ ˈdiː kɑːd/

7. interested
ƠN
(adj) /ˈɪntrəstɪd/
chứng minh thư

quan tâm đến, thích thú với

NH
8. nationality (n) /ˌnæʃəˈnæləti/ quốc tịch

9. photography (n) /fəˈtɒɡrəfi/ nhiếp ảnh

10. speaker (n) /ˈspiːkə(r)/ loa

Y

11. tom yum (n) món tom yum

QU

không được nhiều người ưa

12. unpopular (adj) /ʌnˈpɒpjələ(r)/
chuộng

13. skateboarding (n) /ˈskeɪtbɔːdɪŋ/ trượt ván

M

13. papaya (n) /pəˈpaɪə/ quả đu đủ

KÈ

14. continuous (adj) /kənˈtɪnjuəs/ tiếp tục, tiếp diễn

15. drawer (n) /drɔː(r)/ ngăn kéo

Y

16. horrible (adj) /ˈhɒrəbl/ kinh khủng

DẠ

17. interests (n) /ˈɪntrəst/ sở thích

Grammar
I/Động từ To be
Page 1 | 31
1. Cách dùng động từ Tobe
- Sử dụng Be khi nói về thông tin cá nhân như: tuổi tác, họ tên, nghề nghiệp, quốc tịch
Ví dụ:

L
I am a student. - Tôi là học sinh.

IA
He is twelve years old. - Anh ấy 12 tuổi.
- Sử dụng be trước các cụm từ cố định như: be interested in; be good at, be into, ...

IC
Ví dụ:
She is good at English. Cô ấy giỏi tiếng Anh.

F
2. Cấu trúc với Động từ Tobe trong tiếng Anh

OF
2.1. Thể khẳng định - Affirmative
Full form Short form

I am I'm
You are
He is
ƠNYou're
He's
NH
She is She's
It is It's
We are We're
You are You're
Y

They are They're

QU

2.2. Thể phủ định - Negative

Để chuyển thể khẳng định thành thể phủ định, thêm NOT sau động từ TOBE
Full form Short form
M

I am not I'm not

KÈ

You are not You aren't

He is not He isn't
She is not She isn't
Y

It is not It isn't
DẠ

We are not We aren't

FRIENDS PLUS 6 2
You are not You aren't
They are not They aren't

2.3. Thể nghi vấn - Questions

L
IA
Short answers
Question
Affirmative Negative

IC
Am I ...? Yes, I am. No, I'm not.
Are you...? Yes, you are. No, you aren't.

F
Is he...? Yes, he is. No, he isn't.

OF
Is she...? Yes, she is. No, she isn't.
Is it...? Yes, it is. No, it isn't.
Are we...? Yes, we are. No, we aren't.
Are you?
Are they...?
ƠN
Yes, you are.
Yes, they are.
No, you aren't.
No, they aren't.

* Lưu ý: Khi trả lời câu nghi vấn, Không có dạng viết tắt của câu trả lời khẳng định.
NH

Ví dụ: Are you a student? - Yes, I am. NOT Yes, I'm.

II. Đại từ nhân xưng & Tính từ sở hữu trong tiếng Anh - Subject pronouns & Possessive
adjectives
Y

1. Đại từ nhân xưng là gì? Personal Pronouns là gì?

QU

Đại tại nhân xưng làm chủ ngữ trong câu.

2. Tính từ sở hữu là gì? Possessive Adjectives là gì?
Tính từ sở hữu chỉ sự sở hữu của người hoặc vật.
M

3. Bảng Đai từ nhân xưng - Tính từ sở hữu đầy đủ

ĐẠI TỪ NHÂN XƯNG TÍNH TỪ SỞ HỮU

KÈ

I MY

YOU YOUR
Y

HE His
DẠ

SHE Her

FRIENDS PLUS 6 3
IT ITS

WE OUR

L
YOUR YOUR

IA
THEY THEIR

Ví dụ:

IC
I am in class 6A. My class has 35 students.
Tôi là học sinh lớp 6A. Lớp của tôi có 35 học sinh.

F
III. Sở hữu cách - Possessive 's

OF
1. Sở hữu cách là gì?
Sở hữu cách được dùng để chỉ sự sở hữu hay một mối liên hệ giữa 2 hay nhiều đối tượng, từ
đó làm rõ thêm cho đối tượng đang được nhắc đến.
ƠN
Ta viết: ( A’s B ) có thể mang 1 trong những ý nghĩa:
+ B thuộc sở hữu của A, B thuộc về A. (B thường là chỉ vật.)
NH
Ví dụ: Linda’s bag (túi của Lind)
+ B có mối quan hệ nào đó với A. ( B thường là người.)
Ví dụ:
Linda’s brother(anh trai của Linda)
Y

2. Cách dùng sở hữu cách

QU

- Ta thêm dấu lược và chữ cái “s” vào sau danh từ số ít.
Ví dụ: Lisa’s album is very beautiful.
- Ta chỉ thêm dấu lược vào sau danh từ số nhiều có tận cùng là “s”.
M

Ví dụ: The teachers’ room is next to the library.

- Ta thêm dấu lược và chữ cái “s” vào sau danh từ số nhiều không có tận cùng là “s”.
KÈ

Ví dụ: The shop sells children’s toys.

IV. Đại từ sở hữu - Possessive pronouns
– Đại từ sở hữu là gì? Possessive Pronouns là gì?
Y

Đại từ sở hữu thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu + danh từ đã đề cập trước đó.
DẠ

ĐẠI TỪ NHÂN XƯNG ĐẠI TỪ SỞ HỮU

FRIENDS PLUS 6 4
I MINE

YOU YOURS

L
HE HIS

IA
SHE HERS

IC
IT ITS

WE OURS

F
YOUR YOURS

OF
THEY THEIRS

BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG 1

1/ Complete the sentence with Am/ Is/ Are.ƠN
1.Hue ____ in Vietnam.
NH
2. My mother _____ 40 years old.
3. I _____not good at sports.
4. Elephants _____ wild animals.
Y

5. They ____ very well.

2/ Choose the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress.
QU

1. a. English b. Vietnamese c. China d. Thailand

2. a. interested b. shopping c. skateboarding d. deliver

M

3. a. arrive b. question c. begin d. machine

KÈ

4. a. final b. hobby c. happen d. alive

5. a. about b. answer c. under d. college

3/ Choose the correct answer.

Y

1. Is his name is Pett ____ Peter?

DẠ

A. and
B. or

FRIENDS PLUS 6 5
C. but
2. Khanh Vy speaks English, Japanese ______ Chinese.
A. and

L
B. or

IA
C. but
3. I_____ a laptop.

IC
A. do
B. 's got

F
C. 've got

OF
4. I don't have a laptop, ______ I have an ipad.
A. and
B. but
C. or
ƠN
5. I am 12 years old _____ I am from Thai Binh.
A. and
NH

B. but
C. or
4/Điền động từ tobe (am, is, are) thích hợp vào chỗ trống
Y

1. How old.............you?
QU

2. My name............Mai.
3. How .........she?
4. Minh...........all right.
5. Lan and I........10 years old.
M

6. She.........Lan. She........thirteen.
KÈ

7. Mai.......a student.
8. How old........they.
9. They.........Ba and Nam.
Y

10. We.........play football.

DẠ

11. He________my brother.

12. They________students.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 6
13. Rex________a lively dog.
14. I________a boy.
15. You and your family________kind.

L
16. Mary and I________cousins.

IA
17. We________10 years old.
18. Susan________a good friend.

IC
19. Mr Green________a doctor.
20. Giraffes________very tall.

F
21. Bangkok________in Thailand.

OF
22. New Delhi ________in Indonesia.
23. Guangzhou and Nanning ________in China.
24. Taipei________ in the Philippines.
25. Bandar Seri Begawan________ Brunei.
26. Jakarta________ in Malaysia.
ƠN
27. Surat and Bangalore________ in Sri Lanka.
NH

28. Lao Cai _______ in Vietnam.

5. Tìm lỗi sai ở những câu sau và sửa lại cho đúng.
1. She am tall.
Y

2. I are Minh.
QU

3. We am fine, thank you.

4. They is cats.
5. Peter are a student.
6. We is students.
M

7. They is my friends.
KÈ

8. Here are my book.

9. Tom are my friend.
BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG 2
Y

cách dùng Đại từ nhân xưng, Đại từ sở hữu, Tính từ sở hữu

DẠ

а. Em hãy chọn phương án thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.

1. This is_____ 1 (my/ I) book and that is (your/ you) book.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 7
2. Music is______ (I/ my) favourite subject.
3._________ (I/ My) want to be a teacher and___ (my/ me) sister wants to be a doctor.
4. Mai likes English but (her/ she) brother doesn’t.

L
5. (Nam and Lan’s teacher/ Nam and Lan teacher) is very nice and friendly.

IA
б. Hoa’s pencil case ___ (is/ are) blue. (Her/ She) fiends’ pencil cases are violet.
7.(Those student’s school bags/ Those students’ school bags) are very heavy.

IC
8. What is______ (your/ you) father’s job?
_______ (He/ His) is an engineer.

F
9. How old______ (are/ is)_____ (your/ you) sister?

OF
_______ (She/ Her) is ten years old
10. _______ (The women’ s bikes/ The womens’ bikes) are new but_______ (the mens’
bikes/ the men’ s bikes) are old.

ƠN
b. Em hãy chọn một trong 3 phương án sau để hoàn thành câu.
1. The bird sang____ (its/ it/ it’s) happy tune.
2. Listen to____ (her/ hers/ her’s) carefully.
NH

3. ____(His/ He/ She) uncle is a doctor. He is a nice person.

4.That old man is kind to ____ (our/ us/ we).
5. William and Tracy love ____ (their/ theirs/ they) dogs so much.
Y

6. My car is new but ____(her/ hers/ she) is old.

QU

7. The teacher told___ (us/ our/ we) an interesting story.

8. I want to sit between you and ____(he/ him/ his).
9. She has an apple in ____ (she/ her/ hers) hand.
10. Bob and Ted live near ____(them/ their/ they) school.
M

c. Em hãy điền một đại từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành câu.
KÈ

1. ______ am sitting on the sofa.

2.______ are watching TV.
3. Are____from England?
Y

4.______ is going home.

DẠ

5. ____are playing football.

6.______ is a wonderful day today.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 8
7. ____ are speaking English.
8. Is_______ Kevin’s sister?
9. ____ are swimming in the pool.

L
10. Are____ in the cinema?

IA
II- Giới từ chỉ vị trí (Preposition of place)
1. Các giới từ chỉ vị trí phổ biến

IC
Above /əˈbʌv/ (prep.): phía trên, Across /əˈkrɒs/ (prep.): ở bên Between /bɪˈtwiːn/ (prep.): ở
bên trên kia giữa, nằm ngay chính giữa

F
OF
sau cạnh ƠN
Behind /bɪˈhaɪnd/ (prep.) ở đằng Beside /bɪˈsaɪd/ (prep.) bên Under /ˈʌn.dɚ/ (prep.) ở bên
dưới
NH
Y

Opposite /ˈɒp.ə.zɪt/ (prep.): đối In /ɪn/ (prep.) ở trong, nằm In front of /ɪn frʌnt əv/ (prep.):
QU

diện bên trong ở phía trước

M
KÈ

Near /nɪər/ (prep.): gần, không Next to /nekst tə/ (prep.): bên On /ɒn/ (prep.): ở trên (có tiếp
cần chính xác khoảng cách và cạnh xúc bề mặt)
Y
DẠ

FRIENDS PLUS 6 9
 cũng không hẳn ở bên cạnh

L
IA
IC
2. Vị trí của giới từ
Giới từ chỉ vị trí thường đứng sau động từ tobe và đứng trước danh từ.

F
OF
¤ Cấu trúc
• The + danh từ + to be + giới từ + the + danh từ
Ví dụ:

ƠN
- The Cookie is on the plate. (Cái bánh ở trên cái đĩa.)
- The rabbit is across the street. (Chú thỏ ở bên kia đường.)
• There is/ There are + (a/an)+ danh từ + giới từ + the + danh từ
NH
Ví dụ:
- There is a cup of coffee on the table. (Có một cốc cà phê ở trên bàn.)
- There is a stool next to the fireplace. (Có một chiếc ghế đẩu bên cạnh lò sưởi.)
Y
QU

BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG

Bài 1: Nhìn hình vẽ và viết T (True) nếu câu đúng, F(False) nếu câu sai.
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ

1. _____ The hospital is behind the pet shop.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 10
2. _____ The toy store is between the music store and the restaurant.
3. _____ The supermarket is next to the restaurant.
4. _____ The bookstore is in front of the supermarket.

L
5. _____ The bank is opposite the flower shop.

IA
Bài 2: Chọn đáp án đúng nhất để hoàn thành các câu sau.
1. I sit ______ Sarah at school.

IC
A. on B. next to C. between
2. Our family stays ______ a stilt house.
A.in B. on C. in front of

F
3. There are four students at each table ___ me is my friend Justine.

OF
A. in front of B. near to C. opposite
4. Tom sits _ Lucy and James.
A. between B. in front of C. near to
5. We have posters __ the walls.
A. on B. above
ƠN C. under
6.___ the teacher's desk is a clock.
NH
A. opposite B. above C. next to
7. There's a wastepaper basket __ her desk.
A. on B. under C. between
8. Joe and Alan sit ___ each other.
Y

A. between B. beside C. next

QU

9. We had sandwiches ___ a pretty fountain.

A. by B. on C. in
10. You need to walk ___ this road quickly. There's lots of traffic.
M

A. across B. by C. on
Bài 3: Nhìn bức tranh sau và điền giới từ vào các câu sau sao cho phù hợp
KÈ
Y
DẠ

FRIENDS PLUS 6 11
 L
IA
IC
1. There is an umbrella ______the floor______ the
armchair.
2. There are three boxes ______ the cupboard.

F
3. The woman is ______the armchair and______ the man.

OF
4. There is a notebook______ the hat and the telephone.
5. There is a briefcases______ the table.
6. There is a cat_______ the chair ______ the table.
7. There is a newspaper________ the floor.
8. There is a desk ________ the room.
ƠN
9. There is a garbage can___________ the desk and the cupboard.
NH
10. There are papers ________ the telephone.
11. There are two people _______ the room.
12. There are two photos________ the telephone and the book.
13. The man is ______ the window.
Y

14. The newspaper is________ the chair.

QU

15. There are three pencils _______ the desk.

…………………………………………………………………………………………..
M

UNIT 1 TOWNS AND CITIES

I. Places in a town or city
KÈ

(Các địa điểm trong thị trấn hoặc thành phố)

1. square (n): quảng trường
2. restaurant (n): nhà hàng
Y

3. school (n): trường học

DẠ

4. office building (n.p): tòa nhà văn phòng

FRIENDS PLUS 6 12
5. train station (n.p): trạm xe buýt
6. bridge (n): cây cầu
7. café (n): quán cà phê

L
8. theatre (n): nhà hát

IA
9. sports centre (n.p): trung tâm thể thao
10. library (n): thư viện

IC
11. bus station (n.p): trạm xe buýt
12. cinema (n): rạp chiếu phim

F
13. shop (n): cửa hàng

OF
14. park (n): công viên
15. shopping centre (n.p): trung tâm mua sắm
16. market (n): chợ
17. monument (n): tượng đài
18. hotel (n): khách sạn
ƠN
19. flat (n): căn hộ
NH

20. street (n): con đường

II. A description of a cruise ship
(Mô tả một con tàu hải trình)
Y

1. fantastic (a): thú vị

QU

2. comfortable (a): thoải mái

3. carbin (n): khoang tàu
4. passenger (n): hành khách
5. chef (n): đầu bếp
M

6. swimming pool (n.p): hồ bơi

KÈ

7. climbing walls (n.p): những bức tường giả địa hình núi để leo
III. Comparing places and things
(So sánh các địa điểm và sự vật)
Y

1. clean (adj): sạch

DẠ

2. dirty (adj): bẩn

3. noisy (adj): ồn ào

FRIENDS PLUS 6 13
4. quiet (adj): yên tĩnh
5. ugly (adj): xấu xí
6. pretty (adj): xinh đẹp

L
7. dangerous (adj): nguy hiểm

IA
8. safe (adj): an toàn
9. friendly (adj): thân thiện

IC
10. unfriendly (adj): không thân thiện
11. modern (adj): hiện đại

F
12. old (adj): cũ, già

OF
IV. A description of a town or city
(Mô tả một thị trấn hoặc thành phố)
1. building (n): toà nhà
2. zoo (n): sở thú
3. amusement park (n.p): công viên giải trí
ƠN
4. shopping mall (n): trung tâm mua sắm
NH

5. factory (n): nhà máy

V. Geography: Reading a map
(Địa lý: Đọc bản đồ)
Y

1. path (n): tuyến đường

QU

2. hill (n): đồi

3. railway (n): đường sắt
4. forest (n): rừng
5. river (n): sông
M

6. road (n): con đường

KÈ

Grammar :
. Is there/ Are there/ How many…?
1. Quy tắc:
Y

- Is there + a/ an + danh từ số ít, đếm được?: Có một…

DẠ

- Are there + danh từ số nhiều?: Có…

- How many + danh từ số nhiều?: Có bao nhiêu…?

FRIENDS PLUS 6 14
RULES (Quy luật)

1. We use any in questions.

L
(Chúng ta dùng “any” với câu hỏi.)

IA
2. We use Yes, there is and No, there isn't with singular nouns.
(Chúng ta dùng “Yes, there is” và “No, there isn’t” với các danh từ số ít.)

IC
3. We use Yes, there are and No, there aren't with plural nouns.
(Chúng ta sử dụng “Yes, there are” và “No, there aren’t” với danh từ số nhiều.)

F
4. We use How many ... ? with plural nouns.

OF
(Chúng ta sử dụng How many...? với danh từ số nhiều.)

2. Ví dụ:
- Are there any trees in your town or city? – Yes, there are.

ƠN
(Ở thị trấn hay thành phố của bạn có cây không? – Có.)
- Is there a park or a sports centre? – No, there isn’t.)
(Có công viên hay trung tâm thể thao không? – Không có.)
NH
- How many swimming pools are there? – There is a swimming pools./ There are two
swimming pools.)
(Có bao nhiêu hồ bơi? – Có 1 cái hồ bơi./ Có hai cái hồ bơi.)
Y

- Are there any exciting places for young people? – Yes, there are.
(Có nơi nào thú vị cho thanh niên không? – Có.)
QU

- How many people live in your town or city? – There are about 200,000 people.
(Có bao nhiêu người ở thị trấn hay thành phố của bạn? – Có khoảng 200,000 người.)
II. Definite and zero articles
M

(Mạo từ xác định & không dùng mạo từ)

KÈ

RULES (Quy luật)

We use the to talk about one particular thing.

(Chúng ta dùng “the” để nói về một thứ cụ thể.)
Y

We use zero article to talk about things in general.

DẠ

(Chúng ta không sử dụng mạo từ để nói về các thứ nói chung.)

FRIENDS PLUS 6 15
Ví dụ:
- There are lots of things to do on the cruise ship.
(Có rất nhiều thứ để làm trên tàu du lịch.)

L
- I go running in the park near my house.

IA
(Tôi đi chạy trong công viên gần nhà.)
- I think Ø climbing is an exciting sport.

IC
(Tôi nghĩ leo núi là một môn thể thao thú vị.)
- My dad likes cooking Ø Italian food.

F
(Bố tôi thích nấu ăn món ăn Ý.)

OF
Bài tập áp dụng
1. Điền vào chỗ trống với: a, an, some, any.
1. There isn’t ………………… orange juice in the fridge.
2. She’d like ………………… apple.
3. There are ………………… oranges and bananas.
ƠN
4. Is there ………………… beef?
NH

5. There aren’t ………………… noodles.

6. There is ………………… meat and ………………… rice for lunch.
7. Are there ………………… vegetables?
Y

8. I have ………………… fruits for you.

QU

9. He eats ………………… orange after his dinner.

10. Would you like ………………… milk, please?
2.Give the comparative form of these following adj/ adv.
M

ADJ/ ADV COMPARATIVE FORM

1. short
KÈ

2. wonderful

3. delicious
Y

4. powerful
DẠ

5. tall

FRIENDS PLUS 6 16
6. narrow

7. smart

L
8. early

IA
9. beautifully

10. well

IC
3. Reorder the words.
1. some/ near/ There/ here/ towels/ are/ ./

F
_________________________________

OF
2. Paris/ city/ famous/ a/ is/ ./
_________________________________
3. The library/ opposite/ bank/ is/ the/ ./
_________________________________
4. near/ house/ I/ Vin-mart/ like/ my/
ƠN
NH
_________________________________
5. there/ café/ Is/ house/ her/ near/ a/ ?
_________________________________
4.Điền There is/ There are vào chỗ trống
Y

1. _________ a vase on the table

QU

2. _________ lots of books on the shelf

3. _________ 12 cushions on the sofa
4. _________ a big wardrobe in my sister’s bed room.
M

5. _________ many children in the yard

6. _________ no cake left on the table.
KÈ

7. _________ a laptop on the desk.

8. _________ a lot of noisy chidren in the classroom
9. _________ a little milk on the table
Y

10. _________ a few difficult problems on the quiz

DẠ

11. _________ mice in the kitchen.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 17
12. _________a lot of salt in the sauce
13. _________ rubbish on the floor.
14. _________ some dictionaries in the classroom.

L
15. _________ a museum next to the park.

IA
5.Khoanh vào câu trả lời đúng
1. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any pets in the school.

IC
2. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) tables for all the guests
3. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) furniture in this room.

F
4. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) police officers on the street.

OF
5. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) time for this.
6. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any cookies left.
7. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) a place for us to stay
8. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any jam left.
ƠN
9. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) three telephones at the airport.
10. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) lots of computers in room 202.
NH

11. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) many people in the hall.

12. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any legs left.
13. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) eight children in the school.
Y

14. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) a horse in the field.

QU

15. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any water in the swimming pool.
6.Mỗi câu dưới đây có một lỗi sai, tìm và sửa lỗi sai sau đó viết lại câu cho đúng
1. There isn’t some water in the glass.
_____________________________________________
M

2. There are a three children talking with the teacher.

KÈ

_________________________________
3. Are there some airconditioner in the attic?
________________________________________
Y

4. Is there any windows in this classroom?

DẠ

__________________________________________

FRIENDS PLUS 6 18
5. There aren’t some pencils in the pencil case.
______________________________________
6. There is some people in the backyard.

L
___________________________________________

IA
7. There are any pictures on the wall.
____________________________________________

IC
8. Is there some boy in the living room?
___________________________________________

F
9. There are any magazines on the table.

OF
___________________________________________
10. There are a biscuit on the plate.
_______________________________________________
Bài 7: Điền some/any/an/ an vào chỗ trống
1. There are _______ people in the streeet.
ƠN
2. There is _______ cinema on the right.
NH

3. There isn’t _______ dishwashers in the country house.

4. There aren’t _______ rivers running through the town centre.
5. There is _______ bar called Moe’s.
Y

6. There are _______ chests of drawers in our apartment.

QU

7. Is there _______ chocolate in the kitchen?

8. There’s _______ airport next to the city.
9. Are there _______ tourists in this villa?
10. Is there _______ office near here?
M
KÈ

Bài 8: Sắp xếp các từ sau để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh
1. trees/ many/park/ are/the/ there/?/in
_______________________________________________
Y

2. next/house/bank/is/ the/ to/the/

_______________________________________________
DẠ

FRIENDS PLUS 6 19
3. a/is/my/garden / there / big / house / behind.
_______________________________________________
4. many/ how /students / there / school / Lan's / in / are/?

L
_______________________________________________

IA
5. front/a/house / there / of /yard / your /is/ in / small/ ?
_______________________________________________

IC
Bài 9: Điền There is/ There are/There isn't/ There aren't/ Is there/ Are there vào các câu sau
sao cho đúng.
1. _______ many people standing outside the department store

F
2. _______ a big group of people looking at things in the museum.

OF
3. _______ a small cat playing with some toys.
4. (A) How many ceiling lights _________
(B) There are two ceiling lights.
5. (A) Are there two birds in the tree?
(B) Yes, __________
ƠN
6. ________ three people in the classroom: two students and one teacher.
NH
7. (A) __________taxi waiting for us?
(B) Yes, __________
8. (A) ___________any sinks in the bathroom?
(B) No, __________
Y

9.___________ four chairs and one table in the dining room.

QU

10.(A). ___________anything I can do to help?

(B) Yes, __________
11. Why __________ so many cars parked near the library?
M

12. __________ great action movie playing at the theater. Do you want to see it?
13. I don't see any buses. Why ___________ any buses?
KÈ

14. (A) a good reason why he is late?

(B) Yes, ___________
15.___________any English exams that we have to study for next week.
Y

16. Please wait here for a moment. ___________ something I have to get in my car.
DẠ

Bài 10: Nhìn vào bảng và hoàn thành đoạn văn sau bằng cách điện There is/ There isn't/
There are/There aren't any.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 20
 In New York City (1) ____ninety-seven
skyscrapers and (2)_______a new one called
One World Trade Centre. (3)_________ a beach
but (4) ________sixteen bridges.

L
(5)________ casinos but(6) _________a famous

IA
statue. (7)_________ zoo in Central Park.
(8)________an old castle and (9)
_______trolleys.

F IC
OF
Bài 11: Đọc đoạn văn sau và dựa theo nội dung trong đoạn văn quyết định xem câu nào đúng,
câu nào sai. Nếu đúng thì viết là T (True); nếu sai thì viết là F (False) .
Hello. My name is Lan. I'm fourteen years old and I'm in grade 8. I live with my parents and my
ƠN
brother in the city center. My house is on Le Loi street. Near my house, there is a lake. Next to the
lake, there is a small park. There is a hotel opposite my house. To the left of the hotel, there is a post
office and there is a drugstore to the right of it. On our street, there is also a bakery, a restaurant, a
NH

cinema and a toystore. The restaurant is between the bakery and the toystore.
1. There are four people in her family. _____
2. The lake is near the park. _____
Y

3. There is a big park near the lake _____

QU

4. The hotel is between the post office and the drugstore. _____
5. The bakery is on her street. _____
6. There isn't a cinema on her street. _____
7. The bakery is between the restaurant and the toystore. _____
M

Bài 12: Hãy viết 2 câu cho mỗi bức tranh dưới đây, mỗi câu sử dụng 1 giới từ chỉ vị trí. Câu
KÈ

thứ 2 bắt đầu bằng cấu trúc There is/ There are...
Y
DẠ

FRIENDS PLUS 6 21
 Ví dụ:
(Books/TV)
- The books are under the TV

L
- There are books under the TV

IA
IC
1. (apple/ bananas)
________________________________
________________________________

F
2. (palm tree/ pine tree)

OF
________________________________
________________________________
3. (painting/ bed)

ƠN
________________________________
________________________________
4. (fruit/ bowl)
NH
________________________________
________________________________
5. (stove/fridge)
________________________________
Y

________________________________
QU

6. (shoes/ couch)
________________________________
________________________________
M

Phần Trắc Nghiệm

KÈ

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence blow.
1. ______ there any tree in your new house?
A. Is B. Are C. Does D. Do
Y

2. ________ windows are there in your bedroom?

A. How much B. How many C. How old D. How
DẠ

3. There _______ any milk in the fridge now.

A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t

FRIENDS PLUS 6 22
4. ______ nothing to do when it rains.
A. There are B. Are there C. There is D. Is there
5. ________ much water in the swimming pool today.

L
A. There is B. There are C. There D. Here
6. Behind the building, there _______ a park, a bank and a museum.

IA
A. is B. are C. does D. do
7. There ________ any public buses in the countryside.

IC
A. is B. are C. aren’t D. isn’t
8. There isn’t _______ sugar, so I will go and buy some.

F
A. much B. many C. a D. the

OF
9. _________ anyone in the class now?
A. Is there B. Are there C. There is D. There are
10. _______ some water for you to drink.
A. There are B. There is C. There isn’t D. There aren’t

ƠN
Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentence below.
11. There aren’t any bool on the shelf at the moment.
A. aren’t any B. any C. on D. at the moment
NH
12. The table is among the fridge and the TV set.
A. table B. among C. fridge D. TV set
13. Front of the house, there is a large garden.
A. Front B. house C. there is D. garden
Y

14. There are three bookshelf in my sister’s room and my room.

QU

A. There are B. bookshelf C. sister’s D. my room

15. Look! There is a small bird under of the tree.
A. Look B. There is C. a D. of
Read the passage and decide whether the sentences are True (T) of False (F).
M

I live in a big house with my family. My house has many beautiful room. But my favourite room is my
bedroom. My bedroom is on the second floor of my house. My bedroom is big, modern, clean and comfortable.
KÈ

I have a wooden bed in the center of my room. There is a red sofa in front of the bed. I often sit on it and relax
after a long day. I have a big window and the view is very wonderful. A small table is next to the bed. I like
my bedroom because it is the only place I can sit alone to read books or watch movies. Sometimes I watch TV
for Vietnam’s got talents show. I love my room very much.
Y

T F
DẠ

16. The author lives with his family in a flat.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 23
 17. The bedroom is on the ground floor of the house.
18. In the middle of the house, there is wooden bed.
19. The author often sits on the sofa to relax.

L
20. He likes to be alone to sleep.

IA
IC
Reading the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of the
questions below.
My dream house is a small one not far from the sea. On the ground-floor, it has four rooms. The first room is

F
my living-room, with a white sofa, a black armchair and a coffee table. There is a lamp, a French window

OF
with view of the garden, a television set and a phone. There is a modern kitchen, with a fridge, and a door to
the garden. There is in bathroom with a shower and a toilet. And there is a study-room with a desk and my
computer. On the first floor, there is only my bedroom. It has a wardrobe, a bed and a television set. There is

ƠN
a balcony with a view of the sea. The walls of my house are white because they make the house pure. My
house is really beautiful.

21. What is the topic of the passage?

NH
A. My favorite room of the house B. My dream house
C. My favorite place D. My favorite bedroom
22. How many rooms are there in the house?
A. 5 B. 4 C. 6 D. 3
Y

23. There is a computer in the ________.

QU

A. living room B. bedroom C. study room D. hall

24. The balcony is on the _______ floor.
A. ground B. first C. second D. third
25. The word “pure” in the last line is best replaced by _________.
M

A. clean B. messy C. active D. attractive

Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root sentence.
KÈ

26. Hoa doesn’t have a bookshelf in her room.

A. There is a bookshelf in Hoa’s room.
B. There are a bookshelf in Hoa’s room.
Y

C. There isn’t any bookshelf in Hoa’s room.

DẠ

D. There aren’t any bookshelf in Hoa’s room.

27. Many English books are on the table.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 24
A. There are many books on the table.
B. There are a lot of English books on the table.
C. The English books on the table are students’.

L
D. Students like to read books on the table.
28. My favorite room in the house is the kitchen.

IA
A. I like eating, so I like kitchen.
B. When I come into the kitchen, I like it.

IC
C. I like the kitchen in the house.
D. Kitchen is the place for us to ear every day.

F
29. The garden is in front of the building.

OF
A. The building is between the garden and the house.
B. The building is next to the garden.
C. The building is behind the garden.
C. The building is under the garden.

ƠN
30. My family has four members: my father, my mother, my brother and I.
A. There are four people in my family.
B. There is four people in my family.
NH
C. My family is happy because we have four members.
D. I love my father, my mother and my brother so much.
SO SÁNH HƠN CỦA TÍNH TỪ (COMPARATIVE ADJECTIVES)
Ta sử dụng so sánh hơn của tính từ để so sánh giữa người (hoặc vật) này với người (hoặc vật) khác.
Y

Trong câu so sánh hơn, tính từ sẽ được chia làm hai loại là tính từ dài và tính từ ngắn, trong đó:
- tính từ ngắn là những tính từ có 1 âm tiết. Ví dụ: tall, high, big…
QU

- tính từ dài là những tính từ có 2 âm tiết trở lên. Ví dụ: expensive, intelligent…
1. Cấu trúc câu so sánh hơn

Đối với tính từ ngắn Đối với tính từ dài

S+ to be+ adj+ er+ than+ S2 S+ to be+ more+ adj+ than + S2
M

Với tính từ ngắn, thêm đuôi “er” vào sau tính Với tính từ dài, thêm “more” vào trước tính từ.
từ.
KÈ

Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
- China is bigger than India. - Gold is more valuable than silver.
(Trung Quốc rộng hơn Ấn Độ.) (Vàng có giá trị hơn bạc.)
- Lan is shorter than Nam. - Hanh is more beautiful than Hoa.
Y

(Lan thì thấp hơn Nam.) (Hạnh thì xinh hơn Hoa.)
DẠ

- My house is bigger than your house. - Your book is more expensive than his book.
(Nhà của tôi to hơn nhà của bạn.) (Quyển sách của bạn đắt hơn của anh ấy.)
- His pen is newer than my pen. - Exercise 1 is more beautiful than exercise 2.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 25
 (Bút của anh ấy mới hơn bút của tôi) (Bài tập số 1 khó hơn bài tập số 2)

Lưu ý:
Để nhấn mạnh ý trong câu so sánh hơn, ta thêm “much” hoặc “far” trước hình thức so sánh.

L
Ví dụ:

IA
Her boyfriend is much/ far older than her.
(Bạn trai của cô ấy lớn tuổi hơn cô ấy rất nhiều.)
II. Cách sử dụng tính từ trong câu so sánh hơn.

IC
1. Cách thêm đuôi -er vào tính từ ngắn
Tính từ kết thúc bởi 1 phụ âm=> thêm đuôi er old- older near- nearer
Tính từ kết thúc bởi nguyên âm e => chỉ cần thêm đuôi nice- nicer

F
“r”

OF
Tính từ kết thúc bởi 1 nguyên âm (u, e, o, a, i) + 1 phụ big- bigger hot- hotter
âm => gấp đôi phụ âm cuối và thêm đuôi -er fat- fatter fit- fitter
Tính từ kết thúc bởi “y”, dù có 2 âm tiết vẫn là tính từ happy- happier
ngắn => bỏ “y” thêm đuôi - “ier” pretty- prettier
Note:
ƠN
Một số tính từ có hai âm tiết kết thúc bằng “et, ow, le, er, y” thì áp dụng quy tắc thêm đuôi như tính
từ ngắn.
Ví dụ: quiet -> quieter clever -> cleverer
NH
simple -> simpler narrow -> narrower
2. Một vài tính từ đặc biệt
Với một số tính từ sau, dạng so sánh hơn của chúng không theo quy tắc trên.
Tính từ Dạng so sánh hơn
Good (tốt) better
Y

Bad (tệ) worse

QU

Far (xa) Farther/ further

Much/ many (nhiều) More
Little (ít) less
Old (già) Older/ elder
3. Phân biệt “older” và “elder”
M

“older” và “elder” đều dùng được như 2 tính từ so sánh hơn, khi muốn so sánh tuổi tác của hai đối
tượng. Tuy nhiên, “elder” được dùng khi muốn so sánh tuổi của các thành viên trong gia đình.
KÈ

“Elder” không được dùng trong mẫu “elder than”.

Trong mẫu câu so sánh hơn với “than”, My brother is older than me.=> đúng
luôn dùng “older” My brother is elder than me. => sai
Y

Khi so sánh 2 vật, luôn dùng “older”. This house is older than all the others
DẠ

in the street.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 26
 Khi so sánh 2 người, cần cân nhắc xem Nếu cùng gia đình:
hai người có cùng gia đình không. My elder brother doesn’t live with my
parents.
Nếu không cùng gia đình:

L
The older girl is taking care of the

IA
younger.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 1: Cho dạng so sánh hơn của các tính từ trong bảng sau:

IC
Tính từ So sánh hơn Tính từ So sánh hơn
Cheap (rẻ) Old (già)
Cold (lạnh) Near (gần)

F
Thin (gầy) Bad (tệ)

OF
Good (tốt) Fat (béo)
Fast (nhanh) Ugly (xấu xí)
Big (to) Clever (thông minh)
High (cao) Close (gần)
Long (dài)
Pretty (xinh xắn)
Heavy (nặng)
ƠN
Safe (an toàn)
Far (xa)
Large (rộng)
Narrow (hẹp, nhỏ) Noisy (ồn ào)
NH

Bài 2: Hoàn thành câu sau với dạng so sánh hơn của tính từ dài
1. The princess is ___________ than the witch. (beautiful)
2. The red shirt is better but it’s ___________ than the white one.(expensive)
3. Being a firefighter is ___________ than being a builder. (dangerous)
Y

4. This armchair is ___________ than the old one. (comfortable)

QU

5. The new fridge is ___________ than the old one. (convenient)

6. Health is ___________ than money. (important)
7. This film is ___________ than that film. (exciting)
8. She is ___________ than My Tam singer. (popular)
9. Carol is ___________ than Mary. (beautiful)
M

10. French is ___________ than Chinese. (difficult)

11. The red car is ___________ than the blue one. (inconvenient)
KÈ

12. The palace in my country is ___________ than this one. (modern)

13. This pagoda is ___________ than that one. (historic)
14. This movie is ___________than that one. (terrible)
15. The city centre is ___________ than the suburb. (polluted)
16. China is ___________ than Vietnam. (crowded)
Y

17. This novel is ___________ than that one. (boring)

DẠ

Bài 3: Sắp xếp các từ sau thành câu hoàn chỉnh.

1.bigger/ one/ Nam’s/ than/ new/ old/ is/ his/ school

FRIENDS PLUS 6 27
_______________________________________________________
2. taller/ Huy/ brother/ is/ than/ his
_______________________________________________________
3. one/ This/ more/ than/ that/ chair/ is/ comfortable

L
_______________________________________________________

IA
4. city/ in/ the/ Living/ is/ more/ than/ countryside/ living/ in/ the/ peaceful/
_______________________________________________________
5. is/ intelligent/ his/ friend/ He/ more/ than

IC
_______________________________________________________
6. city/ country/ quieter/ the/ The/ is/ than
_______________________________________________________

F
7. art gallery/ she/,/ her family’s/ Incredibly/ dislikes

OF
_______________________________________________________
8. and/ located/ statue/ a temple/ a/ railway station./ The/ is/ between
_______________________________________________________
9. the/ is/ a/ near. /There/ cathedral/ square
______________________________________________________

ƠN
10. backyard/ workshop/ in/ My father’s/ is/ the
_______________________________________________________
Bài 4: Viết câu so sánh hơn, dùng các từ gợi ý.
1. Nam/ tall/ Thang ______________________________________
NH
2. My house/ big/ his house. ______________________________________
3. Mai/ young/ her sister. ______________________________________
4. Mr. Ha/ fat/ Mr. Tuan ______________________________________
5. My brother/ strong/ me. ______________________________________
Y

6. I / short/ Hoa. ______________________________________

7. Phuong’s room/ large/ Lan’s room. ______________________________________
QU

8. Ms. Linh / beautiful/ Ms. Huyen. ______________________________________

9. This exercise/ difficult/ that exercise. ______________________________________
10. My toys/ nice/ your toys. ______________________________________
Bài 5: Viết lại bắt đầu bằng từ đã cho sao cho câu không thay đổi.
1. This exercise is easier than that one.
M

=> That exercise is ______________________________________

2. The black car is cheaper than the red car.
KÈ

=> The red car ______________________________________

3. This film is more interesting than that one.
=> That film is ______________________________________
4. This river is longer than that one.
Y

=> That river is ______________________________________

DẠ

5. Miss Lan is older than Miss Nga.

=> Miss Nga is______________________________________
6. My kitchen is smaller than yours.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 28
=> Your kitchen ______________________________________
7. Her old house is bigger than her new one.
=> Her new house ______________________________________
8. The black dress is more expensive than the white one.

L
=> The white dress ______________________________________

IA
9. According to me, English is easier than Maths.
=> According to me, Maths ______________________________________
10. This computer works better than that one.

IC
=> That computer ______________________________________
Bài 6: Viết dạng so sánh hơn của những từ trong ngoặc.
1. There is nothing (exciting) ________ than going on a trip.

F
2. Your tee- shirt looks (fantastic) _________ with this skirt!

OF
3. Which do you like (good) _________ , fish or meat?
4. Your car is (fast) _________ than mine!
5. Gold is (valuable) _________ than silver.
6. New York is (large) _________ than Seattle.
7. I think geography is much (easy) _________ than science.
8. No need to go any (far) _________!
ƠN
9. Which is (big) _________ , a tiger or a lion?
10. Mike is (tall) _________ than John, my ex-boyfriend.
11. I’d like to have (long) _________ hair. It’s too short now.
NH
12. Climbing mountains is (dangerous) _________ than hiking.
13. He was (lucky) _________ in his (late) _________ life than in his youth.
14. We need to buy a (big) _________ table but it has to be (cheap) _________ than the one we saw
yesterday.
Y

15. I think Madonna is (famous) _________than Janet Jackson.

16. It’s (far) _________ to the bank than I thought.
QU

17. I’ll talk to my mother. Her advice will be (useful) _________ than yours.
18. I’m much (good) _________ at tennis than my (old) _________ sister.
19. Life is (complicated) _________ than you believed it to be.
20. I’m a bit (thin) _________ than my brother but he’s (tall) _________.
Bài 7: Chỉ ra và sửa lỗi sai trong mỗi câu sau:
M

1. Cats are popularer than snakes as pets.

______________________________________
KÈ

2. My mom is more strict than your mum.

______________________________________
3. Pigs are more intelligent as other animals.
______________________________________
Y

4. Your mobile phone is more trendy than mine.

DẠ

______________________________________
5. Turtles are slow than crocodiles.
______________________________________

FRIENDS PLUS 6 29
6. Disneyland is interestinger than any other amusement park.
______________________________________
7. Elephants are heavyer than pigs.
______________________________________

L
8. Jack is now more happy than he used to be.

IA
______________________________________
9. Bears are more rare than snakes.
______________________________________

IC
10. The tourist company was farer down the street than I had thought.
______________________________________
Bài 8: Hãy chọn từ, cụm từ hoặc mệnh đề A, B, C thích hợp nhất cho khoảng trống của câu.

F
1. David was ……….. than John.

OF
A. more good B. go C. better
2. This building is ……….. than that one.
A. beautifuler B. beautiful C. more beautiful
3. Dorothy promised to be ……….. with her money.
A. carefuler B. more careful C. careful

ƠN
4. New York’s population is ……….. than San Francisco’s.
A. large B. larger
5. This old machine is ……….. than we thought.
C. more large

A. powerfuler B. powerful C. more powerful

NH
6. We’ve got … time than I thought
A. little B. more little C. less
7. People are not friendly in big cities. They are usually… than in small towns.
A. friendly B. more friendly C. friendlier
Y

8. Mary is 10 years old. Julie is 8 years old. Mary is … than Julie.

A. older B. elder C. more old
QU

9. The road is … than the motorway.

A. narrow B. narrower C. more narrow
10. It’s … than it looks.
A. badder B. worse C. more bad
Bài 9: Hoàn thành các câu sau với các tính từ cho sẵn.
M

1. Her daughter is..……..her (beautiful)

2. Summer is…………..spring. (hot)
KÈ

3. That dog is ………..... it looks. (dangerous)

4. Today, people are …………….. they are in the past. (polite)
5. It is ……….today………it was yesterday. (cold)
6. Our hotel was …………..all the others in the town. (cheap)
Y

7. Everest is …………. any other mountain.(high)

DẠ

8. I prefer this chair to the other one. It’s ……….…………(comfortable)

9. There is nothing…………. ……….going swimming in hot weather.(good)
10. Her voice is ………………………….her sister’s. (beautiful)

FRIENDS PLUS 6 30
Bài 10: đọc đoạn văn sau và chọn câu trả lời đúng.
I live in Cairo, which is the capital of Egypt. There are more than ten million people here. A lot of
them have come from the countryside because there are more jobs here.

L
I live in an apartment near the city center. It is a busy, exciting place. It has cinemas and shops but

IA
unfortunately there is a lot of traffic too. Many tourists come from all over the world to see
Pyramids, which are near the city.
I like Cairo because it is big and exciting. I have a lot of friends and it is easy to meet new people. I

IC
am glad that I live here, but my mother doesn’t like it. She used to live in the countryside and she
would like to go back one day.

F
1. Cairo _________ .

OF
A. is a village B. is the capital of Egypt.
C. has more than ten million people. D. B&C are correct
2. Why do people go to Cairo?
A. Because there are more jobs in Cairo than in the countryside.
B. Because they want to live in an apartment.
C. Because there is a lot of traffic in Cairo.
D. A & B are correct.
ƠN
3. We can replace the word “tourists” in line 6 with the word _________.
A. “newcomers” B. “visitors”
NH
C. “guests” D. “friends”
4. The author likes Cairo because _________ .
A. it is big.
B. it is exciting
Y

C. he thinks it is easy to meet new people there

D. all are correct
QU

5. Which of the following is not true?

A. The author has a lot of friends.
B. The author likes to meet new people.
C. The author lives in a village.
D. The author’s mother doesn’t like to live there.
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ

FRIENDS PLUS 6 31
 Unit 2 Days

Từ vựng Phân loại/ Phiên âm Định nghĩa

L
1. add (v) thêm vào

IA
2. barbecue (n) bữa tiệc nướng ngoài trời

3. carnival (n) lễ hội âm nhạc đường phố

IC
4. celebrate (v) tổ chức lễ kỉ niệm

F
5. celebration (n) lễ kỉ niệm

OF
6. celebrity (n) người nổi tiếng

7. culture quiz (n) cuộc thi tìm hiểu văn hóa

8. general (adj) chung, phổ biến

9. international

10. mini
(adj)

(adj)
ƠN mang tính quốc tế

rất nhỏ
NH
11. organised (adj) tính ngăn nắp, có trật tự

12. parent (n) cha/ mẹ

GRAMMAR
I- Thì Hiện Tại Đơn (The present simple )
Y

1. Cách dùng
QU

ÿ Dùng để diễn tả thói quen hoặc những việc thường xảy ra ở hiện tại
VD: We go to school every day
ÿ Dùng để diễn tả những sự vật, sự việc xảy ra mang tính quy luật
M

VD:This festival occurs every 4 years

ÿ Dùng để diễn tả các sự thật hiển nhiên, một chân lý, các phong tục tập quán, các hiện tượng tự
KÈ

nhiên
VD:The earth moves around the Sun
ÿ Dùng để diễn tả lịch trình cố định của tàu, xe, máy bay.
Y

VD:The train leaves at 8 am tomorrow

DẠ

2. Dạng thức của thì hiện tại đơn

a. Với động từ “tobe” (am/ is/ are)
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
I Am I am not + danh từ/ tính
He/ she/ it/ He/ she/ it/ từ
Danh từ số ít/ Danh từ số ít/
Is
danh từ không + danh từ/ tính danh từ không is not/ isn’t
đếm được từ đếm được

L
You/we/ they/ You/we/ they/

IA
Danh từ số Are Danh từ số are not/ aren’t
nhiều nhiều

IC
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
I am a student I am not

F
She is very beautiful Miss Lan isn't my teacher

OF
We are in the garden My brothers aren't at school.

Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn

Am I
ƠN Yes,
+ danh từ/ tính No,
I am
am not
Is He/ she/ it/ Danh từ số ít/ từ Yes, He/ she/ it/ Danh từ số is
NH
danh từ không đếm được No, ít/ danh từ không đếm isn't
được
Are You/we/ they/ Danh từ số Yes, You/we/ they/ Danh từ are
nhiều No, số nhiều aren’t
Y

Ví dụ:
QU

∑ Am I in team A ?
=> Yes, you are./ No, you aren't.
∑ Is she a nurse?
M

=> Yes, she is./ No, she isn't.

∑ Are they friendly?
KÈ

=> Yes, they are./ No, they aren't.

ß Lưu ý:
Khi chủ ngữ trong câu hỏi là “you” (bạn) thì câu trả lời phải dùng “I” (tôi) để đáp lại.
Y

b. Với động từ thường (Verb/ V)

DẠ

Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định

I/ You/ We/ They/ + V nguyên mẫu I/ You/ We/ They/ + do not/ don’t + V nguyên mẫu

ADMIN 2
Danh từ số nhiều Danh từ số nhiều
He/ she/ it/ Danh + V-s/es He/ she/ it/ Danh + does not/
từ số ít/ danh từ từ số ít/ danh từ doesn’t

L
không đếm được không đếm được
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:

IA
I walk to school every morning. They don't do their homework every afternoon.
My parentsplay badminton in the His friends don't go swimming in the evening

IC
morning. He doesn't go to school on Sunday
She always gets up early. Her grandmother doesn't do exercise in the park

F
Nam watches TV every evening.

OF
Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn
I/ You/ We/ Yes, I/ You/ We/ do
Do They/ Danh từ
số nhiều
ƠN No,
They/ Danh từ
số nhiều
don’t

He/ she/ it/ + V nguyên Yes, He/ she/ it/ does

NH
Danh từ số ít/ mẫu Danh từ số ít/
Does
danh từ không No, danh từ không doesn’t
đếm được đếm được
Ví dụ:
Y

Do you often go to the cinema at weekends?

QU

=> Yes, I do./ No, I don’t.

Does he play soccer in the afternoon?
=> Yes, he does/ No, he doesn’t
Do they often go swimming?
M

=> Yes, they do/ No, they don’t.

KÈ

c. Wh- questions
Khi đặt câu hỏi có chuswas Wh- word (từ để hỏi) như Who, What, When, Where, Why, Which,
Y

How, ta đặt chúng lên đầu câu. Tuy nhiên, khi trả lời cho dạng câu hỏi này, ta không dùng Yes/ No
mà cần đưa ra câu trả lời trực tiếp.
DẠ

∑ Cấu trúc

ADMIN 3
 Wh-word + am/is/are + S? Wh-word + do/ does + S + V?
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
Who is he? What do you do?

L
=> He is my brother. => I am a student.
Where are they? Why does he cry?

IA
=> They are in the playground. => Because he is sad.
3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết

IC
Trong câu ở thì hiện tại đơn thường có các trạng từ chỉ tần suất và chúng được chia thành 2 nhóm:
ÿ Nhóm trạng từ đứng ở trong câu:

F
- Always (luôn luôn) usually (thường xuyên), often (thường), sometimes (thỉnh thoảng),

OF
rarely (hiếm khi), seldom (hiếm khi), frequently (thường xuyên), hardly (hiếm khi), never
(không bao giờ), regularly (thường xuyên)…
v Các trạng từ này thường đứng trước động từ thường, đứng sau động từ “tobe” và trợ động từ
Ví dụ:
- He rarely goes to school by bus ƠN
- She is usually at home in the evening
NH
- I don’t often go out with my friends
ÿ Nhóm trạng từ đứng ở cuối câu:
- Every day/ week/ month/ year (hàng ngày/ hàng tuần/ hàng tháng/ hàng năm)
- Once (một lần), twice (hai lần), three times (ba lần), four times (bốn lần)…
Y

∑ Lưu ý:
QU

Từ “ba lần” trở lên ta sử dụng: số đếm + times

Ví dụ:
- He phones home every week
- They go on holiday to the seaside once a year.
M

4. Cách thêm s/es vào sau động từ

KÈ

Trong câu ở thì hiện tại đơn, nếu chủ ngữ là ngôi thứ 3 số ít (He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít)
thì động từ phải thêm đuôi s/es. Dưới đây là các quy tắc khi chia động từ
Thêm “s” vào đằng sau hầu hết các Ví dụ: Work-works Read-reads
Y

động từ Love- loves See - sees

Thêm “es” vào các động từ kết thúc Ví dụ: Miss- misses Watch- waches
DẠ

bằng “ch, sh, x, s, z, o” mix- mixes Go - goes

ADMIN 4
Đối với những động từ tận cùng là Ví dụ: Play- plays Fly-flies
“y”
Buy-buys Cry- cries
+ Nếu trước “y” là một nguyên âm
Pay - pays Fry- fries
(u,e,o,a,i)- ta giữ nguyên “y” + “s”

L
+ Nếu trước “y” là một phụ âm, ta

IA
đổi “y” thành “i” + “es”
Trường hợp ngoại lệ Ví dụ: Have - has

IC
*Cách phát âm –s/es ( những từ tận cùng là –s hoặc –es )
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM "S" CUỐI : trong trường hợp danh từ số nhiều nhiều hoặc động từ số ít.

F
Khi đi sau các phụ âm điếc (voiceless consonants): /f/, /k/, /p/, /t/ ,/q/,/h/

OF
/s/
Ex: laughs, walks, cups, cats, tenths; books...
Khi đi sau một phụ âm rít : /z/, /s/, /dz/, / t∫/, / ∫ /, /z/. Hoặc các chữ cái: s,
/ iz / x, z, ch, sh, ce, ge.

/z /
ƠN
Ex: washes , kisses , oranges…..
Không thuộc hai loại trên. Ex: bags , kids , days …
Ngọai lệ: bình thường chữ s phát âm /s/, nhưng có những ngoại lệ cần nhớ:
NH

- Chữ s đọc /z /sau các từ :busy, please, easy, present, desire, music, pleasant, desert, choose,
reason, preserve, poison..
-Chữ s đọc /'∫/ sau các từ sugar,sure
Y

Pronunciation
Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
QU

1. A. lays B. says C. stays D. plays

2. A. roses B. villages C. apples D. matches
M

3. A. languages B. rabies C. assumes D. consumes

4. A. succeeds B. devotes C. prevents D. coughs
KÈ

5. A. sees B. sports C. pools D. trains

6. A. widens B. referees C. sacks D. cancels
7. A. tombs B. lamps C. brakes D. invites
Y

8. A. books B. floors C. combs D. drums

DẠ

9. A. trays B. says C. bays D. days

10. A. closes B. loses C. loves D. chooses

ADMIN 5
 11. A. gives B. phones C. switches D. dives
12. A. studies B. flourishes C. finishes D. glances
13. A. hears B. thanks C. blows D. coincides
14. A. stops B. climbs C. pulls D. televisions

L
15. A. cats B. tapes C. rides D. cooks

IA
16. A. walks B. begins C. helps D. cuts
17. A. shoots B. grounds C. concentrates D. forests

IC
18. A. tells B. talks C. stays D. steals
19. A. hours B. fathers C. dreams D. thinks

F
20. A. diseases B. pleases C. loses D. releases

OF
21. A. bushes B. buses C. lorries D. charges
22. A. biscuits B. magazines C. newspapers D. vegetables
23. A. beds B. doors C. plays D. students
24. A. completes
25. A. difficulties
26. A. characters
B. engines
B. enriches
B. problems
ƠN C. taxis
C. classes
C. retreats
D. ferries
D. enlarges
D. universities
NH
27. A. passes B. challenges C. sexes D. tomatoes
28. A. arms B. suits C. chairs D. boards
29. A. licks B. risks C. leans D. drops
30. A. relieves B. invents C. buys D. deals
Y

31. A. comes B. rolls C. takes D. drives

QU

32. A. dreams B. heals C. kills D. tasks

Grammar:
Bài 1: Hoàn thành bảng sau, thêm đuôi s/es vào sau các động từ sao cho đúng
V V-e/es V Ve/es
M

Have (có) Know (biết)

KÈ

Do (làm) Take (lấy)

Say (nói) Think (nghĩ)
Get (được) Come (đến)
Y

Make (làm) Give (cho)

Go (đi) Look (nhìn)
DẠ

See (nhìn thấy) Use (dùng)

ADMIN 6
 Find (tìm thấy) Need (cần)
Want (muốn) Seem (hình như)
Tell (nói) Ask (hỏi)

L
Put (đặt) Show (hiển thị)

IA
Mean (nghĩa là) Try (cố gắng)
Become (trở thành) Call (gọi)
Leave (rời khỏi) Keep (giữ)

IC
Work (làm việc) Feel (cảm thấy)
Bài 2: Đặt các trạng từ chỉ tần suất vào vị trí đúng ở câu

F
1. He plays golf on Sundays (sometimes)

OF
_________________________________________
2. The weather is bad in November. (always)
_________________________________________
3. We have fish for dinner. (seldom)
ƠN
_________________________________________
4. Peter doesn’t get up before seven. (usually)
NH
_________________________________________
5. They watch TV in the afternoon (never)
_________________________________________
6. My brother, Tony, is late for interview. (rarely)
Y

_________________________________________
QU

7. He helps his father (always)

_________________________________________
8. How do you go shopping? (often)
_________________________________________
M
KÈ

9. I don’t do my homework after school (hardly)

_________________________________________
10. The school bus arrives at seven. (every day)
Y

_________________________________________
Bài 3: Viết các câu sau ở thế khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?)
DẠ

1. (+) The girl often listens to pop music.

(-) _________________________________________

ADMIN 7
 (?) _________________________________________
2. (+) I am from the capital of Vietnam, Ha noi.
(-) _________________________________________
(?) _________________________________________

L
3. (+) _________________________________________

IA
(-) My father doesn’t keep the greenhouse warm at night.
(?) _________________________________________

IC
4. (+) _________________________________________
(-) _________________________________________

F
(?) Does Danny remember to phone his father on Sundays?

OF
5. (+) _________________________________________
(-) They don’t do their homework after school.
(?) _________________________________________

ƠN
Bài 4: Điền do, don’t, does, doesn’t vào chỗ trống trong các câu sau cho phù hợp
1. My mother likes chocolate, but she _________biscuits.
2. ______the children wear your uniform at your school?
NH
3. Lynn’s father watches badminton on TV, but he ______watch judo.
4. Where______ the Masons buy their fruits?
5. ______ the cat like to sleep on the sofa?
6. Dogs love bones, but they ______ love cheese.
Y

7. Where ______ Sam and Ben hide their pocket money?

QU

8. We eat pizza, but we ______ eat hamburgers.

9. ______ Mrs. Miller read magazines?
10. ______ the boys play cricket outside?
11. Please ______ play with my food.
M

12. She______ the cleaning three times a week

KÈ

13. We ______ go out very much because we have a baby

14. I ______ want to talk about my neighborhood any more.
15. How much ______ it cost to phone overseas?
Bài 5: Khoanh tròn vào câu trả lời đúng
Y

1. We sometimes (read/ reads) books.

DẠ

2. Emily (go/goes) to the art club.

3. It often (rain/ rains) on Sundays.

ADMIN 8
 4. Pete and his sister (wash/ washes) the family car.
5. I always (hurry/ hurries) to the bus stop.
6. She (speak/ speaks) four languages.
7. Jane is a teacher. He (teach/ teaches) English.

L
8. Those shoes (cost/ costs) too much.

IA
9. My sister (go/goes) to the library once a week.
10. We both (listen/ listens) to the radio in the morning.

IC
Bài 6: Sắp xếp các từ sau theo thứ tự đúng để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh
1. always/ at nine o’clock/ out of the garage/ in the morning/ drives/ his car/ he.

F
2. a parking place/ near the shops/ they/ find/ rarely.

OF
3. fly/ with my parents/ to Florida/ sometimes/ I/ in spring.
4. late/ comes/ she/ often/ to school/ in winter.
5. meet/ at the sports ground/ they/ after dinner/ always/ their friends.

ƠN
6. enjoys/ swimming/ in our pool/ always/ in the morning/ she.
7. mother/ On/ the/ my/ always/ washing/ does/ Mondays.
8. out/ once/ put/ I/ dustbins/ week/ the/ a.
NH
9. a/ go/ with/ often/ walk/ dog/ for/ We/ our/
10. sister/ ironing/ sometimes/ My/ the/ does.
Bài 7: Hãy chọn câu trả lời đúng cho các câu sau
1. I______ know the correct answer.
Y

A. am not B. not C. don’t D. doesn’t

QU

2. They ______ agree with my opinion.

A. are B. don’t C. aren’t D. do
3. Kathy usually ______ in front of the window during the class.
A. sits B. sitting C. sit D. is sit
M

4. What does this word ______?

KÈ

A. means B. meaning C. mean D. is mean

5. He ______ share anything to me.
A. don’t do B. isn’t C. not D. doesn’t
6. I come from Canada. Where ______you come from?
Y

A. are B. do C. is D. not
DẠ

7. Jane ______ tea very often.

A. doesn’t drink B. drink C. is drink D. isn’t drink

ADMIN 9
 8. How often ______ you play tennis?
A. do B. are C. is D. play
9. Rice ______ in cold climates
A. isn’t grow B. don’t grow C. aren’t grow D. doesn’t grow

L
10. I ______ a compass and a calculator in Maths lesson.

IA
A. am use B. use C. aren’t use D. doesn’t use
Bài 8: Chọn dạng đúng cho các động từ trong ngoặc

IC
1. They ______ hockey at school. (to play)
2. She ______ poems. (not/ to write)

F
3. ______you ______ English? (to speak)

OF
4. My parents ______fish (not/ to like)
5. ______ Ann ______ any hobbies? (to have)
6. Andy’s brother ______in a big buiding (to work)

ƠN
7. ______ Jim and Joe______ the flowers every week? (to water)
8. Yvonne’s mother ______ a motorbike. (not/ to write)
9. ______ Elisabeth ______ the door? (to knock)
NH
10. What ______ you ______ in the school canteen? (buy)
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ

ADMIN 10
 UNIT 3: WILD LIFE
VOCABULARY
---Donkey /ˈdɒŋ.ki/ (UK) or /ˈdɑːŋ.ki/: con lừa
– Duck /dʌk/: con vịt
– Goat /ɡəʊt/ (UK) or /ɡoʊt/ (US): con dê

L
– Goose /ɡuːs/ or /ɡuːs/ : con ngỗng
– Hen /hen/ or /hen/: con gà mái

IA
– Horse /hoːs/: con ngựa
– Pig /piɡ/: con lợn
– Rabbit /ˈræb.ɪt/ or /ˈræb.ɪt/: con thỏ
– Sheep /ʃiːp/ or /ʃiːp/: con cừu

IC
– Cat /kæt/ or /kæt/: mèo
– Dog /dɒɡ/ or /dɑːɡ/: chó
– Puppy /ˈpʌp.i/ or /ˈpʌp.i/: chó con

F
– Turtle /ˈtɜː.təl/ or /ˈtɝː.t̬ əl/ : rùa
– Rooster /ˈruː.stər/ or /ˈruː.stɚ/: gà trống

OF
---Zebra/ˈziː.brə/ => ngựa vằn
– Giraffe /dʒɪˈrɑːf/ => hươu cao cổ
– Rhinoceros /raɪˈnɒs.ər.əs/=> tê giác
– Elephant/ˈel.ɪ.fənt/ => voi
– Cheetah /ˈtʃiː.tə/ => báo Gêpa
– Lion /ˈlaɪ.ən/ => sư tử đực
– Lioness /ˈlaɪ.ənis/ => sư tử cái
– Hyena /haɪˈiː.nə/ => linh cẩu
– Leopard /ˈlep.əd/ => báo
ƠN
– Hippopotamus /ˌhɪp.əˈpɒt.ə.məs/ => hà mã
NH
– Camel /’kæməl/ => lạc đà
– Monkey /ˈmʌŋ.ki/ => khỉ
– Baboon /bəˈbuːn/=> khỉ đầu chó
– Chimpanzee /,t∫impən’zi/ => tinh tinh
– Gorilla/gəˈrɪl.ə/ => vượn người Gôrila
– Antelope /´ænti¸loup/ => linh dương
Y

– Gnu /nuː/ => linh dương đầu bò

– Baboon /bəˈbuːn/=> khỉ đầu chó
QU

– Gazelle /gəˈzel/ => linh dương Gazen

--Pigeon /ˈpɪdʒ.ən/=> bồ câu
– Owl /aʊl/ => cú mèo
– Eagle /ˈiː.gl/ => đại bàng
– Falcon /ˈfɒl.kən/ => chim ưng
– Vulture /ˈvʌl.tʃəʳ/ => kền kền
M

– Crow /krəʊ/ => quạ

– Sparrow /ˈspær.əʊ/ => chim sẻ
KÈ

– Duck /dʌk/ => vịt

– Penguin /ˈpeŋ.gwɪn/ => chim cánh cụt
– Turkey /ˈtɜː.ki/ => gà tây
– Ostrich /ˈɒs.trɪtʃ/ => đà điểu
– Woodpecker /ˈwʊdˌpek.əʳ/ => gõ kiến
– Parrot /ˈpær.ət/ => con vẹt
Y

– Stork /stɔːk/ => cò

– Swan /swɒn/ => thiên nga
DẠ

– Peacock /ˈpiː.kɒk/ => con công (trống)

---Owl – /aʊl/: Cú mèo
– Eagle – /ˈiː.gl/: Chim đại bàng
– Woodpecker – /ˈwʊdˌpek.əʳ/: Chim gõ kiến
– Peacock – /ˈpiː.kɒk/: Con công (trống)
– Sparrow – /ˈspær.əʊ/: Chim sẻ
– Heron – /ˈher.ən/: Diệc
– Swan – /swɒn/: Thiên nga
– Falcon – /ˈfɒl.kən/: Chim ưng
– Ostrich – /ˈɒs.trɪtʃ/: Đà điểu
– Nest – /nest/: Cái tổ

L
– Feather – /ˈfeð.əʳ/: Lông vũ
– Talon – /ˈtæl.ən/: Móng vuốt

IA
– Moose – /muːs/: Nai sừng tấm
– Boar – /bɔːʳ/: Lợn hoang (giống đực)
– Chipmunk – /ˈtʃɪp.mʌŋk/: Sóc chuột
– Lynx (bobcat) – /lɪŋks/ (/’bɔbkæt/): Mèo rừng Mỹ

IC
– Polar bear – /pəʊl beəʳ/: Gấu bắc cực
– Buffalo – /ˈbʌf.ə.ləʊ/: Trâu nước
– Beaver – /ˈbiː.vəʳ/: Con hải ly

F
– Porcupine – /ˈpɔː.kjʊ.paɪn/: Con nhím
– Skunk – /skʌŋk/: Chồn hôi

OF
– Koala bear – /kəʊˈɑː.lə beəʳ/: Gấu túi
– Caterpillar -/ˈkæt.ə.pɪl.əʳ/: Sâu bướm
– Praying mantis – /preiɳˈmæn.tɪs/: Bọ ngựa
– Honeycomb – /ˈhʌn.i.kəʊm/: Sáp ong
– Tarantula – /təˈræn.tjʊ.lə/: Loại nhện lớn
– Parasites – /’pærəsaɪt/: Ký sinh trùng
– Ladybug – /ˈleɪ.di.bɜːd/: Bọ rùa
– Mosquito – /məˈskiː.təʊ/: Con muỗi
– Cockroach – /ˈkɒk.rəʊtʃ/: Con gián
ƠN
– Grasshopper – /ˈgrɑːsˌhɒp.əʳ/: Châu chấu
NH
– Honeycomb – /ˈhʌn.i.kəʊm/: Sáp ong
– Alligator – /ˈæl.ɪ.geɪ.təʳ/: Cá sấu Mỹ
– Crocodile – /ˈkrɒk.ə.daɪl/: Cá sấu
– Toad – /təʊd/: Con cóc
– Frog – /frɒg/: Con ếch
– Dinosaurs – /’daɪnəʊsɔː/: Khủng long
Y

– Cobra – fang – /ˈkəʊ.brə. fæŋ/: Rắn hổ mang

– Chameleon – /kəˈmiː.li.ən/: Tắc kè hoa
QU

– Dragon – /ˈdræg.ən/: Con rồng

– Turtle – shell – /ˈtɜː.tl ʃel/: Mai rùa
– Lizard – /ˈlɪz.əd/: Thằn lằn
Grammar:
. GRAMMAR
I. So sánh nhất với tính từ ngắn (superlative of short adjectives)
M

Ta sử dụng so sánh nhất để so sánh người (hoặc vật) với tất cả người (hoặc vật) trong nhóm. Trong câu so
sánh nhất, tính từ sẽ được chia làm hai loại là tính từ dài và tính từ ngắn, trong đó
KÈ

• Tính từ ngắn là những tính từ có 1 âm tiết. Ví dụ: tall, high, big,...

• Tính từ dài là những tính từ có từ 2 âm tiết trở lên. Ví dụ: expensive, intelligent,...
1. Cấu trúc câu so sánh nhất đối với tính từ ngắn
Cấu trúc S+ tobe + the + adj + -est + (Danh từ)
Ví dụ - Russia is the biggest country in the world.
(Nga là đất nước lớn nhất trên thế giới)
Y

- My school is the biggest in the city.

(Trường của tôi lớn nhất trong thành phố.)
DẠ

My father is the oldest person in my family

( Bố tôi là người lớn tuổi nhất trong nhà)
- Quang is the tallest in hí class
- (Quang là người cao nhất trong lớp học của anh ấy)
Lưu ý Để nhấn mạnh ý trong câu so sánh nhất, ta thêm "much" hoặc " by
far" vào sau hình thức so sánh.
Ví dụ :
He is the smartest by far.
- (Anh ấy thông minh nhất, hơn mọi người nhiều)

L
IA
IC
2. Cách sử dụng tính từ ngắn trong câu so sánh nhất
a. Cách thêm đuôi -est vào tính từ ngắn
Tính từ kết thúc bởi 1 phụ âm, thêm đuôi -est old - oldest near - nearest cold- coldest tall - tallest

F
new - newest
Tính từ kết thúc bởi nguyên âm "e", chỉ cần thêm nice – nicest

OF
đuôi "st"
Tính từ kết thúc bởi 1 nguyên âm (u,e,o,a,i) + 1 phụ big - biggest hot - hottest
âm, gấp đôi phụ âm cuối và thêm đuôi -est fat- fattest fit-fittest
Tính từ kết thúc bởi "y", dù có 2 âm tiết vẫn là tính happy - happier busy – busiest
từ ngán, bỏ "y" và thêm đuôi"iest pretty – prettiest easy – easiest early - earliest
Lưu ý:

ngắn.
Ví dụ: simple - simplest
ƠN
Một số tính từ có 2 âm tiết nhưng có tận cùng là "y, le, ow, er"thì áp dụng quy tắc thêm đuôi -est của tính từ

narrow-narrowest clever-cleverest
b. Một vài tính từ bất quy tắc
NH
Với một số tính từ sau, dạng so sánh nhất của chúng khác với các tính từ khác.

Tính từ Dạng so sánh nhất

Y

Good (tốt) best

QU

Bad (tệ) Worst

Far(xa) Farthest/furthest
M

Much/many(nhiều) Most
KÈ

Little (it) Least

Y

Old (già) Oldest/ eldest

DẠ

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

Bài 1: Cho dạng so sánh nhất của các tính từ sau:
Tính từ So sánh nhất Tính từ So sánh nhất

Short (ngắn) Bad (xấu, tệ)

 Nice (đẹp) Little (ít)

Happy (hạnh phúc) Much (nhiều)

Dry (khô) Funny (buồn cười)

L
Big (to) Fat (béo)

IA
Thin (gầy) Cheap (rẻ)

IC
Good (tốt) Lazy (lười)

Bài 2: Cho dạng đúng so sánh nhất của tính từ trong ngoặc
1. Ho Chi Minh City is (big)……………………….city in Viet Nam.

F
2. Lan is (thin) ……………………….of the three sisters.
3. The Amazone River is (long)……………………river in the world.

OF
4. Hanh is(clever)…………. student in class.
5. It’s(short)………….day of year.
6. Who’s(good)……………………..tennis player in your country?
7.Who is (tall)………………………………person in your family?
8. Decemberis (cold)………………….month of the year in my country.

ƠN
9. Ethanh is (happy)……………………..boy that I know.
10.Where are(nice)……………………….beaches in your country?
Bài 3: Chọn đáp án thích hợp điển vào chỗ trống.
1My sister is………………..person in my family.
A. young B. younger than C. the youngest
NH
2. I think Federer is………………………tennis player in the world.
A. good B. better than C. the best
3.Winter is……………… season of the year in Europe.
A. cold B. colder than C. the coldest
4. Our house is…………………. in the street.
A. bigger B. the biggest C. more big
Y

5. He is………………………of four children.

A. older B. the oldest C.more old
QU

6. …………………….man in the world is 120 years old.

A. the oldest B. the older C. More old
7. Everest is……………………mountain in the world.
A. highest B. the highest C. the higher
8.Sam is a terrible footballer. He's…………….player in the team.
A. the best B. the baddest C. the worst
M

9.What's………………………………city in the world?

A. the large B. the largest C. largest
KÈ

10. You are…………..girl in our class.

A. the funny B. the funniest C. the funnier
Bài 4: Sắp xếp trật tự các từ sau để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh
1. /all /Tom's /the /of/is/cleanest/room
………………………………………………………………………………………
Y

2. /Sienkiewicz / writers/, /is /the /Polish /greastest /one. /Of/all

………………………………………………………………………………………
DẠ

3. /one /of /is /the /in /world. /Egypt/oldest /countries/the

………………………………………………………………………………………
4. /world, /second /is /the /the /Canada/country/in/largest
………………………………………………………………………………………
5. /worst /was /us. /time /for /Winter/the
………………………………………………………………………………………
6. /ugliest /know /is /town /I. /It /the
………………………………………………………………………………………
7./country /road /is /widest /in /the. /This/the
………………………………………………………………………………………
8. /is /the / world? /What/animal/smallest in /the
………………………………………………………………………………………

L
9. /animal /Is /whale /or /the /the / in /world? /the/elephant/biggest/ the
………………………………………………………………………………………

IA
10. /worst /am /student. /I/in/the /class
………………………………………………………………………………………
Bài 5: Dựa vào các từ gợi ý, viết câu so sánh nhất.
1.The Amazon River/ long/ river/ world.

IC
………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Everest/ high/ mountain/ world.
………………………………………………………………………………………

F
3.My father/tall/family.
………………………………………………………………………………………

OF
4.Ngoc/ good/ our school.
………………………………………………………………………………………
5.Bill/nice/of the class
………………………………………………………………………………………
6.August/hot/month of the year
………………………………………………………………………………………
7. This restaurant/good/in town
………………………………………………………………………………………
8. Peter/bad/singer
ƠN
………………………………………………………………………………………
NH
9. Will Smith / rich/ actor.
………………………………………………………………………………………
10. Susan/ short/of the three.
…………………………………………………………………………………
Bài 6: Chọn đáp án thích hợp điền vào chỗ trống
1. Mexico is very …………… city
Y

A.large B.larger than C.the largest

2. I usually get up …………… my brother.
QU

A. Early B. ealier than C. the earliest

3.Sue's wearing a……………
A. New B. newer than C. the newest
4. A book is a …………… thing to carry when you go on a trip.
A. heavy B. heavier than c. the heaviest
5. Antarctica is……………Spain
M

A. cold B. colder than C. the coldest

6. Her eyes are……………mine.
KÈ

A. Pretty B. prettier than C. the prettiest

7. My desk is …………..David's.
A. Tidy B. tidier than C. the tidiest
8. A lot of people drink………………….. milk.
A. Hot B. hotter than C. the hottest
9. A continent is………………… a country.
Y

A. Big B. bigger than C.the biggest

10. The moon is……………. planet to earth.
DẠ

A. The closest B. closest C. closer than

Bài 7: Khoanh vào phương án trả lời đúng.
1. There are 10 houses on our street. Our house is the (biggest/ bigger) one.
2. My brother sings better than I do, but I play guitar (the best/ better) than he does.
3.This is (better/ the best) song I have ever heard!
4. Tom is (stronger/ the strongest) than I am.
5. Out of all the students in our class, I am (the shortest/ shorter)
6.Everyone says that my sister is (the best looking/ better looking) than I am.
7. She is (the best looking/ better looking) girl in our school.
8. Your apartment is (cleaner/ the cleanest) than mine.
9. The weather was much (warmer/ the warmest) in England than in Spain last week.

L
10. John is (younger/ the youngest) than David.
II/ Cách dùng “Can”

IA
General Structure of “CAN” in a Sentence
POSITIVE FORM (+): Subject + CAN + Verb ( first form of the verb )
NEGATIVE FORM (-): Subject + CAN + NOT (CAN’T ) + Verb ( first form of the verb )
QUESTION FORM (?): CAN+ Subject + Verb ( first form of the verb )

IC
- Động từ khiếm khuyến “can” thường dùng để diễn tả về một khả năng

Ex: I can speak 4 languages: english, spanish, russia and french

F
(Tôi có thể nói bốn thứ tiếng: tiếng Anh, tiếng Tây Ban Nha, tiếng Nga và tiếng Pháp)

OF
- Thể phủ định “can’t” diễn tả một điều không thể, không có khả năng thực hiện

Ex: I can’t love him even he gave me all his money

(Tôi không thể yêu anh ta dù cho anh ta đã cho tôi tất cả tiền bạc)

- Thể nghi vấn dùng để xin phép hoặc một sự yêu cầu

Ex: Can I use your cell phone?

(Tôi có thể dùng điện thoại của bạn không?)
ƠN
NH
Can you help me, sir?
(Thưa ngài, ngài có thể giúp tôi không?)
Các động từ khuyết thiếu thường gặp
Động từ
Chức năng Ví dụ Chú ý
khuyết thiếu
Y

∑ This class can Can và Could trong tiếng Anh

Diễn tả khả năng tại hiện tại
start in September
QU

hoặc tương lai về ai đó có thể còn được sử dụng trong các câu
Can: có thể ∑ Linda can sing hỏi, câu đề nghị, xin phép và
làm được những gì hoặc một
and dance very well yêu cầu.
sự việc có thể sắp xảy ra.
Ví dụ:
Could: có thể
My daughter could read ∑ Could you repeat your
(dạng quá Diễn đạt một khả năng xảy ra
M

books when she was only name, please?

khứ của trong thì quá khứ
four years old.
“can”)
KÈ

Diễn tả sự cần thiết phải làm

“You have to stop
điều gì nhưng là do tác động Don’t have to = Don’t need to
Have to: phải smoking.” Her doctor
bởi yếu tố khách quan (nội (không cần thiết phải làm gì)
said.
quy, quy định…)
Y

∑ Diễn đạt sự cần thiết,

∑ All students must
điều bắt buộc ở thì hiện tại Mustn’t – chỉ sự một cấm đoán
DẠ

hand in their
hoặc trong tương lai Ví dụ:
assignments before
Must: phải, ∑ Đưa ra lời khuyên
18th August.
chắc hẳn hay sự suy luận mang tính ∑ You mustn’t smoke
∑ It’s raining. It
chắc chắn, yêu cầu được here!
must be cold.
nhấn mạnh
 Diễn tả điều gì có thể xảy ra May và might còn có thể dùng
May: có thể It may rain today
ở hiện tại để xin phép. Nhưng might ít sử
dụng trong văn nói, chủ yếu sử
dụng trong câu gián tiếp:
Might: có thể Diễn tả điều gì có thể xảy ra
Ví dụ:
(dạng quá ở quá khứ (cũng có thể dùng Who has just called Lam

L
khứ của cho hiện tại nhưng ít khả might be June.
∑ May I close the door?.

IA
“may”) năng hơn “may”)

∑ Tomorrow will be
∑ Diễn đạt về sự dự

IC
rainy.
đoán sự việc xảy sẽ ra Will và Would còn được dùng
∑ Did you buy a pen
trong tương lai. trong câu đề nghị, yêu cầu và
for me ? Oh, sorry. I’ll
Will: sẽ ∑ Đưa ra một quyết lời mời
go now.

F
định ngay tại thời điểm Ví dụ:
nói.

OF
∑ Will you take a photo?
∑ Would you like a cup of
tea?
Would: sẽ diễn tả một giả định xảy ra
I would go picnicking if it
(quá khứ của hoặc một dự đoán về sự việc
didn’t rain.
“will”) có thể xảy ra trong quá khứ

Shall: sẽ
Thường dùng để xin ý kiến
và lời khuyên. (Hiện nay
“will” được sử dụng nhiều
ƠNWhere shall we eat
tomorrow evening?
hơn so với “shall”)
NH

∑ Diễn đạt sự bắt buộc ∑ You should send

hay nhiệm vụ bắt buộc
nhưng ở mức độ nhẹ hơn
so với “must”
Should: nên ∑ Dùng để đưa ra lời
Y
this contract to John
before 5 p.m.
∑ You should go to
∑
bed before 11 p.m

khuyên và ý kiến everyday.

∑ Dùng để đưa ra suy ∑ He studied very
QU

đoán hard, he should get

better grades.

Chỉ sự bắt buộc, có tính chất

Ought to: You ought not to eat ice
mạnh hơn “Should” nhưng
nên cream at night.
bé hơn “Must”
M

Bài tập áp dụng :‘”can”

EXERCISE 1 | Ability
KÈ

Hoàn thành bảng dưới đây để hiển thị những điều bạn 'có thể' hoặc 'không thể' làm:

I can I can’t
Y
DẠ
 Speak English drive a car play the violin dance ride a bicycle

L
Swim underwater stand on my head catch fish

IA
use a computer water-ski

EXERCISE 2

IC
Ability
Tạo những câu sử dụng 'and' hoặc 'but':

F
e.g. I can play the violin and I can ride a bicycle.
I can dance but I can’t water-ski.

OF
1. ____________________________________
2. ____________________________________
3. ____________________________________
4. ____________________________________
ƠN
Tạo những câu hỏi để hỏi bạn của bạn và viết lại câu trả lời của anh ấy/cô ấy:
e.g. Can you water-ski?
NH
Answer: Yes, I can.
No, I can’t.
1. _________ ______________
2. _________ ______________
Y

3. _________ ______________
QU

Can/can’t Could/couldn’t

PRESENT PAST

+ I can see the mountains. I could do handstands when I was young.

M

- I can’t come to the party. I couldn’t open the door.

KÈ

? Can you speak French? Could you read when you were five years old?
Y

EXERCISE 3
Điền vào chỗ trống bằng 'can', 'can't', 'could' hoặc 'couldn't':
DẠ

1. They have dancing lessons because they_________ dance so well.

2. He _______swim now but he ________swim when he was eight.
3. I _______ do my biology homework; it's too difficult._______ you help me?
4. I _________understand a word she was saying.______ you?
5. He says he's sorry but he________ come to the party.
6. It's a very clever cat; it _________ jump; it ___________ catch a ball and it______ climb trees.
It_________ catch mice, though!
III/ HOW

L
1. Ý nghĩa “how” và cách sử dụng
Những người học tiếng Anh không còn xa lạ với từ “how” dù trong các cuộc hội thoại tiếng Anh hay trong

IA
các bài tập ngữ pháp. “How” được hiểu là “như thế nào”, trong đó có 8 câu hỏi về how thường xuyên bắt gặp
nhiều nhất.
“How” là 1 trong số ít những từ để hỏi có cấu trúc đặc biệt, không cố định, bạn có thể đặt câu hỏi với how +

IC
adj/adv hoặc how + tobe/trợ từ + S để tạo thành câu hỏi có nghĩa.
Ví dụ:
– How are you today? (Hôm nay bạn thế nào?) sử dụng cấu trúc how + tobe + S.
– How often do you take photos? (Cậu có thường xuyên chụp ảnh không?) sử dụng cấu trúc how + adv

F
Với mỗi trường hợp và mục đích đưa ra câu nghi vấn, chúng ta sẽ sử dụng cấu trúc khách nhau để đặt câu hỏi

OF
với how.
2. Các cách đặt câu hỏi với how
Sau ý nghĩa và cấu trúc của “how”, vấn đề tiếp theo khiến nhiều người băn khoăn chính là cách đặt câu hỏi
với how như thế nào. Thông thường, có 8 trường hợp chính sử dụng how để làm câu nghi vấn. Dưới đây là 8
câu hỏi câu hỏi và trả lời với how được sử dụng nhiều nhất.
2.1 How + be + noun? (Cái đó như thế nào?)

đó trong cuộc sống.

Ví dụ:
ƠN
Trong trường hợp này, how được sử dụng để đặt câu hỏi về tính chất của một sự vật, sự việc, hiện tượng nào

– How is your work? – It’s fine. I love my work. (- Công việc của bạn thế nào? – Tốt. Tôi yêu công việc của
mình.)
NH
– How was your vacation last week? – It was really great. (- Kỳ nghỉ tuần trước của bạn thế nào? – Nó thực
sự tuyệt.)
2.2 How often …?
Câu hỏi với how often để hỏi tần suất, mức độ thường xuyên của hành động được thực hiện bởi ai đó.
Ví dụ:
Y

– How often do you swim?

– Twice a month.
QU

(- Cậu có thường xuyên đi bơi không?

– 2 tuần 1 tháng.)
2.3 How long …? (Bao lâu?)
Câu hỏi với how long được dùng để hỏi khoảng thời gian của hành động, sự việc.
Ví dụ:
– How long does it take to get to Ho Chi Minh City by bus?
M

– About 30 minutes.
(- Mất bao lâu để tới TP Hồ Chí Minh bằng xe buýt?
– Khoảng 30 phút.)
KÈ

2.4 How + adj + Noun?

Câu hỏi với how + adj được sử dụng rất phổ biến trong cả giao tiếp và ngữ pháp tiếng Anh. How có thể kết
hợp với nhiều tính từ khác nhau để đặt câu hỏi về thông tin chi tiết của một vật, sự việc nào đó.
Ví dụ:
– How tall is the Fansipan?
Y

– About 3.143m.
(- Núi Fansipan cao bao nhiêu?
DẠ

– Khoảng 3.143 mét.)

2.5 How many/How much …?
Câu hỏi với how many/how much để hỏi về số lượng của danh từ đếm được, danh từ không đếm được trong
tiếng Anh.
Ví dụ 1:
– How many people will attend the event next month?
– 150 people.
(- Có bao nhiêu người sẽ tham gia sự kiện tháng sau?
– 150 người.)
Ví dụ 2:
– How much time did you spend on completing the test?
– One hour.

L
(- Cậu dành bao nhiêu thời gian để hoàn thành bài kiểm tra?
– 1 tiếng.)

IA
Ngoài ra, Câu hỏi với how much còn được sử dụng để hỏi giá cả của đồ vật. Có thể nói, đây là cấu trúc được
sử dụng nhiều nhất và dường như là duy nhất để hỏi về giá cả trong tiếng Anh.
Ví dụ:
– How much does this apartment cost?

IC
– It costs 2.5 billions VN Dong.
(- Căn hộ này có giá bao nhiêu?
– Nó có giá 2.5 tỷ VNĐ.)

F
Trên thực tế, cấu trúc how many và cấu trúc how much hoàn toàn giống nhau về ngữ pháp và chỉ có một chút
khác biệt khi sử dụng về ngữ nghĩa.

OF
2.6 How about + V-ing? (Còn về … thì sao?)
Cấu trúc này được dùng làm câu đề nghị người khác làm một việc gì đó. Trong trường hợp này, cấu trúc how
about = what about.
Ví dụ:
– How about going on a picnic this weekend?
– Yes. It’s great!
(- Còn đi dã ngoại cuối tuần này thì sao?
– Được. Nó sẽ rất tuyệt đấy!)
2.7 How do + S + V? (Làm như thế nào?)
ƠN
Câu hỏi với cấu trúc how do + S + V? được dùng để hỏi cách thức làm một việc gì đó.
NH
Ví dụ:
– How do you add this button?
– Go to settings and select it.
(- Bạn thêm cái nút này như thế nào vậy?
– Vào phần cài đặt và chọn nó thôi.)
2.8 How do you do!
Y

Đây không hẳn là một câu hỏi mà là một cách thức chào hỏi lịch sự trong giao tiếp tiếng Anh, được dùng khi
bạn lần đầu gặp ai đó. Tương tự với cách dùng này, thì how cũng có một cấu trúc gần giống để thể hiện ý
QU

kiến cảm thán hay nhận xét chủ quan của người nói là: How + adverb/adjective + S + V.
VD:
How cold this weather is (Trời lạnh quá!)
How interesting this book is (Cuốn sách thú vị quá)
How beautiful this girl is (Cô gái ấy đẹp quá)
Trên đây là trường hợp 8 câu hỏi về how phổ biến nhất. Nắm vững các cấu trúc này để hoàn thành bài thi ngữ
M

pháp và chủ động trong các tình huống giao tiếp.

3. Bài tập thực hành
KÈ

Bây giờ, các bạn hãy vận dụng cách đặt câu hỏi và trả lời với how bên trên để hoàn thành bài tập áp dụng sau
đây.
Bài tập: Tìm từ thích hợp điền vào chỗ còn thiếu
a/ A. How —– is the final exam? B. Very difficult!
b/ A. How —– does the chair cost? B. About $45
c/ A. How —– does the dramma last? B. About 1 hour.
Y

d/ A. How —– going to the cinema? B. I love it!

Đáp án:
DẠ

a/ A. How difficult is the final exam? B. Very difficult! (A. Kỳ thi cuối khóa khó thế nào? B. Rất khó!)
b/ A. How much does the chair cost? B. About $45 (A. Cái ghế này bao nhiêu tiền? B. Khoảng 45$)
c/ A. How long does the dramma last? B. About 1 hour. (A. Vở kịch này kéo dài bao nhiêu lâu? B. Khoảng 1
giờ.)
d/ A. How about going to the cinema? B. I love it! (A. Còn đi xem phim thì sao? B. Tớ rất thích!)
III. Bài tập
Exercise 1: Điền vào chỗ trống How much hoặc How many:
1. ………………………..beer is there in the fridge?
2. ……………………………..eggs do you want?
3. ………………………languages do you speak?
4. ……………………..people are there in the class?

L
5.………………………..days are there in a week?
6. ………………………..milk do you drink everyday?

IA
7. …………………………..kilos of rice do you want?
8. …………………………soda does she want?
Exercise 2: Choose the best answer:

IC
1.________beef does she want?
A. How much B. how many C. how D. how long
2. ________apples do you want?
A. How often B. How many C. How much D. How

F
3. ________oranges do you want? - A dozen.

OF
A. How much B. How many C. How D. What
4. There are ________ things to do here
A. many B. much C. a lot D. little
5. We haven’t got ________ time
A. much B. a lot C. many D. some
6. How much rice does she ________?
A. want B. wants C. wanting
7. How ________ apples are there on the table?
A. many B. much C. some
ƠN
D. to want

D. any
8. How ________ does the T-shirt cost?
A. many B. much C. some D. any
NH
9. How much ________ the shoes?
A. do B. does C. are D. is
10.________ much is a loaf of bread?
A. What B. Where C. When D. How
11. How ____glasses of water do you drink in the morning?
Y

A. many B. much C. some D. any

12. This dictionary ________ 90,000 dong.
QU

A. cost B. costs C. is costing D. costing

13. How much water ________ there in the glass?
A. be B. am C. is D. are
14. How much ________ a kilo of rice?
A. be B. am C. is D. are
15.________ books are there on the shelf?
M

A. Where B. What C. How much D. How many

KÈ
Y
DẠ
 UNIT 4
A. VOCABULARY
- art /aːt/ (n): nghệ thuật
- boarding school /ˈbɔːr.dɪŋ ˌskuːl/ (n): trường nội trú

L
- classmate /ˈklæs.meɪt/ (n): bạn học

IA
- equipment /ɪˈkwɪp mənt/ : (n) thiết bị
- greenhouse /ˈɡriːn.haʊs/ (n): nhà kính
- judo /ˈdʒuː.doʊ/ (n): môn võ judo

IC
- swimming pool /ˈswɪm.ɪŋ ˌpuːl/ (n): hồ bơi
- pencil sharpener /ˈpen·səl ˌʃɑr·pə·nər/ (n): đồ chuốt bút chì

F
- compass /ˈkʌm·pəs/ (n): com-pa

OF
- school bag /ˈskuːl.bæɡ/ (n): cặp đi học
- rubber /ˈrʌb·ər/ (n): cục tẩy
- calculator /ˈkæl·kjəˌleɪ·t̬ər/ (n): máy tính
- pencil case /ˈpen.səl ˌkeɪs/ (n): hộp bút
- notebook /ˈnoʊtˌbʊk/ (n): vở
- bicycle /ˈbɑɪ·sɪ·kəl/ (n): xe đạp
- ruler /ˈru·lər/ (n): thước
ƠN
- textbook /ˈtekstˌbʊk/ (n): sách giáo khoa
NH

- activity /ækˈtɪv·ɪ·t̬i/ (n): hoạt động

- Creative /kriˈeɪ·t̬ɪv/ (adj): sáng tạo
- excited /ɪkˈsaɪ.t̬ɪd/ (adj): phấn chấn, phấn khích
- help /hɛlp/ (n, v): giúp đỡ, trợ giúp
Y

- international /ˌɪn·tərˈnæʃ·ə·nəl/ (adj): quốc tế

QU

- interview /ˈɪn·tərˌvju/ (n, v): phỏng vấn

- knock /nɑːk/ (v): gõ (cửa)
- overseas /ˈoʊ·vərˈsiz/ (n, adj) (ở): nước ngoài
- pocket money /ˈpɑː.kɪt ˌmʌn.i/ (n): tiền túi, tiền riêng
M

- poem /ˈpoʊ.əm/ (n): bài thơ

- remember /rɪˈmem·bər/ (v): nhớ, ghi nhớ
KÈ

- share /ʃer/ (n, v): chia sẻ

- smart /smɑːrt/ (adj): bảnh bao, sáng sủa, thông minh
- surround /səˈrɑʊnd/ (v): bao quanh
Y

A. CHECK VOCABULARY
DẠ

- art /aːt/ (n):

- boarding school /ˈbɔːr.dɪŋ ˌskuːl/ (n):
- classmate /ˈklæs.meɪt/ (n):
- equipment /ɪˈkwɪp mənt/ : (n)
- greenhouse /ˈɡriːn.haʊs/ (n):
- judo /ˈdʒuː.doʊ/ (n):
- swimming pool /ˈswɪm.ɪŋ ˌpuːl/ (n):
- pencil sharpener /ˈpen·səl ˌʃɑr·pə·nər/ (n):
- compass /ˈkʌm·pəs/ (n):

L
- school bag /ˈskuːl.bæɡ/ (n):

IA
- rubber /ˈrʌb·ər/ (n):
- calculator /ˈkæl·kjəˌleɪ·t̬ər/ (n):
- pencil case /ˈpen.səl ˌkeɪs/ (n):

IC
- notebook /ˈnoʊtˌbʊk/ (n):
- bicycle /ˈbɑɪ·sɪ·kəl/ (n):

F
- ruler /ˈru·lər/ (n):

OF
- textbook /ˈtekstˌbʊk/ (n):
- activity /ækˈtɪv·ɪ·t̬i/ (n):
- Creative /kriˈeɪ·t̬ɪv/ (adj):
- excited /ɪkˈsaɪ.t̬ɪd/ (adj):
- help /hɛlp/ (n, v):
- international /ˌɪn·tərˈnæʃ·ə·nəl/ (adj):
- interview /ˈɪn·tərˌvju/ (n, v):
ƠN
- knock /nɑːk/ (v):
NH

- overseas /ˈoʊ·vərˈsiz/ (n, adj) (ở):

- pocket money /ˈpɑː.kɪt ˌmʌn.i/ (n):
- poem /ˈpoʊ.əm/ (n):
- remember /rɪˈmem·bər/ (v):
Y

- share /ʃer/ (n, v):

QU

- smart /smɑːrt/ (adj):

- surround /səˈrɑʊnd/ (v):
Grammar
. THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE (Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn)
M

1. Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định S + is/ am/ are + V-ing
KÈ

Câu phủ định S + isn’t/ am not/ aren’t + V-ing

Câu hỏi Is/ Am/ Are + S + V-ing?
Y
DẠ
2. Sự kết hợp giữa chủ ngữ và động từ tobe
I am
You

L
We are

IA
They
He

IC
She is
It
N is

F
Ns are

OF
3. Cách dùng chính
ƠN
¸ Dùng để diễn tả một hành động đang xảy ra tại thời điểm hiện nói hoặc xung quanh thời
NH
điểm nói.
Ví dụ:
I am watching a film now.
(Tôi đang xem phim - hành động xem phim diễn ra ngay tại thời điểm nói)
Y

I am writing an essay these days.

(Thời gian này tôi viết một bài luận - chủ thể của hành động đọc không nhất thiết phải viết
QU

bài luận ngay trong lúc nói chuyện)

¸ Diễn tả một sự việc sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai theo một kế hoạch đã được lên lịch cố định
(thay thế cho tương lai gần), đặc biệt là trong văn nói.
Ví dụ:
M

I am going to the theatre tonight.

(Tôỉ nay tôi sẽ đến rạp hát - hành động đến rạp hát đang chuẩn bị diễn ra)
KÈ

I bought the ticket yesterday. I am flying to New York tomorrow.

Ta thấy có căn cứ, kế hoạch rõ ràng (tôi đã mua vé máy bay) nên ta sử dụng thì hiệntại tiếp
diễn để nói về một việc chắc chắn sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai.
Y

¸ Diễn tả sự không hài lòng hay phàn nàn về việc gì trong câu sử dụng "always".
Ví dụ:
DẠ

He is always coming late. (Anh ta toàn đến muộn.)

Why are you always putting your dirty clothes on your bed? (Sao lúc nào con cũng để
quần áo bẩn trên giường thế hả?)
4. Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Trong câu thường có các trạng từ sau: now, right now, at the moment, at present,...
 Trong câu có các động từ như:
- Look! (Nhìn kìa!)
- Listen! (Hãy nghe này!)
- Keep silent! (Hãy im lặng)

L
Ví dụ:

IA
Look! The tram is coming. (Nhìn kia! Tàu đang đến.)
Listen! Someone is crying. (Nghe này! Ai đó đang khóc.)
Keep silent! The baby is sleeping. (Hãy im lặng! Embé đang ngủ.)

IC
5. Lưu ý
¸ Các động từ trạng thái ở bảng sau không được chia ở thể tiếp diễn (bất cứ thời nào)khi

F
chúng là những động từ tĩnh diễn đạt trạng thái cảm giác của hoạt động tinh thần hoặc tính

OF
chất của sự vật, sự việc.
know understand have
believe hate need
hear love appear
see
smell
like
want
ƠN
seem
taste
wish sound own
NH

¸ Nhưng khi chúng là động từ hành động thì chúng lại được phép dùng ở thể tiếp diễn.
Y

Ví dụ:
QU

She has a lot of dolls. (She is having a lot of dolls)

- Tuy nhiên, có thể:
She is having his lunch. (Cô ấy ĐANG ăn trưa -hành động ăn đang diễn ra)
6. Quy tắc thêm sau động từ
M

Thông thường ta chỉ cần thêm "-ing" vào sau động từ. Nhưng có một số chú ý như
sau:
KÈ

o Với động từ tận cùng là MỘT chữ "e":

- Ta bỏ "e" rồi thêm "-ing".
Ví dụ:
write - writing; type -typing; come – coming
Y

o Tận cùng là HAI CHỮ "e" takhông bỏ"e" mà vẫn thêm "-ing" bình thường.
DẠ

o Với động từ có MỘT âm tiết, tận cùng là MỘT PHỤ ÂM, trước là MỘT NGUYÊN ÂM
- Ta nhân đôi phụ âm cuối rồi thêm "-ing".
Ví dụ:
stop - stopping; get - getting; put - putting
∑ CHÚ Ý:
 - Các trường hợp ngoại lệ:
beggin - beginning; travel - travelling
prefer -preferring; permit - permitting

L
IA
o Với động từ tận cùng là "ie":

IC
- Ta đổi "ie" thành "y" rồi thêm "-ing".
Ví dụ:
lie - lying; die - dying

F
OF
C. PRACTICE
A. CHECK VOCABULARY
- ……………… /aːt/ (n):
- ……………….. /ˈbɔːr.dɪŋ ˌskuːl/ (n):
- ……………….. /ˈklæs.meɪt/ (n):
- ………………… /ɪˈkwɪp mənt/ : (n)
ƠN
- …………………./ˈɡriːn.haʊs/ (n):
NH
- ………………… /ˈdʒuː.doʊ/ (n):
- ……………………. /ˈswɪm.ɪŋ ˌpuːl/ (n):
- ………………… /ˈpen·səl ˌʃɑr·pə·nər/ (n):
- ………………………../ˈkʌm·pəs/ (n):
Y

- …………………../ˈskuːl.bæɡ/ (n):
- ……………………. /ˈrʌb·ər/ (n):
QU

- …………………….. /ˈkæl·kjəˌleɪ·t̬ər/ (n):

- ………………../ˈpen.səl ˌkeɪs/ (n):
- ……………………….. /ˈnoʊtˌbʊk/ (n):
- ……………………. /ˈbɑɪ·sɪ·kəl/ (n):
M

- ……………………. /ˈru·lər/ (n):

- ……………………………./ˈtekstˌbʊk/ (n):
KÈ

- …………………………/ækˈtɪv·ɪ·t̬i/ (n):
- …………………….. /kriˈeɪ·t̬ɪv/ (adj):
-…………………. /ɪkˈsaɪ.t̬ɪd/ (adj):
Y

-…………………….. /hɛlp/ (n, v):

- ………………… /ˌɪn·tərˈnæʃ·ə·nəl/ (adj):
DẠ

- ………………………. /ˈɪn·tərˌvju/ (n, v):

- ……………………. /nɑːk/ (v):
- ………………….. /ˈoʊ·vərˈsiz/ (n, adj) (ở):
- ………………………../ˈpɑː.kɪt ˌmʌn.i/ (n):
- ……………………….. /ˈpoʊ.əm/ (n):
- …………………… /rɪˈmem·bər/ (v):
- …………………….. /ʃer/ (n, v):
-…………………/smɑːrt/ (adj): - surround /səˈrɑʊnd/ (v):

L
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

IA
Bài 1: Hoàn thành bảng sau, thêm đuôi –ing vào các động từ sao cho đúng

IC
V V-ing V V-ing

Have (có) Help

F
OF
Do (làm) Run

Say (nói) Write

Go (đi)

Make (làm)
ƠN Move

Play
NH
Take (lấy) Stand

Give (cho) Talk

Use (dùng) Sit

Y
QU

Come (đến) Read

Find (tìm thấy) Speak

Put Open
M

Leave Draw
KÈ

Work Walk

Ask Sell
Y

Follow watch
DẠ

Bài 2: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng

1. Johny and Mandy (is/am/are) cleaning the kitchen

2. I (is/am/are) reading a book at the moment.

 3. It (is/am/are) raining

4. We (is/am/are) singing a new song.

5. The children (is/am/are) watching TV at breaktime.

L
6. My pets (is/am/are) sleeping now.

IA
7. Aunt Helen (is/am/are) feeding the ducks on the farm.

IC
8. My friend (is/am/are) buying a pencil sharpener.

9. He (is/am/are) studying Science.

F
10. They (is/am/are) doing their homework.

OF
Bài 3: Viết các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?)

1. (+) We are working on the new show right now.

(-)____________________________________
ƠN
(?)____________________________________

2. (+)____________________________________
NH
(-) I’m not talking on the phone at the moment.

(?)____________________________________

3. (+)____________________________________
Y

(-)____________________________________
QU

(?) Is he running very fast?

4. (+) Julia is baking a chocolate cake at the moment.

(-)____________________________________
M

(?)____________________________________
KÈ

5. (+)____________________________________

(-)____________________________________
Y

(?) Are Tony and Kaity helping the teacher right now?
DẠ

Bài 4: Nối câu hỏi ở cột A với câu trả lời ở cột B sao cho phù hợp

A B
1. Are they having dinner? a. Yes, she is.

2. Are you making a cup of tea? b. He is cooking pasta

L
3. Is she making a cup of coffee? c. No, he isn’t.

IA
4. What are you doing? d. I’m going to Korea.

IC
5. Is it raining? e. No, they aren’t.

6. What is he cooking for dinner? f. My brother.

F
OF
7. Where are you going on holiday? g. No, it isn’t.

8. Are we going into town? h. Yes, we are.

9. Who is going to England? i. I’m looking for a number in the phone book.
ƠN
10. Is your father taking a bus to the j. Yes, I am.
kinder garten?
NH
Y
QU

1…….- 2………- 3……- 4…........- 5…....- 6……-7…….-8……..-9……….-10……….

M

Bài 5: Sắp xếp từ trong câu theo thứ tự đúng để tạo thành một câu hoàn chỉnh

1. singing/ the/ birds/ are/ at/. /5 am

KÈ

2. are/ at/ 7 am/ the/ dogs/ big/ barking.

3. up/ at/ is/ 7.20 am/ getting/ Thompson/ . / Mrs.

Y

4. making/ she/ . / at/ breakfast/ her/ 7.40 am/ son’s/ is

DẠ

5. 7.50 am/ is/ . / letters/ the/ the/ delivering/ at/ mailman

6. his/ 7.55 am/ son/ washing/ Mrs/ . / is/ Thompson’s/ face/ at

7. are/ eating/ 8 am/ at/ family/ Thompsons/ together/ the / breakfast.

 8. blue/ 8.20 am/ work/ Thompson/ car/ is/ in/ at/ to/ Mrs./ driving/ her.

9. rope/ playground/ classmate/ is/ my/ in/ the/ . / skipping

10. school/ sister/ is/ an/ my/ international/ studying/ in.

L
Bài 6: Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn

IA
1. Alexander ______ (study) for his exam at the moment.

IC
2. She ______ (not play) goft tomorrow.

3. They ______ (make) dinner now.

F
4. The company ______ (have) dinner now.

OF
5. She ______ (eat) oysters for lunch right now.

6. David ______(not fly) to Chicago next week.

7. I ______ (work) on a special report today.

ƠN
8. We ______ (not cook) dinner this evening because we’re eating out.

9. ______ (Tom drive) to work right now?

NH
10. They ______(not prepare) for the science exam at the moment.

11. When ______ (you/ have) lunch tomorrow?

12. ______ (they give) a party this weekend?

Y

13. Susan ______ (make) the decision at 3 o’clock this afternoon.

QU

14. What ______ (you do)?!

15. Which motel ______(they stay) now?

Bài 7: Chọn động từ thích hợp cho dạng đúng của thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn và điền vào chỗ
M

trống
KÈ

read study post make speak draw

come wait sunbathe water
Y

1. He is at the bank. He _______money from his account.

DẠ

2. He is in the library. He ______

3. He is in the garden. He ______ the flowers.

4. She is on the beach. She ______

 5. He is in the post office. He ______ letter.

6. He is in the telephone box. He ______ a call.

7. We ______ English at the moment.

L
8. Look! David and Max ______ home.

IA
9. She ______for her boyfriend now.

IC
10. I ______ to a dentist.

Bài 8: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, đặt câu ở thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn

F
1. (they/ learn new things?)

OF
_______________________________________________________________

2. (when/ he/ start work?)

_______________________________________________________________

3. (why/ I/ stay/ at home?) ƠN

_______________________________________________________________
NH
4. (it/ get dark?)

_______________________________________________________________

5. (the dog/ not/ play with a ball)

Y

_______________________________________________________________
QU

6. (why/ it/ rain now?)

_______________________________________________________________

7. (how/ she/ travel?)

M

_______________________________________________________________
KÈ

8. (where/ you/ work?)

_______________________________________________________________
Y

9. (what/we/ watch?)
DẠ

_______________________________________________________________

10. (I/ take too much cake?)

_______________________________________________________________
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ TENSES – VERB FORMS

Exercise 1. Give the correct form of the words in the blank (Using the present simple and
present continuous).
1. Lan (not have) ............................. many friends in her new school.

L
2. Hung (come) ............................. from Vinh but he (stay) ............................. with his relatives
in Ho Chi Minh city at the moment.

IA
3. We (not drive) ............................. to work every day. We (go) ............................. by bus.
4. Who you (talk) ............................. to on the phone now, Minh?
5. Where your new friend (live) .............................,Nga?

IC
-She (live) ............................. on Hang Bai street.
6. you (be) ............................. in class 7A?
-No, I (be) ............................. in class 7D.
7. Look! Jane (play) ............................. the guitar. This afternoon, she will play table tennis.

F
8. I (not talk) ............................. to her at present

OF
9. How often ............................. she (go) ............................. fishing?
- She (go) ............................. once a year.
10. (Be) ............................. your friends ............................. students?
-Yes, they (be) .............................

Answer key:
1. doesn’t have
2. comes, is staying
3. don’t drive, go
ƠN 6. Are, am
7. is playing
8. am not talking
4. are you talking 9. does...go, goes
5. does....live, lives 10. Are, are
NH

Exercise 2 . Give the correct form of the verbs in the blank space (Using the present simple
and present continuous).
1. Where (be) your brothers?
Y

- They (study) in the library.

2. Minh usually (play) volleyball after school.
QU

Now he (play) volleyball in the sports ground.

3. Children shouldn’t (stay) up late.
4. Next Sunday is Nga’s birthday. She (invite) some friends for her birthday
party.
5. He enjoys (collect) stamps and coins.
6. Next year, my sister (be) a teacher.
M

7. I (do) my Math homework at the moment.

8. Let’s (go) to the English club.
KÈ

Answer key:
1.are, are studying 5.collecting
2. plays, is playing 6. will be
3.stay 7.am doing
4. will invite 8. go
Y

Exercise 3. Give the correct form of verb at the simple tense and the continuous tense.
DẠ

1. Sit down! A strange dog .............................. (run) to you.

2. My mom often .............................. (buy) meat from the butcher’s.
3. My brothers .............................. (not/ drink) coffee at the moment.
4. Look! Those people .............................. (climb) the mountain so fast.
5. That girl .............................. (cry) loudly in the party now.
6. These students always .............................. (wear) warm clothes in summer.
7. What .............................. (you/ do) in the kitchen?
8. I never .............................. (eat) potatoes.
9. The 203 bus .............................. (set off) every fifteen minutes.
10. Tonight, we .............................. (not/go) to our teacher’s wedding party.

L
Answer key:
1. is running 6. wear

IA
2. buys 7. are you doing
3. aren’t drinking 8. eat
4. are climbing 9. sets off

IC
5. is crying 10. aren’t going

F
Exercise 4. Supply the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets.
1. Our friends (come) here soon.

OF
2. My father never (drink) coffee.
3. I usually to school by bike but tomorrow I to school by
bus. (go)
4. He (visit) his grandparents next week.
5. Jane (play) the piano at present.
6. We (not invite) many friends to the party tonight.
7. I
8. Hurry up! We
(be) rich someday.
ƠN
(wait) for you.

Answer key:
1. will come 5. is playing
NH
2. drinks 6. won’t invite
3. go - will go 7. will be
4. will visit 8. are waiting

Exercise 5. Complete the sentences with the Present simple or the Present continuous form
Y

of the verbs.
1. They often (visit) their parents in the holidays.
QU

2. We (speak) French at the moment.

3. I (watch) TV about 3 hours a day.
4. My family usually (go) to the movies on Sunday.
5. Look at the girl! She (ride) a horse.
6. We (play) tennis now.
7. Minh sometimes (practise) the guitar in his room.
M

8. you (like) chocolate ice cream?

9. I really (like) cooking.
10. Hung can’t answer the phone because he (take) a shower.
KÈ

Answer key:
1. visit 6. are playing
2. are speaking 7. practices
3. watch 8. Do...like
Y

4. goes 9. like
5. is riding 10. is talking
DẠ
Exercise 6. Give the correct form of tense in the blank.
Ex: She (come) tomorrow morning.
She will come tomorrow morning.
1. Hoa always (help) her parents on their farm in her free time.

L
2. Our summer vacation (start) in June and (last) for almost three months.
3. What do you like (do) during your vacation?

IA
4. It’s ten to seven. Hurry up or you (be) late for work.
5. We (go) swimming every afternoon.
6. Hoa(have) breakfast with her uncle now.

IC
7. He (not come) to the party tomorrow night.
8. They (talk) about Hoa’s work at the moment.

Answer key:

F
1. helps 5. go

OF
2. starts – lasts 6. is having
3. to do/ doing 7. won’t come
4. will be 8. are talking

Exercise 7.Give the correct form of the verbs.

1. They (do) it for you tomorrow.
2. My father
3. We believe that she
4. I promise I
ƠN
(call) you in 5 minutes.
(recover) from her illness soon.
(return) from school on time.
5. If it rains, he (stay) at home.
6. You (take) me to the zoo this weekend?
NH
7. I think he (not come) back his hometown.

Answer key:
1. will do 5. will stay
2. will call 6. Will you take
Y

3. will recover 7. won’t come

4. will return
QU

Exercise 8. Give the correct form of the verbs in the simple future.
1. (they / come) tomorrow?
2. When (you / get) back?
3. If you lose your job, what (you / do)?
4. In your opinion, (she / be) a good teacher? -
M

5. What time (the sun / set) today?

6. (she / get) the job, do you think?
7. (David / be) at home this evening?
KÈ

8. What (the weather / be) like tomorrow?

9. There’s someone at the door, (you / see) it?
10. How (he / get) here?

Answer key:
Y

1. Will they come 6. she will get the job

2. will you get 7.Is David
DẠ

3. will you do 8. will the weather be

4. is she 9.do you see
5.does the sunset 10. does he get
Exercise 9. Fill in the blank with should or shouldn’t
Ex: Children should drink lots of milk.
1. You help your mother with the housework.
2. I go to the doctor? – Yes, you .

L
3. Students go to school late.
4. She brush her teeth after every meal.

IA
5. You drink beer. It’s not good for your health.
6. they stay up late? – No, they .
7. We eat a lot of fruit and vegetables.

IC
8. Children work too much.

Answer key:
1. should 5. shouldn’t

F
2. Should – should 6. Should - shouldn’t

OF
3. shouldn’t 7. should
4. should 8.shouldn’t

Exercise 10. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in
brackets.
1. I (not be) very happy yesterday.
2. The people in the café (not be)
3. I (leave)
4. It (be)
ƠN friendly when I was there yesterday.
my school bag at school this morning.
a great film in 2001.
5. Our teacher (tell) us to be quiet yesterday.
6. I went to the shop but I (not have) any money.
NH
7. Susan (not know) about the exam and she did very badly.
8. I (buy) a ticket for the football match yesterday.

Answer key:
1. wasn’t 5. told
Y

2. weren’t 6. didn’t
3. left 7. didn’t know
QU

4. was 8. bought

Exercise 11. Put the verbs in brackets in the present perfect or the simple past tense.
1. We (never watch) that TV programme.
2. We (watch) a good programme on TV last night.
3. He (read) that novel many times before.
M

4. He (read) that novel again during my last vacation.

5. I (have) a little trouble with my car last week.
6. However, I (have) no trouble with my car since then.
KÈ

7. I (not see) John for a long time. I (see) him 3 weeks ago.
8. The school bell (ring) . We must go now.
9. I (meet) Mary last night. She (become) a very big girl.
10. He is very thirsty. He (not drink) since this morning.
Y

Answer key:
1. have never watched 6. have had
DẠ

2. watched 7. haven’t seen / saw

3. have read 8. rang
4. read 9. met/ became
5. had 10. hasn’t drunk

Exercise 12 Give the correct form of the verbs in the present perfect.
1. Tom (see) this film before.
2. I (finish) my exercise already.
3. They (live) here since 1990.
4. My father (just wash) his car.
5. The students (discuss) the question recently.

L
6. Mary (never, be) to Ha Noi.
7. We (know) each other for 5 years.

IA
8. So far we (learn) five lessons.
9. We (be) pen pals for a long time.
10. They (stay) here since last week.

IC
Answer key:
1. has seen 6. has never been
2. have finished 7. have known

F
3. have lived 8. have learnt

OF
4. has just washed 9. have been
5. have discussed 10. have stayed

Exercise 13. Put the verbs in brackets in the present perfect or the simple past tense.
1. I ...................... (do) all the housework. The flat is really clean now.
2. He ...................... (write) a novel for two years, but he ................................. (not finish) it yet.

him again since then. ƠN

3. My brother ...................... (leave) home 10 years ago. I ................................. (never/ meet)

4. I like your car. How long ...................... you ...................... (have)it?

5. What ...................... you ...................... (do) last weekend? ...................... (play) golf?
6. Mai ...................... (buy) a new dress last week, but she ...................... (notwear) it yet.
NH
7. Mr. Quang ...................... (teach) Math in this school since he ...................... (graduate) from
the university in 1989.
8. ...................... you ...................... (hear) of Agatha Christie? She ...................... ( be) a novels
writer.You ...................... (read) any of them
9. When I ..................... (get) home last night, I ..................... (be) very tired and I ......................
Y

(go) straight to bed.

10. Daniel ......................(earn) some money last week. But I’m afraid he .....................................
QU

(already/ spend) it all.

Answer key:
1. have done 6. bought, hasn’t worn
2. has written, hasn’t finished 7. has taught, graduated
3. left, have never met 8. Have you heard, is, Have you read
M

4. have you had 9. got, was, went

5. did.. .do, did.. ..play 10. earned, has already spent
KÈ

Exercise 14. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in
brackets.
1. I (not be) very happy yesterday.
2. The people in the café (not be) friendly when I was there yesterday.
3. I (leave) my school bag at school this morning.
Y

4. It (be) a great film in 2001.

5. Our teacher (tell) us to be quiet yesterday.
DẠ

6. I went to the shop but I (not have) any money.

7. Susan (not know) about the exam and she did very badly.
8. I (buy) a ticket for the football match yesterday.

Answer key:
1. wasn’t 5. told
2. weren’t 6. didn’t have
3. left 7. didn’t know
4. was 8. bought

L
Exercise 15. Give the correct form of the verbs.

IA
1. How many languages Hoa (speak) ? - Well, two languages.
2. She always (borrow) my bike.
3. My English class (start) at 7.15.

IC
4. Look! Somebody (climb) up the tree.
5. You (like) music?
6. He must (get up) early.

F
7. Nam (not do) his homework now.
8. My mum is going to (be) here tomorrow.

OF
9. How often you (take) a shower? - I take a shower every day.
10. They (be) staying at home now.

Answer key:
1. does Hoa speak? 6. get up
2. borrows 7. is not doing
3. starts
4. is climbing
5. Do you like?
ƠN 8. be
9. do you take?
10. are
NH
Exercise 16. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses.
1. If I see him, I (give) him a lift.
2. The table will collapse if you (stand) on it.
3. If he (eat) all, he will be full.
4. If I find your passport, I (telephone) you at once.
5. The police (arrest) him if they catch him.
Y

6. If he (read) in bad light, he will ruin his eyes.

7. Someone (steal) your car if you leave it unlocked.
QU

8. What will happen if mv parachute (not open) ?

9. If he (wash) my car, I’ll give him $10.
10. If she (need) a radio, she can borrow me.

Answer key:
1. will give 6. reads
M

2. stand 7. will steal

3. eats 8. doesn’t open
4. will telephone 9. washes
KÈ

5. will arrest 10. needs

Exercise 17. Give the correct form of the words.

1. Lan (be) very tired when she (catch) a bad cold twodays ago.
2. Everybody (wait) for the president in the hall now.
Y

3. You should (go) to bed early.

4. I hope you (feel) better soon.
DẠ

5. She needs (eat) a lot vegetables and fruits.

6. He (not come) to the meeting last week.
7. My father never (take) medicine.
8. There (be) nobody there when I (arrive) yesterday.

Answer key:
1. was - caught 5. to eat
2. is waiting 6. didn’t come
3. go 7. takes
4. will feel 8. was - arrived

L
IA
Exercise 18. Give the correct form of the verbs.
1. What they ..................... (do) tonight? - They ..................... (listen) to music on the radio.

IC
2. Your brother ..................... (can, swim) ? - Yes, he can. He ..................... (swim) very well.
3. He ..................... (be) tired and he’d like ..................... (sit) down.
4. Hoa ..................... (not do) her homework in the afternoon. She ..................... (do) it in the

F
evening.
5. Look! The plane ..................... (fly) towards the airport. It ..................... (land).

OF
6. She (have) ............................ a party tonight.
7. They ............................ (not watch) television at the moment.
8. Let’s ............................ (help) your friend, Nam. She ............................ (do)her homework.
9. What you ............................ (do) this summer vacation?
- I ............................ (visit) Ha Long Bay.
10. She can ............................ (speak) English very well.

ƠN
11. It often ............................ (rain) in summer.

Answer key:
1. will they do, will listen 6. is goingto have
2. Can...swim, can 7. aren’t watching
NH
3.is, to sit 8. help, isdoing
4. doesn’t do, does 9. will you do, will visit
5. is flying, is going to land 10. speak
11. rains
Y
QU

19. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense form.

1. He (drive) to the office every day.
2. she (learn) English now?
3. Be quiet! We (study) in the library.
M

4. They like (spend) their vacation on the beach.

5. At break time, I (go) to the library and (read) some books.
KÈ

6. you (like) this film?

KEY
1. drives 2. Is – learning 3. are studying 4. spending
Y

5. go – read 6. Do - like
DẠ

20. Put the verbs in brackets into Present simple or Present continuous tense.
Let's look at that photo. It is Sunday evening and my friends and I (1. be)
at Linda's birthday party. Linda (2. wear) a beautiful long
dressand (3. stand) next to her boyfriend. Some guests (4. drink)
 wine or beer in the comer of the room. Some of her relatives (5.
dance) in the middle of the room. Most people (6. sit) on
chairs, (7. enjoy)foods and (8. chat) with one another. We often (9. go)
to our friends' birthday parties. We always (10. dress) well and (11.

L
travel) by taxi. Parties never (12. make) us bored because we like them.

IA
KEY
1. am 2. is wearing 3. Standing 4.are drinking

IC
5. are dancing 6. are sitting 7. Enjoying 8. Chatting
9. go 10. Dress 11. Travel 12. make

F
20. Put the verbs in brackets into Present simple or Present continuous.

OF
1. Sit down! A strange dog (run) to you.
2. My mom often (buy) meat from the butcher's.
3. My brothers (not/ drink) coffee at the moment.
4. Look! Those people (climb) the mountain so fast.
5. That girl (cry)
6. These students always (wear)
ƠN
loudly in the party now.
warm clothes in summer.
7. What (you/ do) in the kitchen?
NH
8. I never (eat) potatoes.
9. The 203 bus (set off) every fifteen minutes.
10. Tonight we (not/ go) to our teacher's wedding party.
Y

KEY. is running
3..aren't drinking
QU

5. is crying
7. are you doing
9. set offs
2. buys
M

4. are climbing
6. wear
KÈ

8. eat
10. aren't going

21. Put in the verbs in brackets into the gaps and form sentences. Use .
Y

1. Tomorrow it ........................................ in the north-west. (to rain)

DẠ

2. My friend ........................................ 12 next Monday. (to be)

3. Hey John! Wait a minute. I ....................................... a word with you. (to have)
4. She........................................ her boss next week. (to contact)
5. I think you ........................................ this job. (to get)
6. They ........................................ at about 6 p.m. (to arrive)
7. The teacher ........................................ this exercise. (to explain)
8. He ........................................ the bottle of water. (to drop)
9. Lots of accidents ........................................ in that weather. (to happen)
10. She ........................................ if you show her the spider. (to cream)

L
IA
KEY
1. will rain
3. will have

IC
5. will get
7. will explain

F
9. will happen

OF
2. will be
4. will contact
6. will arrive
8. will drop
10. will scream
ƠN
22. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1. Which sports you (play) at the weekends?
NH
2. My brother (buy) 2 tickets for the table tennis match yesterday.
3. Last weekend I (play) with my friends and we (have)
a very good time.
4. Nowadays many girls (like/do) aerobics to keep fit.
Y

5. What time you (arrive) at the stadium?

6. How often he (go/fish) ?
QU

7. your team (win) yesterday?

8. My sister (play) badminton twice a week. He (do)
it on Saturday and Sunday.
9. Where you (go) on holiday last year?
M

10. I (cycle) 100 kilometers last week.

KÈ

KEY
1. Which sports do you play at the weekends?
2. My brother bought 2 tickets for the table tennis match yesterday.
3. Last weekend I played with my friends and we had a very good time.
Y

4. Nowadays many girls like doing aerobics to keep fit.

DẠ

5. What time do you arrive at the stadium?

6. How often does he go fishing?
7. Did your team win yesterday?
8. My sister plays badminton twice a week. She does it on Saturday and Sunday.
9. Where did you go on holiday last year?
 10. I cycled 100 kilometers last week.

23. Put the verbs in blankets in the Present Perfect tense.

1. you ever (be) to New York?

L
2. you ever (eat) Sushi?

IA
3. She (not/come) here for a long time.
4. I (work) here for three years.
5. My father (not/ play) any sport since last year.

IC
6. We (never/watch) that television program before.
7. My wife and I (travel) by air many times.

F
8. I (have read) that novel by Hemingway several times before.

OF
9. We (not/plan) our holiday yet.
10. I (see) such a beautiful girl before.
11. They (not give) their decision yet.
12. I (read) such a good novel before.
13. My family (own)
14. I (lose)
15. John (leave)
ƠN this farm since 1990.
my keys, so I can't open that door.
for Brazil this morning.
KEY
NH
1. Have you ever been to New York?
2. Have you ever eaten Sushi?
3. She hasn't come here for a long time.
4. I have worked here for three years.
Y

5. My father hasn't played any sport since last year.

QU

6. We have never watched that television program before.

7. My wife and I have travelled by air many times.
8. I have read that novel by Hemingway several times before.
9. We haven't planned our holiday yet.
10. I have seen such a beautiful girl before.
M

11. They haven't given their decision yet.

KÈ

12. I have read such a good novel before.

13. My family has owned this farm since 1990.
14. I have lost my keys, so I can't open that door.
15. John has left for Brazil this morning.
Y

24. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct verb tense.

1. It is a long time since we last (meet) .
DẠ

2. We (study) a very hard lesson the day before yesterday.

3. My wife and I (travel) to Mexico by air last summer.
4. She (finish) not yet doing her homework.
5. He (begin) to study English when he was 5 years old.
 6. Martin (cycle) for 50 miles on scenic routes three weeks ago.
7. Yesterday I (see) you talking to a stranger.
8. Jane (write) many books about Chinese culture.
9. I rarely (read) newspapers.

L
10. My parents (get) married 20 years ago.

IA
11. We (watch) a football match on the TV when the electricity (go)
out.

IC
12. When the Beatles (record) their first album?
13. Don't disturb me while I (work) .
14. you already (wash) your car?

F
15. When I(enter) the classroom, everybody (write) the

OF
test.
16. He (be) at his computer for seven hours.
17. He just (come) back.
18. We (postpone) our journey to the beach because it (rain).

KEY
19.
20. Yes, I
You (have)
. I (eat) ƠN
breakfast this morning?
bread and eggs.

1. It is a long time since we last met.

NH

2. We studied a very hard lesson the day before yesterday.

3. My wife and I travelled to Mexico by air last summer.
4. Shehasn't finished doing her homework yet.
5. He began to study English when he was 5 years old.
Y

6. Manh cycled for 50 miles on scenic routes three weeks ago.

QU

7. Yesterday I saw you talking to a stranger.

8. Jane has written many books about Chinese culture.
9. I rarely read newspapers.
10. My parents got married 20 years ago.
M

11. We are watching a football match on the TV when the electricity goes out.
12. When did the Beatles record their first album?
KÈ

13. Don't disturb me while I am working.

14. Have you already washed your car?
15. When I enter the classroom, everybody is writing the test.
16. He has been at his computer for seven hours.
Y

17. He has just come back.

DẠ

18. We postponed our journey to the beach because it rained.

19. Have you had breakfast this morning?
20. Yes, I have. I have eaten bread and eggs.

25. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb.
 1. If you (drive) too fast, you (have) an accident.
2. If we continue (hunt) animals, they (disappear) soon.
3. If he (continue/smoke) , he (have) problems
with his health

L
4. (Use) public transportation (be) a great way to

IA
reduce air pollution.
5. If we (burn) the forest, we (face) more natural disasters.
6. You should (turn) off the electrical appliances before you (leave)

IC
the room.
7. We should (use) reusable bags when we (go) shopping.

F
8. If you (use) the shower instead of a bath, you (save)
a lot of water.

OF
9. We (have) a better life if the environment (be) clean
and fresh.
10. If we (use) a lot of pesticides, we (pollute) our
water sources.

KEY
ƠN
1. If you drive too fast, you will have an accident.
NH
2. If we continue hunting animals, they will disappear soon.
3. If he continues smoking, he will have problems with his health.
4. Using public transportation is a great way to reduce air pollution.
5. If we burn the forest, we will face more natural disasters.
6. You should turn off the electrical appliances before you leave the room.
Y

7. We should use reusable bags when we go shopping.

QU

8. If you use the shower instead of a bath, you will save water.
9. We will have a better life if the environment is clean and fresh.
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ: READING

READING 1
I. Read then answer the questions:
This is my friend. Her name is Linh. She goes to school from Monday to Saturday. Her school

L
is on Nguyen Cao Thang Street and it is big. It has five floors. Linh’s classroom is on the third
floor. She is in grade 6 class 6A. There are thirty-two pupils in her class.

IA
Linh starts her classes at 2 o’clock in the afternoon and finishes them at 4:30. On Monday,
she has Math, Literature and English. After school, Linh plays badminton, but her friend, Lien
doesn’t play it; she plays volleyball. Linh goes home at 5:30.

IC
Questions:
1. Where is Linh’s school?

F
2. How many floors does her school have?

OF
3. Which class is she in?

4. What time does she start her classes?

5. Does Lien play badminton?

Answer key:
1.It is on Nguyen Cao Thang Street.
ƠN
2.It has five floors.
NH
3.She is in grade 6 class 6A.
4.She starts her classes at 2 o’clock in the afternoon.
5. Ho, she doesn’t.

II. Read then Check True (T) or False (F):

I’m Ba. I’m a student. Every day, I get up at six o’clock, then I have breakfast at half past six.
Y

I go to school at ten to seven. My school is in the city. I live in a small house with my
QU

parents. My mother is a doctor. She works in a hospital. My father is a worker. He works in

a factory. My parents go to work by motorbike.
1. Ba gets up at six o’clock.
2. He has breakfast at six fifteen.
3. His school is in the countryside.
4. His father works in a factory.
M

Answer key:
KÈ

1. T 2. F 3. F 4. T

III. Read and choose the best answer.

Hoa is going on (1) ...................... this summer. First, she is going (2) ......................Ha Long
Bay, Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum (3) ...................... Hoi An Ancient town (4) ...................... five
Y

days. She is going to stay (5) ...................... her uncle in Ha Noi. (6) ......................, she is
going to stay in a hotel in Hue for two days. She is going to see the (7) ...................... and
DẠ

Thien Mu (8) ......................

1. A. vacation B. season C. school D. house
2. A. visit B. to visit C. visits D. visiting
3. A. or B. because C. and D. but
4. A. on B. at C. in D. for
5. A. with B. up C. for D. after
6. A. and B. Then C. Because D. Finally
7. A. beach B. River C. Citadel D. Lake
8. A. museum B. Temple C. Stadium D. Pagoda

Answer key:

L
1. A 2. B 3. C 4. D
5. A 6. D 7. A 8. D

IA
READING 2
I. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions below.

IC
Hoa’s family lives in a beautiful house in the country. There are many flowers in front of her
house. Behind the house, there is a well. To the right of the house, there is a rice-paddy and
to the left of the house, there are tall trees. It’s very quiet here and Hoa loves her house very

F
much.
Hoa’s father is a worker. He works in a big factory. Everyday, he travels to work by

OF
motorbike. He works in his factory from Monday to Friday. He doesn’t work on Saturdays
and Sundays.
Questions:
1. Does Hoa live in town?

2. What are there in front of her house?

ƠN
3. Is there a paddy field to the right of the house?
NH
4. What does Hoa’s father do?

5. How does he travel to work?

6. When does he work in the factory?

Y

Answer key:
QU

1.No, she doesn’t

2.There are many flowers in front of her house.
3.Yes, there is.
4.He is a worker.
5.He travels to work by motorbike.
6.He works in his factory from Monday to Friday.
M

II. Read and choose the best answer.

KÈ

I live in a house near the sea. It is ................. (1) old house, about 100 years old and .................
(2) very small. There are two bedrooms upstairs ................. (3) no bathroom. The bathroom
is down stairs ................. (4) the kitchen. There is a living room where there is a lovely old
fire place. There is a garden ................. (5) the house. The garden ................. (6) down to the
beach and in Spring and Summer ................. (7) flowers everywhere. I like sitting alone
Y

................. (8) my dog, Rack, but we have a lot of visitors. My city friends often stay with
................. (9) I love my house for ................. (10)reasons: the garden, the flowers in Summer,
DẠ

the fire in winter, but the best thing is the view from my bedroom window.
1. A. a B. an C. the D. any
2. A. it’s B. it C. there’s D. they’re
3. A. so B. or C. but D. too
4. A. between B. next C. near to D. next to
5. A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of
6. A. go B. going C. goes D. in goes
7. A. these are B. they are C. there are D. those are
8. A. for B. of C. on D. with
9. A. me B.I C. my D. I’m
10. A. a B. any C. many D. a lot

L
Answer key:

IA
1.B 2. A 3. C 4. D 5.D
6. C 7. C 8. D 9. A 10.C
READING 3

IC
I. Read then answer the questions.
Hello, I am Trung. This is my school. It is small and old but it is beautiful. Behind the school,
there is a big yard. After school in the afternoon, we often play soccer there. The yard is clean

F
and there are many trees and flowers there. My friends and I sit under these trees every
morning to review our lessons. My school has two floors and fifteen classrooms. My

OF
classroom is on the first floor. There are forty-three teachers in my school. They are good
teachers. I love them and I love my school very much.
1. Is Trung’s school big?

2. What is there behind his school?

ƠN
3. What do Trung and his friends play after school?

4. Where do Trung and his friends sit every morning to review their lessons?
NH

5. How many teachers are there in his school?

Answer key:
1. No, it isn’t.
Y

2. There is a big yard.

QU

3.They often play soccer in the yard.

4.They sit under the trees.
5.There are forty-three teachers.

II. Choose the best answer to fill in each blank of the following passage.
Dear Hanh,
M

I’m writing to invite you to a party we ................... (1) at the flat next Friday, December 14th.
As you know, ................... (2) Lan’s 13th birthday next week and my birthday next
KÈ

month, ................... (3) we thought we’d celebrate together and have a joint party.
I can’t remember if you know my address or not, but anyway, if you ................... (4) the
direction below, you shouldn’t get lost. Take the Number 15 bus from the station and
.................. (5) at the Star Hotel. Walk down Long Viet Road, past the DanChu Cinema, and
then ................... (6) the first turning on the right. That’s LeLoi Road. Turn left
Y

................... (7) the first junction, then go straight past the church as far as the next
crossroads. ................... (8) and our block of flats is the second on the right.
DẠ

Do try and come. Of course you’re ................... (9)to bring someone with you if you want to.
Look forward ................... (10) you then!
1. A. have B. are having C. going to have D. will has
2. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. she’s
3. A. too B. but C. because D. so
4. A. to follow B. follow C. following D. follows
5. A. get up B. get by C. get on D. get off
6. A. have B. get C. take D. bring
7. A. in B. at C. of D. on
8. A. Right turn B. To right C. To turn D. Turn right
9. A. welcomed B. welcome C. welcoming D. to welcome

L
10. A. to see B. for seeing C. of seeing D. to seeing

IA
Answer key:
1. B 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. D
6. C 7. B 8. D 9. B 10. D

F IC
READING 4

OF
I.Read the text then give the correct form of verb.
It(0. be) is Sunday evening and my friends and I (1. be) ....................... Jane’s birthday party.
Jane (2. wear) .......................a beautiful long dress and (3. stand) .......................
next to her boyfriend. Some guests (4. drink) ....................... wine or beer in the corner of the
room. Some of her relatives (5. dance) ..................... in the middle of the room. Most people
ƠN
(6. sit) ..................... on chairs, (7. enjoy) ....................... foods and (8. chat) .......................
with one another. We often (9. go)....................... to our friends’ birthday parties. We always
(10. dress) ....................... well and (11. travel) ....................... by taxi. Parties never (12. make)
....................... us bored because we like.
NH
Answer key:
1.are 2. is wearing 3. standing 4. are drinking
5. are dancing 6. are sitting 7. enjoying 8. chatting
9. go 10. dress 11. travel 12. make

II.Read the passage carefully.

Y

Nga is a good pupil. She is eleven. She is in grade 6. Every day, she gets up at six o’clock.
QU

After getting up, she washes her face, brushes her teeth. Then, she has breakfast with her
family (her father, her mother and her brother). Her father is a doctor. He is forty- two years
old. Her mother is a nurse. She is thirty- nine. Tam is her brother. He is a student. Nga goes
to school after she gets dressed at 6.30. Her school is big. It has third floor and her classroom
is on the second floor.
A. Choose True (T) or False (F)
M

Statements True (T) False (F)

KÈ

1. Nga’s father is a doctor.

2. Nga goes to school at 6 o’clock.
3. Her mother is a teacher.
4. Tam is a student.
Y
DẠ

Answer key:

1 2 3 4
T F F T
B.Answer the questions.
1. Which grade is Nga in?

2. What time does she get up?

L
3. Is her school big?

IA
4. Where is her classroom?

IC
Answer key:
1.She is in grade 6.
2.She gets up at six o’clock.

F
3.Yes, it is.
4.Her classroom is on the second floor.

OF
III. Read the text carefully then answer the following questions.
Loan is twelve years old. She is in grade 6. She lives in a house in the city with her mother,
father and sister. Their house is next to a bookstore. In the neighborhood, there is a restaurant,
a market and a stadium. Loan’s father works in the restaurant. Her mother works in the

to eleven. ƠN
market. Loan goes to school at six fifteen in the morning. She has classes from six forty-five

1. How many people are there in Loan’s family?

→
NH
2. What is next to her house?
→
3. What time do her classes start?
→
4. What time do you go to school everyday?
Y

→
QU

Answer key:
1.There are 4 people in her family.
2.It is next to a bookstore.
3. Her classes start from six forty-five to eleven.
4. I often go to school at six fifteen every day.
M

READING 5
KÈ

I.Read the passage carefully then answer the questions below.

Hi, my name is Linh. I’m eleven years old. I’m a pupil. I get up at half past five.After brush
my teeth and wash my face, I take a shower and get dressed. I have my breakfast, then I leave
the house at half past six and go to school The school is near my house, so I walk. Classes
start at seven and end at half past eleven. I walk home and have lunch at twelve o’clock.
Y

Questions:
1. How old is Linh?
DẠ

2. What does she do?

3. Does he get up at five thirty?

4. What time does she go to school?

5. Does she go to school by bike?

6. Do classes start at seven?

L
7. What time do classes end?

IA
Answer key:
1. She is eleven years old.

IC
2. She is a student.
3. No, she doesn’t.
4. She goes to school at half past six.

F
5. No, she doesn’t.
6. Yes, it does.

OF
7. Classes end at half past eleven.

II.Read the passage carefully.

ƠN
A new shopping mall is opening in Nam’s neighborhood today. It is very different from the
NH
present shopping area. All the shops are under one roof. That will be very convenient,
especially during the hot and humid summer months. Customers will shop in comfort and
won’t notice the weather.
Some people in the neighborhood, however, are not happy about the changes. The owners of
the small stores on Tran Phu Street think the mall will take their business. Some of the goods
in the new stores will be the same as the ones in the small shops, but the stores in the mall
Y

will offer a wider selection of products, some at cheaper prices.

QU

The residents and store owners have been concerned about the new mall for a few months.
They have organized a community meeting in order to discuss the situation.
1. True or False? Check (✓). Then correct the false sentences and write them in
your exercise book.
T F
M

a) The mall is open six days a week.

KÈ

b) There are more than 50 stores in the mall.

c) Everyone in the neighborhood is pleased with the new mall.

d) It will be more comfortable to shop in the mall than in the present

Y

shopping area.
DẠ

e) Some of the stores on Tran Phu Street may have to close.

Answer key:

T F
a. The mall is open six days a week.
(✓)
-The mall is open seven days a week
b. There are more than 50 stores in the mall.
(✓)
- There are 50 stores in the mall.
c. Everyone in the neighborhood is pleased with the new mall.
(✓)

L
- Not everyone is pleased with the mall.
d. It will be more comfortable to shop in the mall than in the present
(✓)

IA
shopping area.
e. Some of the stores on Tran Phu Street may have to close. (✓)

IC
2.Answer.
a) What is special about the new shopping mall?

F
OF
b) What facilities are available in the shopping mall?

c) What do the small store owners think about the new shopping mall?

d) What kinds of goods will the stores in the mall offer?

Answer key: ƠN
a. All the shops are under one roof and customers will shop in comfort.
b. The facilities such as air-conditioners, movie theatres, restaurants and children’s play
NH
area are available in the shopping mall.
c. They think that the new shopping mall will take their business.
d. The stores in the mall will offer a wider selection of products, some of which are sold at
cheaper prices.

READING 6
Y

I. Read the letter then answer the questions below.

QU

July 2nd
Dear Tim,
Thanks for your letter. I am very glad to hear that you are fine. I am fine, too. It’s really
interesting to know about vacations of American students.
You are right. We have fewer vacations than American students. Each year, we just have
about four vacations. We have a day off for Independent Day on September 2nd, two days off
M

on April 30th and May Day. Our most important vacation is Tet. Tet holiday often lasts for
nine or ten days. Our longest vacation is summer vacation. It last for almost three months. We
KÈ

usually spend time with our families. We don’t have vacation for Easter, Thanksgiving and
Christmas, but we also celebrate them.
Please write and tell me your last summer vacation.
Your friend,
Hoa
Y

1. Do Vietnamese students have more or fewer vacations than America students?

DẠ

2. How many vacations do Vietnamese students have? What are they?

3. Which vacation is the longest?

4. Which vacation is the most important?

5. How long does Tet holiday last?

6. What does Hoa do during her vacation?

7. Do Vietnamese students have Christmas vacation?

L
IA
Answer key:
1. Vietnamese students have fewer vacations than American students.
2. Vietnamese students have about four vacations. They are Independent Day, April 30th

IC
and May Day, Tet holiday and summer vacation.
3. The longest vacation is summer vacation.
4. The most important vacation is Tet vacation.

F
5. It often lasts for nine or ten days.
6. Hoa usually spends time with her family during summer vacation.

OF
7. No, they don’t.

II. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) that best fits each of the blank spaces.
We live in the suburbs, and it’s just too (1) ! There aren’t (2) shops,
and there are certainly (3)
and very (5)
downtown.
ƠN
clubs or theaters. (4) a lot of parks, good schools,
crime: but nothing ever really happens here. I would really love (6)

(suburb (n) : ngoại thành)

NH
1. A. noisy B. noisily C. quiet D. quietly
2. A. much B. many C. more D. a lot of
3. A. not B. nothing C. none D. no
4. A. Has B. Having C. There is D. There are
5. A. little B. less C. many D. lots of
6. A. to live B. living C. to living D. a & b
Y

Answer key
QU

1.C 2. B 3. D 4.D 5.B 6. D

M
KÈ
Y
DẠ
III. Read the following passage and choose the item (A, B, C, or D) that best answers
each of the questions about it.
My neighborhood is very convenient - it’s near the shopping center and the bus station. It is also
safe. But those are the only good things about living downtown. It is very noisy - the streets are
always full of people! The traffic is terrible, and parking is a big problem! I can never park on

L
my own street. I’d like to live in the suburbs.
1. What does the word ‘convenient’ in line 1 mean?

IA
A. close to something B. beautiful
C.far from other places D. noisy
2. What does the word ‘it’ in line 2 refer to?

IC
A. the author’s neighborhood B. shopping center
C. bus station D. downtown
3. It’s easy to .

F
A. find a place to park B. live in the suburbs
C. move to another place D. go to the bus station

OF
4. The author .
A.likes to live in the suburbs
B.thinks that his/ her neighborhood is too quiet
C. thinks that living in the suburbs is very convenient
D.feels that his/her neighborhood is not safe
5. Which of the following is true?
A.The author’s neighborhood is inconvenient.
B.The author doesn’t want to move to anywhere.
ƠN
C. It’s too difficult for the author to find a place to park his/her car.
NH
D.Living downtown is better than living in the suburbs.

Answer key
1. A 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. C

I. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

Y

I think Tet holiday is the (1) ................... important celebration in Vietnam because it is an
QU

occasion for family-reunion, for human love and for better hope. All of (2) ................... seem
to forget the hatred, bad lucks and then try to be nice (3) ................... others. Everyone is eager
to take (4) ................... in many special activities, which are expected to bring (5) ...................
lucks and success in the New Year. Tet is also the time for us to relax and enjoy our special
foods, (6) ................... atmosphere(7) ................... a hard-working year.
M

Answer key
1. most 2. us 3. with 4. part
KÈ

5. good 6. warm 7. after

II. Fill in each blank with one suitable word in the box to complete the passage.
world studio programmes laugh
Y

There
meetare many TV programmes
competition for children
entertainment that offer interesting channels for (1)
comedians
and learning. When watching the (2) , children can visit far-away
DẠ

lands, (3) interesting people, learn about the (4) around them, (5)
with the (6) and be entertained by the funny and colourfulcartoons.
Children can also participate in a TV (7) or become a guest at the (8)
of a programme.

Answer key
1. entertainment 2. programmes 3. meet
4. world 5. laugh 6. comedians
7. competition 8. studio

III. Read the passage and do the tasks below.

L
WHO WANTS TO BE A MILLIONAIRE?
One of the most popular quiz programmes on television in the world is called Who Wants To Be

IA
A Millionaire? In Britain, the quiz master is Chris Tarrant. He asks the contestants fifteen
questions. The first questions are easy but later they are more difficult. If you can answer the
fourteenth question, you can win £500,000. You can win a million pounds if you can answer the

IC
last question. Of course, the last question is very difficult.
All the questions on Who Wants To Be A Millionaire? are multiple-choice questions. After you
hear the question, you see four answers. Only one answer is correct. You have to choose the

F
correct answer. If you don’t know the answer to a question, there are three ways you can get
help: you can ask the quizmaster to take away two wrong answers; you can ask the studio

OF
audience which answer is right; or you can telephone a friend and ask for help. You can only do
these things once. Very few people win the million pounds. The first person won a million
pounds one year after the programme started.
Today, Who Wants To Be A Millionaire? can be seen in more than 100 countries and is now the
world’s most popular quiz programme.
1. Who is the quizmaster in Britain?
A. Chris Tarrant ƠN
B. Chris Tarrante C. Peter Tarrant
2. How many questions do you have to answer?
D. Tarrant

A. 12 B. 13 C. 14 D. 15
NH
3. How much do you win for the fourteenth question?
A. 300.000 B. 400.000 C. 500.000 D. 600.000
4. How many ways can you get help?
A. one B. two C. three D. four
Y

READING 7
I.Put the correct form of the following verbs in the correct blanks to complete the letter.
QU

not get back take decide find hire dive

Dear
do Ha,arrive get upnot bestop go
Hi, I’m on holiday in NhaTrang with the Robinson. We ..................... (1) last Saturday. The first
day the weather ..................... (2) very nice, so we ..................... (3) some sightseeing. I
.................. (4) lots of photographs. On Monday, we .................. (5) a car and ..................
(6) out into the country. We ..................... (7) for lunch at a lovely little village and then in the
M

afternoon we ..................... (8) a beautiful beach. Last night ..................... (9) to the cinema. We
..................... (10) till about 11p.m, so we ..................... (11) late this morning and we
KÈ

..................... (12) to have a relaxing day by the hotel swimming pool. So that’s where I am now.
Love,
An

Answer key
Y

1. arrived 2. Wasn’t 3. did 4. took

5. hired 6. drove 7. stopped 8. found
DẠ

9. went 10. didn’t get back 11. got up 12. decided

II. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

“Do you like sport?” You can hear this (1) very often. Many people answer “yes, I
do”, and (2) think about watching a game of football at a stadium, or (3)
 TV while sitting in a comfortable armchair. But watching sport events and going in for sport
(4) two different things. Let’s hope that you prefer the second.
Sport holds (5) important place in our life. When you listen to the radio early in the
morning, you can always (6) sports news. When you open a newspaper, you will
always find (7) about some game or other or an article about your favourite kind of

L
sport. Especially interesting stories are (8) famous men or women in the world of
sport, how they became champions and about (9) plans for the futures.

IA
Television programmes about (10) are also very popular, and you can watch
something interesting practically every day.
Answer key

IC
1. question 2. they 3. on 4. are 5. an
6. hear 7. information 8. about 9. their 10. sports

F
III. Fill in the blank with a suitable word.

OF
open forget come be bring have turn wait make
Dear John,
Comeand see me next weekend. I’m staying in a house by the sea. Don’t (l)
to bring your swimming costume with you! It isn’t difficult to find the house. When you get
to the crossroads in the town, (2) right and drive to the end of the road. (3)
careful because it is a dangerous road! (4) some warm clothes with
ƠN
you because it is cold in the evenings here. If I am not at home when you arrive, don’t (5)
for me. The key to the house is under the big white stone in the garden. (6)
the front door and (7) yourself a cup of tea in the kitchen! (8)
a good journey!
NH
Best wishes,
Vinh
Answer key
1. forget 2. turn 3. Be 4. Bring
5. wait 6. Open 7. make 8. Have
Y

READING 8
QU

I.Read the passage and choose the best answer (A, B or C) to each statement.
Da Nang is one of the most peaceful cities in Viet Nam with a lot of beautiful beaches. This is a
wonderful place for those who love seas and enjoy fresh air. Life here is not so busy as that in
Ho Chi Minh City. It is not onlya beautiful city but also a safe place to live in. Every evening,
after work, you can easily catch the sight of families riding to the beach, leaving their
motorbikes. They believe that their vehicles will still be there when they come back. There is no
M

beggar here and the air is fresh. Another good thing is the food. If you love sea food, Da Nang
will be the right choice. The food here is very fresh and the price is cheaper than that in Ho Chi
KÈ

Minh City.
1. Da Nang is a good place for sea lovers.
A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t mention
2. The life in Da Nang is busier than that in Ho Chi Minh City.
A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t mention
Y

3. There are beautiful mountains in Da Nang.

A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t mention
DẠ

4. It is not expensive to buy seafood in Da Nang City.

A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t mention
5. Da Nang is not only peaceful but also beautiful.
A. Right B. Wrong C. Doesn’t mention
Answer key
1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. A
II. Read the passage and choose the best word (A, B or C) to put in each space.
Hoi An is one of the (1) ................. towns in Viet Nam. It (2) ................. on the lower section of
the Thu Bon river. It is a very beautiful town with a s lot of colour (3) ................. which
are hung (4) ................. the town. Hoi An is famous for one-(5) ................. tailoring. Customers

L
order clothes (6) ................. the morning and get them in the (7) ................. . The price is not
really (8) ................. . If you want to find the place of the (9) ................. time, Hoi An is a (10)

IA
................. choice.
1. A. newer B. newest C. oldest
2. A. are B. is C. are being

IC
3. A. lanterns B. stars C. balloons
4. A. on B. around C. up
5. A. month B. week C. day

F
6. A. at B. in C. on
7. A. night B. afternoon C. evening

OF
8. A. expensive B. cheap C. more expensive
9. A. modern B. old C. new
10. A. best B. worst C. good

Answer key
1. B
6. B
2. B
7. C
3. A
8. AƠN 4. B
9. C
5. C
10. C

III. Read about Da Nang City and answer the questions.

NH
Da Nang has a population of nearly 800,000 people. The Han River flows through the city. The
city part on the east bank is newest and more spacious. The city part on the west bank is more
crowded. There are five bridges across the river. The Han River Bridge is the newest one now.
The cost of living in Da Nang is the lowest in the Central Viet Nam. Da Nang has many beaches.
Among them, Non Nuoc Beach is one of the most beautiful beaches in the world. But walking
in the street on a summer after is not a good idea inDa Nang. There are not many trees so there
Y

are not many shadows. It is often very hot at noon.

QU

Questions:
1. What is the population of Da Nang?

2. Which part of the city is more spacious?

3. Which part of the city is more crowded?

M

4. Which bridge is the newest?

KÈ

5. What is Non Nuoc Beach like?

Answer key
Y

1.It has a population of nearly 800,000 people.

2.The city part on the east bank is more spacious.
DẠ

3.The city part on the west bank is more crowded.

4.The Han River Bridge is the newest one.
5.Non Nuoc Beach is one of the most beautiful beaches in the world.

READING 9
I.Complete the text.
Our future house will be on the ocean. It will be surrounded by tall trees and blue sea but we
only have salt water in the ocean. We need fresh water for (1) (drink/drinking/ to
drink/ to drinking) and for growing food (2) (in/on/at/into) farms.
Ocean water is too salty (3) (drink/ drinking/ to drink/ to drinking). It is also too salty for
watering plants. We must have the (4) (things/ suggestions/ ways/ ideas) to make

L
fresh water from salty water. We should be (5) (careful/ careless/ carefully/ carelessly)
not to waste water.

IA
A. (1)................................; (2)................................; (3)................................;
(4)................................; (5)................................;
B. Questions:

IC
1. Where will our future house be?

2. What will it be surrounded?

F
3. Is ocean water salty?

OF
Answer key
A.
1. drinking
B.
2. on 3. to drink ƠN 4. ideas 5. careful

1.Our future house will be on the ocean.

NH
2. It will be surrounded by tall trees and blue sea.
3.Yes, it is.

II. Complete the passage with the words given in the box.
Y

waste surprised resources recycling ton

Ba’s
laborclass has a (1) discussion
thrown on wasterequires
paper. His friends are so
preserved to learn that every
QU

day throughout the world, millions of newspapers and paper bags are (3)
away. People are collecting waste paper and (4) it. Making paper (5)
a lot of trees and labor.Now if people don’t (6) paper, they can save (7)
and money. Especially, people can save the natural (8) . For every
(9) of recycled newsprint, ten trees can be saved. The more paper people save, the
more natural resources are (10) .
M

Answer key
1. discussion 2. surprised 3. thrown 4. recycling
KÈ

5. requires 6. waste 7. labor 8. resources

9. ton 10. preserved

III. Read the text. Each of the sentences has one mistake.Find and correct the mistakes.
AN ECO HOME
Y

John Kangister and his wife, Kathy, live in an interesting house. It’s aneco home. Eco homes
don’t harm the environment. They don’t use coal or oil, so they don’t produce dangerous gases.
DẠ

John and Kathy’s eco home is in California, USA. It looks like a house from one of The Lord of
the Rings films. Most of the house is underground. The house was very cheap to build. It has
wooden walls and floors. The windows are recycled glass. There are solar panels to make
electricity for the lights, DVD players, and computers. John and Kathy get water from a well
and they grow vegetables in the mud on top of the house.
Now John and Kathy don’t want to live anywhere else. They love their home because it helps
the planet greener and it looks fantastic. They think that eco homes are a great idea for everyone.
1. Eco home don’t produce dangerous chemicals.

2. Eco homes don’t use electricity.

L
3. The house was expensive to build.

IA
4. The eco home has some floors.

IC
5. John and Kathy grow flowers on top of the house.

Answer key

F
1.Eco homes don’t produce dangerous chemicals.
2.Eco homes don’t use coal or oil.

OF
3.The house was very cheap to build.
4.The eco home has wooden walls, and floors.
5. John and Kathy grow vegetables in the mud on top of the house.

ƠN
III. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions.
NH
GETTING BACK TO NATURE
The Little Morocco is a beautiful building. We used stone and mud to build the hotel. There are
skylights – windows in the roof to let light in – so we save electricity. The skylights give us light
in the day, so we don’t use electric lights. We don’t use chemicals to clean the rooms because
we don’t want to damage the environment.
Y

You can walk in the mountains near the hotel and see lots of local wildlife. Enjoy a boat trip on
the lake and see the amazing waterfalls, or visit the beautiful caves.
QU

1. What did they use to build the hotel?

2. How can the skylights help us to save electricity?

3. Why don’t they use chemicals to clean the rooms?

M

4. What can you see in the mountains?

KÈ

5. What can you see when enjoying a boat trip on the lake?

Answer key
1. They used stone and mud to build it
2.There are skylights - windows in the roof to let light in.
Y

3.Because they don’t want to damage the environment

4.We can see lots of local wildlife.
DẠ

5.Enjoying a boat trip on the lake, you can see amazing waterfalls, or visit beautiful caves.

READING 10

I. Read the text and then choose the best answer to complete it.
(1) ............ the United States, many adults and children (2) ............ overweight. Some people eat
(3) ............ food at meals. They also eat snacks between meals. Sometimes people eat healthy
things like fruit or vegetables (4) ............ many Americans eat a lot of junk food such as cookies,
candies and potato chips. Eating junk food can (5) ............ people gain weight. People also gain
weight (6) ............ they don’t get enough (7) ............ . People need to walk, run, ride bicycles,

L
or walk out in health clubs and gyms. When people exercise, they(8) ............ good and have
more energy. A good diet and exercise will help you (9) ............ along and(10) ............ life.

IA
1. A. On B. In C. At D. From
2. A. is B. was C. were D. are
3. A. too many B. too much C. few D. plenty

IC
4. A. but B. because C. although D. so that
5. A. get B. lead C. urge D. make
6. A. so B. however C. but D. because

F
7. A. exercises B. work C. money D. energy
8. A. make B. taste C. have D. feel

OF
9. A. live B. lives C. living D. to living
10. A. health B. safe C. fair D. healthy

Answer key
1. B 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. D
6. D 7. A 8. D
ƠN 9. A 10. D

II. Fill in each gap with one suitable word.

NH
Americans like sport very much. One of the (1) ............ popular kinds of sports in Autumn is
football. All the high schools (2) ............ universities have their own teams.
In winter, the most popular kind of sports (3) ............ basketball. There (4) ............ usually a
match every evening in one school gymnasium or another. In some parts of the United States
there is a lot of (5) ............ and ice. Many people like skiing and skating.
In the other two (6) ............ millions of Americans enjoy baseball. The schools have their games
Y

in (7) ............, but the most important professional games are played during summer.
QU

Many people (8) ............ to the games (9) ............ the radio, watch them on television or read
about them (10) ............ the newspapers.
Answer key
1. most 2. and 3. is 4. is 5. snow
6. seasons 7. spring 8. listen 9. on 10. on
M

VIII. Read the passage below and write T (for TRUE) and F (for FALSE)
KÈ

It’s six o’clock in the evening. Many people are at home. They are having dinner. They are
watching TV. They are listening to music. But Mrs. Bich is going to work. She’s a doctor and
she works at night in the hospital. Today she’s late. The hospital is not in her neighborhood so
she usually goes by car. Mrs. Bich is in her car now. She’s driving fast. She should slow down
but she must be at work by six thirty. A policeman stops her. “You are driving too fast!” he says.
Y

You are going to have an accident. It’s six thirty. Mrs. Bich is not at the hospital. She’s at the
police station. Her car must stay therefor fourteen days.
DẠ

1. Many people are not working.

2. Mrs. Bich comes home every evening at six.
3. Mrs. Bich is a night doctor.
4. The hospital is near her house.
5. She goes to work by motorbike.
6. She is late for work.
 7. She is a dangerous driver.
8. A policeman doesn’t keep her car.
9. She arrives at the hospital at 6.30.
10. She isn’t going to drive her car for two weeks.
Answer key

L
1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. F
6. T 7. T 8. F 9. F 10. T

IA
F IC
OF
11. Read the passage and answer the questions.
Hi! I'm Mai. This is my school. It's small, but it is beautiful. In front of the school, there is a big
yard. After school, we often play volleyball there. There are many trees and flowers in the school

ƠN
yard. My friends and I sit under the trees every morning to review our lessons. My school has
three floors and fifteen classrooms. My classroom is on the third floor. There are fifty teachers
in my school. They are good teachers. I love them and I love my school very much.
1. How is Mai's school?
NH

2. What is there in front of Mai's school?

Y
QU

3. How many floors does Mai's school have?

4. How many teachers are there in her school?

M

KEY
1. Its small, but it is beautiful.
KÈ

2. There is a big yard in front of her school.

3. There are three floors.
4. There are fifty teachers in her school.
Y

12. Read the passage and choose the correct answer.

DẠ

Hi, my name is Anna. This is the photo of my family. There are six people in my
family: my grandmother, my grandfather, my mother, my father, my elder
brother and me. These are my grandparents. They are old and retired. They
 L
IA
F IC
1. How many people are there in Anna's family?

OF
A. Six B. Seven C. Eight
2. Who are retired?
A. Anna's parents. B. Anna's brother. C Anna's grandparents.
3. How old are Anna's parents?
A. Her mother is 40 and father is 41.
B. Her mother is 38 and father is 41.
C. Her father is 38 and mother is 41.
ƠN
4. Where does Anna's father work?
NH
A. In a big school B. In a big hospital C. In a secondary school
5. Is Anna's elder brother a student in a secondary school?
A. Yes, he is. B. No, he isn't. C. No information
6. How many rooms are there in her house?
Y

A. Five B. Six C. Seven

QU

7. Is there a garden behind her house?

A. Yes, there is. B. No, there isn't. C No information
8. What does the word "They" in line 3 refer to?
A. Anna's grandparents B. Anna's parents.
C. Anna's family.
M

KEY
KÈ

1. A 2. C 3. B 4.B
5. B 6. A 7. A 8. A

13. Read the passage about Nga and her best friend, then choose the best answer (A,B or
Y

C) to each question.
DẠ

1. My
Howname is Lan
old are Ngaandand my best friend is Lan. She is my classmate. We are
Nga?
twelve years old. We are both in grade 6 at Kim Dong Secondary School. Lan
A. lives
10 next to my house. B. 12
Every day, my fatherC. 14takes us to school on his
2. motorbike,and
How do they gowe to school?
come home on foot in the evening. She is an intelligent girl.
A. Her favourite subject isB.Math,
By bus and she is reallygood
On foot at it. Mine is English. We
C. By motorbike
usually help each other with our homework. Whenever I am sad, Lan always
3. What is NOT TRUE about the passage?
tells me stories to make me happy. I feel really lucky to have a best friend like
Lan.
A. They are classmates.
B. They are neighbours.
C. English is Lan’s favourite subject.
4. What do they usually help each other?

L
A. Do their homework

IA
B. Do their housework
C. Do their shopping
5. What does Lan do to make Nga happy?

IC
A. Sing a song B. Tell stories C. Buy presents
KEY

F
1. B 2. C 3. C 4. A
5. B

OF
14.. Read the passage and answer the questions.
One of my best friends' names is Robert. He lives in England and we always meet in
summer. He spends his summer holidays on the beach in Huelva.
Robert is fifteen and he's very funny and generous. I like being with him because he

ƠN
always makes me laugh. We enjoy playing volleyball and riding our bikes. He also loves
music and he plays the guitar and he's learning to play the piano. I don't play any instruments
but I love music too. Robert doesn't like computer games. He likes playing with friends in the
street. He has a dog called Tobby.
Robert is tall and he's got short straight dark hair and green eyes. He likes wearing jeans
NH
and tracksuits. His favourite colour is blue. He's got one sister. Her name is Patricia. She's ten.
They sometimes go out together.
When Robert is in Brighton, we often chat on the internet and see each other through
Skype. He leaves school at 4 pm and then he goes to practise the piano or do some sport.
He's a very good student. His favourite subject is Maths. He is not very good atSocial
Y

Sciences but he studies hard to pass it.

1. Where is Robert from?
QU

2. How old is he?

3. Does Robert have any brothers or sisters?

M

4. What's Robert like?

5. Does Robert have blond hair?

KÈ

6. When do they meet?

7. What are Robert's hobbies?

Y

8. Who's Patricia? How old is she?

DẠ

9. Does Robert like computer games?

10. What does he like wearing?

KEY
. Read the passage and answer the questions.
1. He's from England.
2. He is fifteen years old.
3. He has one sister.
4. He is tall and he's got short straight dark hair and green eyes.

L
5. No, he doesn't.

IA
6. They always meet in summer.
7. He likes playing volleyball, riding his bike, music, playing the guitar, playing with friends in
the street.

IC
8. She's Robert's sister. She's ten years old.
9. No, he doesn't.

F
10. He likes wearing jeans and tracksuits.

OF
15. Read the passages and choose the correct options A,B, c or D.
Passage 1:
❖

1. One of my
A. Sam likesfavorite vacation places is Mexico.
warm weather. B. SamI really
doesn’tlike
likethe weather
warm weatherthere
at all
because it never gets cold. The people are very nice too. They never laugh
C. at
Sam

C. The
myhates
2. place
badwarm

He ishotels
Spanish.
A. HistoSpanish
visit. It ishas
very good.
some ƠN
water.The food is really good.
great museums B.
Spanishare too expensive to stay but D.
D. Sam
and
Mexico
Helots
there
likesCity
speaks
are more
He doesn't
coldisweather
a very interesting
Spanish very
of fascinating
speak
oldwell.
affordable
buildings.
options.
Spanish very well.
For example, you can stay at one of the beach resorts like Acapulco. If you
3. A. There's a lot to see and do in Mexico.
NH
are planning to visit Mexico, you should definitely see the Mayan temples near
B. Merida.
There aren't a lof of beautiful places in Mexico.
C. Mexico is a dirty place.
D. Tourists never come to Mexico.
4. A. Hotels are very cheap in Mexico.
Y

B. The hotels aren't comfortable there.

QU

C. Hotels are all poor in Mexico.

D. The hotels in Mexico are pretty expensive.
Passage 2:
❖
Last summer, we decided to spend our vacation at the beach because the
5. weather
We decided
wastovery
go tohot
theinbeach because . agent said that traveling
M

the mountains. The travel

A. by
it was
buscheaper
was the than going toway,
cheapest the mountains
but we went by plane because it was faster.
We wanted to have more time to spend at the beach. The weather was
B. the travel agent said that it was the cheapest
KÈ

C.beautiful
of the hotand we had
weather in thea mountains
great time.
D. we wanted to spend time at the beach
6. The bus was the way to travel.
Y

A. best B. easiest C. cheapest D. slowest

7. Traveling by plane was than by bus.
DẠ

A. more fun B. cheaper C. expensive D. faster

8. We our vacation.
A. hated B. didn't like C. enjoyed D. regretted
9. We had very weather during our vacation.
A. good B. hot C. warm D. cold
KEY
. Read the passages and choose the correct options A, B, C or D.
1. A 2. D 3. A 4. D
5. C 6. C 7. D 8. C

L
9. A

IA
16 Read the following text and choose the correct answer.
Thanksgiving is celebrated in the USA and Canada. In The USA, it is celebrated on the fourth
Thursday in November every year. The Canadians celebrate it on the second Monday in October.

IC
It is associated with giving thanks to God. In the beginning people expressed gratitude for the
harvest they reaped. It used to be a religious holiday but now it has become a secular celebration.

F
The most important part of the celebration is the dinner which includes the customary turkey
served with cranberry sauce, and pumpkin. A lot of business goes on during this holiday. For

OF
example, restaurants take advantage of the holiday to sell turkey dinners.
Families and friends usually get together for a large meal or dinner during Thanksgiving and
have a lot of fun. That's why, the Thanksgiving holiday weekend is considered one of the busiest
travel periods of the year. Students are given a four-day or five-day weekend vacation.

ƠN
Thanksgiving is also a paid holiday for most workers.
1. The origin of the name "Thanksgiving" comes from:
A. thanks given to God
B. thanks given for the help the early settlers got from each other.
NH

2. Thanksgiving is a time to ........................

A. worship God B. thank god, eat and have fun.
3. It is a vacation for ........................
A. everybody B. a lot of people
Y

4. The main food that is prepared in this celebration is:

QU

A. cranberrysauce and pumpkin B. turkey

KEY
. Read the following text and choose the correct answer.
1. A 2.B 3.B 4.B
M

17. Read the passage and choose the best answer for each question.
It is traditional in England to celebrate the end of the old year and welcome in the new year at
KÈ

the end of December.

December 31 is New Year's Eve. New Year's Eve is not a public holiday. Most people go to
work as usual. In the evening, many English people have parties in homes. Others celebrate in
pubs or clubs with their friends and families, or attend outdoor gatherings and firework displays.
Y

Just before midnight on New Year's Eve, people hold hands and sing a traditional song called
"Auld Lang Syne". They count the seconds down to the new year and when the clock strikes
DẠ

midnight, they hug and kiss and wish each other a happy new year! Sometimes people set off
firework as the new year begins.
People often drink a toast to the coming year with a fizzy alcoholic drink called champagne.
Some people let their children stay up late to join in with the celebrations.
New Year's Day is celebrated on January 1. New Year's Day is a bank holiday. A bankholiday
is a public holiday. Most shops and businesses close for the day.
New Year's Day is a holiday for nearly everyone in the UK. Very few buses and train run on
New Year’s Day. Most people stay at home and relax with their families.

L
There is an old superstition in Scotland and some other parts of the UK that the first person to
enter someone's home on New Year's Day will bring all the luck for the coming year with them.

IA
This tradition is called fist footing.
The first person to enter a house on New Year's Day is known as the first footer. Dark haired

IC
people are thought to be the luckiest first footers, and it is traditional to carry a lump of coal
when going first footing.
People often make New Year resolutions at the start of the new year. Resolutions are things that

F
people have decided (or resolved) to do to make lives better, such as stopping smoking or losing

OF
weight. Not everybody manages to keep their New Year’s resolutions, though!
1. When is New Year's Eve?
A. January 1 B. December 30 C. December 31
2. English people always keep their New Year's resolutions.
A. True

A. Old Macdonald
B. False
ƠN C. Not given
3. What traditional song do English people sing on New Year's Eve?
B. Auld Lang's Syne C. Old King Cole
4. English people usually stay at home on New Year's Eve, and go to bed early.
NH
A. False B. True C. Not given
5. Some English children are allowed to stay up late on New Year's Eve.
A. False B. True C. Not given
6. Most buses in England don't run on New Year's Day.
Y

A. True B. False C. Not given

QU

7. A "first footer" is ...................?

A. the first person to go outside on New Year's Day
B. the first person to enter a house on New Year's Day
C. the first person on the dancefloor on New Year's Eve
8. What do English people sometimes toast the new year with?
M

A. bread B. marshmallows C. champage

KÈ

9. New Year's Eve is a blank holiday in England.

A. True B. False C. Not given
KEY Read the passage and choose the best answer for each question.
l.C 2. B 3.B 4. A
Y

5. B 6. A 7.B 8.C
DẠ

9. B
18 Reading the passage and decide whether the followings statements are true (T) or
false (F).
Television is a product that was invented in 1926 and has been developed over many years and
it still continues to be developed. The television was one of many great inventions in the 20th
century.
The television is an extremely popular product. Over the years many people have bought the
television. Now, there are over 15,000 T.V channels in the world. It is clear that the television
is a popular product but it is also bad for your sight.People spend almost 4-8 hours in front of a
screen (about a sixth to a third of a day). This results in less time to be physically active,
spending time with family, doing homework to the best of their ability and reading. This is bad

L
as reading has been proved to affect how smart you are. Also there are many inappropriate
television shows that "hypnotize" children into thinking that something wrong is right or

IA
something bad is good. On the other hand, some may argue that television can be good for
your education as some television programs are documentaries, contain historical facts and
help children stay up to date with the world around them (the news). I think that the television

IC
can be good for you if you can control how long you are on it and you watch the right types of
programs however, even if you do watch good programs, it will still have an effect on your
health and sight.

F
1. TV was invented in the 20th century.
2. People spend about a sixth to a third of a day watching TV.

OF
3. The writer thinks that TV is not good for you.
4. There are more than 15,000 TV channels in the world.
5. TV is unpopular product.
KEY
1.T2. T
5. F
3. F
ƠN
19. Fill in the blank with a word/ phrase in the box.
4. T
NH
self-driving planets different flying cars
Infriendly
100 years everything will be
traffic jams runvery
on (1) planets . Instead of using regular cars, we will use (2)
. They will take us to everywhere we like, even other (3) . These cars
will (4) water so they are (5) to the environment. They will be (6)
without driver intervention. The only thing we need to do is to inform the flying
Y

car where the (7) is and then the flying car will do the rest. The cars will be much
faster, safer and there will be no (8) because each flying car has its own way.
QU

Will you know what will happen in the future? No one really knows, but to think about an
indefinitefuture is very interesting!
KEY
1. planet
M

3. save energy
5. turn off
KÈ

7. driving
9. walk
2. environment
4. get rid of
Y

6. habit
DẠ

8. pollution
10. Throw
20 Read the passage and then correct the questions.
Forests are essential for life on earth. Three hundred million people worldwide in forests and
1.6 billion depend on them for their livelihoods. Forests also provide habitat for a vast array of
plants and animals, many of which are still undiscovered. They protect our watersheds. They
inspire wonder and provide places for recreation. They supply the oxygen we need to survive.
They provide the timber for products we use every day...
But forests are being destroyed and degraded at alarming rates. Deforestation comes in many
forms, including fires, clear-cutting for agriculture, ranching and development, unsustainable
logging for timber, and degradation due to climate change. This impacts people's livelihoods

L
and threatens a wide range of plant and animal species. Some 46-58 million square miles of
forest are lost each year equivalent to 48 football fields every minute. Deforestation also

IA
undermines the important carbon sink function of forests. It is estimated that 15% of all
greenhouse gas emissions are the result of deforestation.
If we do not protect forests, we will have to suffer more floods and other natural disasters. It is

IC
time for you to join hands with me to protect forests for a better world.
1. How many people live in forests?
2. Are forests important for human-being?

F
3. Why are forests important?
4. What is the impact of deforestation?

OF
5. What will human-beings have to suffer if human do not protect the forests?
KEY
1. Three hundred million people worldwide live in forests.
2. Yes, they are.

ƠN
3. Because they protect our watersheds, they inspire wonder and provide places for recreation,
they supply the oxygen we need to survive and they provide the timber for products we use every
day...
4. It impacts people's livelihoods and threatens a wide range of plant and animal species and
NH

undermines the important carbon sink function of forests, and causes the greenhouse effect.
5. If human-beings do not protect forests, human will have to suffer more floods and other natural
disasters.
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ WORD FORMS

III. Supply the correct comparative form of adjective in brackets.

Ex: He is (intelligent) more intelligent than his brother

L
1. I have never had a (delicious) meal than that.

A
2. This shirt is too small. I need a (large) size.
3. It’s (cheap) to go by car than to go by train.

CI
4. A new house is (expensive) than an old one.
5. His lob is (important) than mine.
6. Nobody is (happy) than Miss. Snow.

FI
7. John is much (strong) than I thought.
8. Benches are (comfortable) than arm-chairs.
9. Bill is (good) than you thought.

OF
10. Sam’s conduct is (bad) than Paul’s.

Answer key
1. more delicious 2. larger
3. cheaper 4. more expensive

ƠN
5. more important 6. happier
7. stronger 8. more comfortable
9. better 10. worse
NH
IV. Complete the following questions with the comparative form of the adjectives in
brackets.
1. Which river is , the Red River or the Mekong River? (long)
2. Which city is , London or Rome? (old)
3. Which city is , New York or Paris? (big)
Y

4. Which mountain is , Mount Everest or Mount Fuji? (high)

QU

5. Which language is , Chinese or English? (difficult)

6. Which animals are , cats or horses? (fast)
7. Which month in Vietnam is , October or December? (cold)
8. Which animals are , dogs or dolphins? (intelligent)

Answer key
M

1.longer 2. older 3. bigger 4. higher

5. more difficult 6. faster 7. colder 8. more intelligent
KÈ

VI.Give the correct form of comparative in the blank.

Ex: Nam is than his sister.(tall)
Nam is taller than his sister.
Y

1. Mr. Tan works hours than my father.(many)

2. Summer vacation is the vacation.(long)
DẠ

3. Vietnamese students have vacations than American students.(few)

4. He drinks wine than Mr. Hai. (little)
5. Christmas is one of the vacations in America.(important)
6. This old woman has money than all of her daughters.(much)
7. Bill is than you. (good)
8. These shoes are than those shoes.(expensive)
Answer key
1. more 2. longest 3. fewer 4. less
5. most important 6. more 7. better 8. more expensive

L
V. Give the correct form of superlative.

A
1. This is a TALL building.
→ This is the building in London.

CI
2. That was an EASY exercise.
→ That was the exercise of the test.
3. This is a COMFORTABLE armchair.

FI
→ This is the armchair in this shop.
4. This is a BIG cheese burger.
→ This is the cheese burger of the McDonald’s Company.

OF
5. That was a very BAD conversation.
→ That was the conversation I have had.
6. That was a DIFFICULT exercise.
→ That was the exercise of the test.
7. He’s got a GOOD pen.

ƠN
→ He’s got the pen of the class.
8. This is an INDIFFERENT pupil
→ This is the pupil of my class.
9. He is a FUNNY boy.
NH
→ He is the boy in the world.
10. He is LESS young than the others.
→ He is the young student of my class.

Answer key
Y

1. This is the tallest building in London.

QU

2. That was the easiest exercise of the test.

3. This is the most comfortable armchair in this shop.
4. This is the biggest cheese burger of the McDonalds Company.
5. That was the worst conversation I have had.
6. That was the most difficult exercise of the test.
7. He’s got the best pen of the class.
M

8. This is the most indifferent pupil of my class.

9. He is the funniest boy in the world.
KÈ

10. He is the least young student of my class.

IV.Complete the sentences below using the correct form of adjectives.

Ex: - Lan is Hoa. (tall)
Y

Lan is taller thanHoa.

- Armchairs are chairs. (comfortable)
DẠ

Armchairs are more comfortable than chairs.

1. A new house is
2. Motorbikes are
3. My television is
4. Summer is
5. Jane is
an old one. (expensive)
bicycles. (fast)
his television. (modern)
Spring. (hot)
her sister. (beautiful)
6. Skirts are dresses. (cheap)
7. Her English is my English. (good)
8. A bicycle is often a car in busy cities. (convenient)

Answer key

L
1.more expensive than 2. faster than

A
3. more modern than 4. hotter than
5. more beautiful than 6. cheaper than

CI
7. better than 8. more convenient than
V. Complete the sentences below using the superlative form of adjectives.
Ex: - Nam is student in his class. (young)

FI
Nam is the youngest student in his class.
- These toys are in the toy store. (expensive)
These toys are the most expensive in the toy store.

OF
1. Nile River is river in the world. (long)
2. This book is of these books. (interesting)
3. Ho Chi Minh City is city in Viet Nam. (big)
4. They are students in my class. (good)
5 These house are in the village. (beautiful)

ƠN
6. Winter is season in the year. (cold)
7. Airplane is means of transport. (fast)
8. He is person in the meeting. (important)
NH
Answer key
1. the longest 2. the most interesting
3. the biggest 4. the best
5. the most beautiful 6. the coldest
7. the fastest 8. the most important
Y
QU

III. Supply the correct form of the words.

1. What is the (high) of that mountain? - About 2000 meters.
2. Lan is the (small) of the three girls.
3. Jane is the (young) of the two girls.
4. The country is (quiet) than the city.
5. Which color do you like (good) ?
M

6. We must (take) an umbrella. It (rain) .

7. The weather is becoming (cold) .
KÈ

8. He (stay) there for two days when he comes there.

9. My best friend (write) to me every week.
10. You can borrow my umbrella. I (not need) it at the moment.
Y

1. height 2. smallest 3. younger 4. quieter

5.best 6. take, is raining 7. colder and colder 8. will stay
DẠ

9.writes 10. don’t need

IX. Give the correct words.

1. You must be when you cross the road. CARE
2. The most popular after-school in our country are ACT
football, badminton and basketball.
3. September is the month of the year. NINE
4. Today we have literature, education and history. PHYSICS
5. Minh is at English than I am. GOOD
6. English is an and important subject. INTEREST
7. The library in our city has over 50 . EMPLOY

L
8. My birthday is on the of September. TWENTY

A
9. My parents work at a Secondary School. They are of English. TEACH
10. I visit my grandparents a month. ONE

CI
Answer key
1. careful 2. activities 3. ninth 4. physical 5. better

FI
6.interesting 7. employees 8. twentieth 9. teachers 10. once
III. Give the correct form of the words.
1. What is the of this tower? (high)

OF
2. You should stay . (health)
3. How is the river? (length)
4. Lan was absent from class because of her . (sick)
5. He has a bad cold. He feels very . (pleasant)
6. I have an with my doctor at 5 p.m. (appoint)

Answer key
1. height
4. sickness
2. healthy
5. unpleasant
ƠN 3. long
6. appointment
NH
VII. Give the correct form of the words in comparative.
1. Which is the ..................... (big) city in Viet Nam ?
2. Spring is .................. (warm) than Fall. But Summer is the ................... (hot) season of a year.
3. Hoa is the ..................... (good) student in our class.
Y

4. The Nile River is the ..................... (long) river in the world.

QU

5. The city is ..................... (noisy) than the country.

Answer key
1. biggest 2. warmer, hottest 3. best
4.longest 5. noisier
M

VIII. Fill the spaces with the correct comparative adjectives.

1. I am (tall) than my sister.
KÈ

2. My mum thinks that cats are (good) pets than dogs.

3. A Mercedes is (expensive) a Fiat.
4. A swordfish is (fast) than a jellyfish.
5. A blue whale is (heavy) than twenty-five elephants.
Y

6. You look (thin) than last month. Have you lost weight?
7. Bicycles are (slow) than cars.
DẠ

8. Irene is (clever) than Silvia.

9. Max is (old) than John.
10. Computers are (cheap) than mobile phones.
11. Is your brother (tall) than you?
12. I think Spanish is (easy) than Japanese.
13. Our dog is (nice) than your dog.
14. Glass bottles are (good) than plastic bottles.
15. My hair is (long) than yours.

L
16. Sharks are (dangerous) than other fish.

A
17. This situation is (serious) than the last one
18. He is (smart) than his brother.

CI
19. A dolphin is (intelligent) than a shark.
20. Elaine is (wise) than her sister.

FI
21. Daniela is (funny) than me.
22. Tony is (happy) than Max.
23. Sandra is (busy) than Sam.

OF
24. The sea is (large) than a lake.
25. My job is (easy) than yours.
26. Health is (important) than money.

ƠN
27. This car is (comfortable) than yours.
28. My house is (clean) than her house.
29. I am (strong) than you.
30. A baby blue whale gets (big) than a great white shark.
NH
KEY
1. taller 2. better
3. more expensive 4. faster
5. heavier 6. thinner
Y

7. slower 8. cleverer
QU

9. der 10. Cheaper

11. taller 12. easier
13. nicer 14. better
15. longer 16. more dangerous
M

17. more serious 18. smarter

19. more intelligent 20. wiser
KÈ

21. funnier 22. happier

23. busier 24. larger
25. easier 26. more important
Y

27. more comfortable 28. cleaner

29. stronger 30. bigger
DẠ
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 4: SENTENCE BUILDING
I. Rearrange the sentences.
1. house/ is/the market/ far/to/from/how/it/Trang’s?
....................................................................................................................................
2. lives/street/ grandparents/he/ Hoang Quoc Viet /his /on/ with.

L
....................................................................................................................................

A
3. many /old / students/ my/have/ doesn’t/ class.
....................................................................................................................................

CI
4. Mrs/ the boy/ to/ who/ Quyen/ talking/ is?
....................................................................................................................................
5. new / Hoa’s/ small/ school/ is.

FI
....................................................................................................................................
6. goes/ bus/ Hoang/ day/ work/ Mr./ every/ to/by.
....................................................................................................................................

OF
7. new/ from/ one/ is/ house/ his/ how/ different/Minh’s/ old?
....................................................................................................................................
8. because/ children/ is/ she/Mrs.Diep/misses/ unhappy/ her.
....................................................................................................................................

ƠN
Answer key:
1. How far is it from Trang’s house to the market?
2. He lives with his grandparents on Hoang Quoc Viet street.
3. My class doesn’t have many old students.
NH
4. Who is the boy talking to Mrs.Quyen?
5. Hoa’s new school is small.
6. Mr. Hoang goes to work by bus every day.
7. How is Minh’s new house different from his old one?
8. Mrs. Diep is unhappy because she misses her children.
Y
QU

II. Use the given words to make complete sentences.

1. house/ a/ Minh/ lake/ a/ lives/ in/ near.
=> ....................................................................................................................................
2. yard/ front/ school/There/ big/ of/ is/ our/ in/ a.
=> ....................................................................................................................................
3. many/ right/ the/ museum/ Are/ flowers/ the/ there/ to/ of/?
M

=> ....................................................................................................................................
4. next/ photocopy/ What/ store/ there/ the/ is/ to /?
KÈ

=> ....................................................................................................................................
5. hospital/ father/ in/ the/ city/ 2yiy/ a/ works/ in.
=> ....................................................................................................................................
6. there/ family/ many/ in/ are/ How/ Linh’s/ people/ ?
Y

=> ....................................................................................................................................
7. his/ friend/ in/ family/ My/ Hanoi/ doesn’t/ with/ live.
DẠ

=> ....................................................................................................................................
8. brushes/six/gets/her/o’clock/Hoa/at/up/teeth/and.
=> ....................................................................................................................................
9. on/ floor/ classroom/ the/ is/ Our/ first.
=> ....................................................................................................................................
10. Minh’s/ six/ There/ in/ rooms/ house/ are.
=> ....................................................................................................................................

Answer key:

L
1. Minh lives in a house near a lake.

A
2. There is a big yard in front of our school.
3. Are there many flowers to the right of the museum?

CI
4. What is there next to the photocopy store?
5. My father works in a hospital in the city.
6. How many people are there in Linh’s family?

FI
7. My friend doesn’t live with his family in Ha Noi.
8. Hoa gets up at six o’clock and brushes her teeth.
9. Our classroom is on the first floor.

OF
10. There are six rooms in Minh’s house.

III. Write the correct sentences using the cue words.

1. He/ often/ have/ breakfast/ late.

ƠN
....................................................................................................................................
2. You/ do/ the housework/ at the moment?
....................................................................................................................................
3. I/ not/ go/ to school/ on weekends.
NH
....................................................................................................................................

4. John’s girlfriend/ wear/ a red T-shirt/ now.

....................................................................................................................................
5. They/ like/ beer or wine?
Y

....................................................................................................................................
QU

6. What/ he/ usually/ do/ at night?

....................................................................................................................................
7. The teacher/ never/ lose/ his temper.
....................................................................................................................................
8. Why/ you/ listen/ to music/ loudly now?
....................................................................................................................................
M

Answer key:
KÈ

1. He often has breakfast late.

2. Are you doing the housework at the moment?
3. Ido not go to school on weekends.
4. John’s girlfriend is wearing a red T-shirt now.
Y

5. Do they like beer or wine?

6.What does he usually do at night?
DẠ

7.The teacher never loses his temper.

8.Why are you listening to music loudly now?

IV. Reorder the words and write the meaning sentences.

1. city / beautiful / a / Ho Chi Minh / is.
. ....................................................................................................................................
2. green fields / there / are.
. ....................................................................................................................................
3. dog / it’s / friendly / a.
.

L
....................................................................................................................................
4. student / Minh / new / a/ is.

A
. ....................................................................................................................................
5. television / big / a / there’s.

CI
. ....................................................................................................................................
6. new / four / there / cars / are.
. ....................................................................................................................................

FI
7. are / two / pizzas / there / big.
. ....................................................................................................................................

OF
8. ten / are / desks / small / there.
. ....................................................................................................................................

Answer key:
1. Ho Chi Minh is a beautiful city.

ƠN
2. There are green fields.
3. It’s a friendly dog.
4. Minhis a new student.
5. There’s a big television.
NH
6. Thereare four new cars.
7. There are two big pizzas.
8. There are ten small desks.
Y

V. Write the comparative sentences using the cues.

1. Lan/tall/Hoa
QU

....................................................................................................................................
2. This book/ thick/ that book
....................................................................................................................................
3. The chair/ short/ the table
....................................................................................................................................
M

4. These boxes/ big/ those boxes

....................................................................................................................................
KÈ

5. Miss Trang/ young/ her sister

....................................................................................................................................
6. These buildings/ high/ those buildings
....................................................................................................................................
7. The boys/ strong/ the girls
Y

....................................................................................................................................
8. I/ old/ my brother
DẠ

....................................................................................................................................

Answer key:
1.Lan is taller than Hoa.
2.This book is thicker than that book.
 3.The chair is shorter than the table.
4.These boxes are bigger than those boxes.
5.Miss Trang is younger than her sister.
6.These buildings are higher than those buildings.
7. The boys are stronger than the girls.

L
8. I am older than my brother.

A
VI. Make questions with How and write the answers using suggestion.

CI
1. Nam/ go/ the post office/ bike
....................................................................................................................................
2. Nga and Lan/ go school/ school bus

FI
....................................................................................................................................
3. your father/ travel/ Ha Noi/ plane
....................................................................................................................................

OF
4. the children/ go/ the zoo/ bus
....................................................................................................................................
5. you and your friends/ go/ the stadium/ foot
....................................................................................................................................
6. Mrs. Lien/ go/ the market/ motorbike

ƠN
....................................................................................................................................

Answer key:
1. How does Nam go to the post office?
NH
−> He goes to the post office by bike.
2. How do Nga and Lan go to school?
−> They go to school by school bus.
3. How do your father travel to Ha Noi?
−> He travels to Ha Noi by plane.
Y

4. How do the children go to the zoo?

QU

−> They go to the zoo by bus.

5. How do you and your friends go to the stadium?
−> We go to the stadium on foot.
6. How does Mrs. Lien go to the market?
−> She goes to the market by motorbike.
M

VII. Make question with How and write the answers using suggestions.
1. tall/ he?/ one meter and 50 centimeters
KÈ

.........................................................................................................................................
2. heavy/ Hoa?/ 40 kilos
.........................................................................................................................................
3. high/ these buildings?/ over 150 meters
Y

.........................................................................................................................................
4. long/ your dress?/140 centimeters
DẠ

.........................................................................................................................................
5. deep/ the lake?/ about 5 meters
.........................................................................................................................................
6. wide/ the table?/ 80 centimeters
.........................................................................................................................................
7. much/ these shoes?/ eighty thousand dong
 .........................................................................................................................................
8. big/ your house?/ about 160 square meters
.........................................................................................................................................

Answer key:

L
1.How tall is he? - He is one meter and 50 centimeters tall.

A
2.How heavy is Hoa? - She is 40 kilos.
3.How high are these buildings? - They are over 150 meters high.

CI
4.How long is your dress? - It is 140 centimeters long.
5.How deep is the lake? - It is about 5 meters.
6.How wide is the table? - It is 80 centimeters wide.

FI
7.How much are these shoe? - They are eighty thousand dong.
8.How big is your house? - It is about 160 square meters.

OF
VIII. Make the correct sentences using suggestions.
1. She/ hope/ that/ Mary/ come/ party/ tonight.
.........................................................................................................................................
2. I/ finish/ my report/ 2 days.
.........................................................................................................................................

ƠN
3. If/ you / not/ study/ hard/,/ you/ not/ pass/ final/ exam.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. You/ look/ tired,/ so/1/ bring/ you/ something/ eat.
.........................................................................................................................................
NH
5. you/ please/ give/ me/ lift/ station?
.........................................................................................................................................

Answer key:
1.She hopes that Mary will come to the party tonight.
Y

2. Iwill finish my report in two days.

QU

3. If you don’t study hard, you won’t pass the final exam.
4.You look tired, so I will bring you something to eat.
5.Will you please give me a lift to the station?

VIII. Make meaningful sentences using the following cues.

1. What time / Nga / get / morning?
M

.........................................................................................................................................
2. You / can / games / afternoon / but / must / homework / evening.
KÈ

.........................................................................................................................................
3. Lan / walk / ride / bike / school?
.........................................................................................................................................
4. When / it / hot / we / often / go / swim.
Y

.........................................................................................................................................
5. What / there / front / your house?
DẠ

.........................................................................................................................................
6. If / you / not feel / well / should / see / doctor.
.........................................................................................................................................
7. What color / your baby / eyes?
.........................................................................................................................................
8. Hoa / learn / languages / bad.
 ....................................................................................................................................….

Answer key:
1. What time does Nga get up in the morning?
2. You can play games in the afternoon but you must do homework in the evening.

L
3. Does Lan walk or ride her bike to school?

A
4.When it is hot, we often go swimming.
5. What is there in front of your house?

CI
6.If you don’t feel well, you should see the doctor.
7.What color are your baby’s eyes?
8.Hoa learns languages badly.

FI
IX. Use the given words to make complete sentences.

OF
1. Linh/ parents/ proud/ him/ because/ he/ always/ get/ good marks.
.........................................................................................................................................
2. We/ very interested/ play/ soccer/ when/ live/ countryside.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. I/ not talk/ uncle/ since/ he/ buy/ new house/ city center.

ƠN
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
4. The Browns/ buy/ lot/ food/ because/ they/ go/ have/ party.
.........................................................................................................................................
NH
.........................................................................................................................................
5. It/ only/ small car/ so/ there/ not/ enough room/ all/ us.
.........................................................................................................................................

Answer key:
Y

1. Linh’s parents are very proud of him because he always gets good marks.
QU

2. We were very interested in playing soccer when we lived in the countryside.

3. I haven’t talked to your/ my uncle since he bought a new house in the city center.
4. The Browns have bought a lot of food because they are going to have a party.
5. It is only a small car, so there isn’t enough room for all of us.

X. Arrange the given words to make the correct sentences.

M

1. at / tennis / the girls / playing / the moment / are.

.........................................................................................................................................
KÈ

2. always / by / John / goes to / car / school.

.........................................................................................................................................
3. do / in / what / you / the afternoon / do?
.........................................................................................................................................
Y

4. chatting / the class / are / they / in / now.

.........................................................................................................................................
DẠ

5. doesn’t / a new car / buy / sister / my.

.........................................................................................................................................

Answer key:
1.The girls are playing tennis at the moment.
2.John always goes to school by car.
 3.What do you do in the afternoon?
4.They are chatting in the class now.
5. My sister doesn’t buy a new car.

XI. Rewrite each of the following sentences, beginning with the given words.

L
1. There / be / small / pond / front / Lam / house.

A
.........................................................................................................................................
2. You / can / games / afternoon / but / must / homework / evening.

CI
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Lan/walk/ride/bike/school?
.........................................................................................................................................

FI
4. When / it / hot / we / often / go / swim.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. What/there/front/your house?

OF
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Where/ your father/ sit/ now?
.........................................................................................................................................
7. My class/ start/ seven/ morning.
.........................................................................................................................................

ƠN
8. I / not often/ swimming/ friends.
.........................................................................................................................................

Answer key:
NH
1.There are some small ponds in front of Lam’s house.
2.You can play games in the afternoon but you must do your homework in the evening.
3.Does Lan walk or ride her bike to school?
4.When it is hot, we often go swimming.
5. What is there in front of your house?
Y

6. Where is your father sitting now?

QU

7. My class starts at seven in the morning.

8. I don’t often go swimming with friends.

12. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.

1. Mr Thanh/ our/ teacher/ Vietnamese
M

.........................................................................................................................
2. There/ two pens/ Hoa's box
KÈ

.........................................................................................................................
3. English/ Lan's favourite subject
.........................................................................................................................
Y

4. Where/ Tom/ live?

DẠ

.........................................................................................................................
5. playground/does/a/school/have/your/?
.........................................................................................................................
6. school/ you/ your/ do/ like/ new/?
.........................................................................................................................
KEY
1. Mr. Than is our Vietnamese teacher.
2. There are two pens in Hoa's box.
3. English is Lan's favourite subject.

L
4. Where does Tom live?

A
5. Does your school have a playground?

CI
13. Write the full sentences using given words.
1. He/ often/ have/ breakfast/ late.
.........................................................................................................................

FI
2. You/ do/ the housework/ at the moment?

OF
.........................................................................................................................
3. I/ not/ go/ to school/ on weekends.
.........................................................................................................................
4. John's girlfriend/wear/a red T-shirt/now.

ƠN
.........................................................................................................................
5. They/like/beer or wine?
.........................................................................................................................
NH
6. What/he/usually/do/at night?
.........................................................................................................................
7. The teacher/never/lose/his temper.
.........................................................................................................................
Y

8. Why/ you/ listen/ to music/ loudly now?

QU

.........................................................................................................................
KEY
1. He often has breakfast late.
2. Are you doing the housework at the moment?
M

3. I do not go to school on weekends.

4. John's girlfriend is wearing a red T-shirt now.
KÈ

5. Do they like beer or wine?

6. What does he usually do at night?
7. The teacher never loses his temper.
Y

8. Why are you listening to music loudly now?

14. Write these sentences by using the suggested words and phrases.
DẠ

1. side/ is/ on/ Who/ picure?/ the/ of/ right/ the/ girl/ tall/ the
.........................................................................................................................
2. has/ big/ a/ house/ yard./ My
.........................................................................................................................
 3. because/ can't/ the/I / box/ heavy./ it/ carry/ is
.........................................................................................................................
4. warm/ It/ in/ springs./ is
.........................................................................................................................

L
5. slow/ when/ yellow./ turn/ We/ down/ traffic/ must/ light/ the

A
.........................................................................................................................

CI
6. girl./ young/ She/ a/ beautiful/ is
.........................................................................................................................
7. The/ looks/ hair./ long/ beautiful/ girl/ with

FI
.........................................................................................................................
8. he/ have/ child?/ a/ Does/ lovely

OF
.........................................................................................................................
9. a/ is/This/ car./ fast
.........................................................................................................................
10. She/ hair/ blonde/ lips./ and/ has/ red

ƠN
.........................................................................................................................
KEY
1. Who is the tall girl on the right side of the picture?
NH
2. My house has a big yard.
3. I can't carry the box because it is heavy.
4. It is warm in spring.
5. We must slow down when the traffic light turns yellow.
Y

6. She is a beautiful young girl.

QU

7. The girl looks beautiful with long hair.

8. Does he have a lovely child?
9. This is a fast car.
10. She has blonde hair and red lips
M

15 Write the meaningful sentences by using the suggested words and phrases.
1. How long / they / be / seaside / last summer holiday?
KÈ

....................................................................................................................................
2. He/be/there/a month.
....................................................................................................................................
3. This picture / look / very nice.
Y

....................................................................................................................................
DẠ

4. What / be / the matter / her / last Friday.

....................................................................................................................................
5. How far / be / it / your town / Da Lat.
....................................................................................................................................
 6. That river / be /100 kilometres.
....................................................................................................................................
7. What / be / the weather / like / HCM city / today?
....................................................................................................................................

L
8. It/be/very cold/last night.

A
....................................................................................................................................

CI
9. Why/he/not go/school/last week?
....................................................................................................................................
10. What / Mrs. White / do / the moment?

FI
....................................................................................................................................
KEY

OF
1. How long were they at the seaside last summer holidays?
2. He was there for a month.
3. This picture looks very nice.
4. What was the matter with her last Friday?

ƠN
5. How far is it from your town to Da Lat?
6. That river is about 100 km long.
7. What is the weather like in HCM City today?
NH
8. It was very cold last night.
9. Why didn't he go to school last week?
10. What is Mrs. White doing at the moment?
Y

16. Write the full sentences using given words.

QU

1. He/ often/ have/ breakfast/ late.

....................................................................................................................................
2. You/ do/ the housework/ at the moment?
....................................................................................................................................
M

3. I/ not/ go/to/ school/on weekends.

....................................................................................................................................
KÈ

4. John's girlfriend/ wear/ a red T-shirt/ now.

....................................................................................................................................
5. They/ like/ beer or wine?
Y

....................................................................................................................................
DẠ

6. What/ he/ usually/ do/ at night?

....................................................................................................................................
7. The teacher/ never/ lose/ his temper.
....................................................................................................................................
 8. Why/ you/ listen/ to music/ loudly now?
....................................................................................................................................
KEY
1. He often has breakfast late.

L
2. Are you doing the housework at the moment?

A
3. I do not go to school on weekends.

CI
4. John's girlfriend is wearing a red T-shirt now.
5. Do they like beer or wine?
6. What does he usually do at night?

FI
7. The teacher never loses his temper.
8. Why are you listening to music loudly now?

OF
17 Put the words/ phrases below in the correct order.
1. is/comfortable/ the most/ of/ Sunday/ the week./ day
....................................................................................................................................
2. best/ is/ the/ album/ This/ Westlife./ of

ƠN
....................................................................................................................................
3. Helen/ beautiful/ is/ the/ most/ know./ I/ girl
....................................................................................................................................
NH
4. lives/ He/ farthest./ the

....................................................................................................................................
5. Tom Cruise/ most/ the/ of/ actors./ all/ the/ acts/ successfully
Y

....................................................................................................................................
QU

KEY
1. Sunday is the most comfortable day of the week.
2. This is the best album of Westlife.
3. Helen is the most beautiful girl I know.
M

4. He lives the farthest.

5. Tom Cruise acts the most successfully of all the actors.
KÈ

18. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.

1. There/ many/ music programmes/ TV/nowadays.
..............................................................................................................................
Y

2. Although/ i/like/ sports/ much/ i/ not/ time/ watch/ often.

..............................................................................................................................
DẠ

3. MC/ is/ person/ introduce/ guests/ at the right time/ important events.
..............................................................................................................................
4. This programme/ boring/ i/ not/ watch.
..............................................................................................................................
5. Mai/ take/ exam/ tomorrow/ she/ not/ watch/ favourite programme.
..............................................................................................................................

6. Tom and Jerry/ one/ most/ interesting/ cartoons/of/ children.

L
..............................................................................................................................

A
7. If/you/want/ know/ weather/like/ tomorrow/ watch/ weather forecast.

CI
..............................................................................................................................
8. Nearly all/ households/ American/ have/ least/ one/ TV.
..............................................................................................................................

FI
9. Sitcom/ be / programme/ students/ schools.
..............................................................................................................................

OF
10. You/ visit/ Universal studios/ they/ make films/ Hollywood.
..............................................................................................................................
KEY
1. There are many music programmes on TV nowadays.

ƠN
2. Although I like sports so much, but i don't have time to watch it very often.
3. MC is a person who introduces guests at the right time at the important events.
4. This programme is very boring so I will not watch it.
NH
5. Mai is going to take the exam tomorrow, so she can't watch her favourite programme.
6. Tom and Jerry is one of the most interesting cartoons of children.
7. If you want to know what is the weather like tomorrow, watch the weather forecast.
8. Nearly all the households in American have at least one TV.
Y

9. Sitcom is TV programme for students and schools. You can visit Universal studios where
QU

they make films in Hollywood.

19. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.
1. Which/ sports/ you/ do /school?
.........................................................................................................................
M

2. Students/ my school/ take part in/ a lot/ outdoor games.

.........................................................................................................................
KÈ

3. I/not/ go / water / because/ I /can't/ swim.

.........................................................................................................................
4. Do/ she /do /aerobics/ everyday?
Y

.........................................................................................................................
5. Yesterday/ he/ go/ gym /with /me.
DẠ

.........................................................................................................................
6. Last Sunday/I /have/ nice holiday/ some friends/ beach.
.........................................................................................................................
7. Who/ favourite/ sports stars?
 .........................................................................................................................
8. How often/ your brother/ go /run?
.........................................................................................................................
9. Sports/ games/ play/ important/ role/ our lives.

L
.........................................................................................................................

A
10. Mountain/climbing/ consider/ dangerous /sport.

CI
.........................................................................................................................
KEY
1. Which sports do you do at school?

FI
2. Students at my school take part in a lot of outdoor games.
3. I don't go in the water because I can't swim.

OF
4. Does she do aerobics everyday?
5. Yesterday he went to the gym with me.
6. Last Sunday I had a nice holiday with some friends at the beach.
7. Who are your favourite sports stars?

ƠN
8. How often does your brother go running?
9. Sports and games play an important role in our lives.
20 Write the correct sentences using the words or phrases given.
NH
1. Nha Trang/ attract/ lots/ tourists/ because/ it/ most beautiful/ beaches/ Viet Nam.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
2. Ha Noi/ crowded/ than/ any other cities/ Viet Nam.
Y

.........................................................................................................................
QU

.........................................................................................................................
3. You/ see/ latest Batman film?
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
M

4. I/ be/ Sa Pa/ many times/ with/ family.

.........................................................................................................................
KÈ

.........................................................................................................................
5. My mother/ like/ cook/ than/ dance.
.........................................................................................................................
Y

.........................................................................................................................
6. The Eiffel Tower/ is/ visited/ landmark/ world.
DẠ

.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
7. I /not/ go/ school/ yesterday/ because/ I/ ill.
 .........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
8. Most/people/ Tokyo/ travel/ work/ by train.
.........................................................................................................................

L
.........................................................................................................................

A
9. Tea/ most/ popular/ drink/ Viet Nam.

CI
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
10. Atmosphere/ get/ polluted /because/ there/ more/ smoke /from /factories/ motor engines.

FI
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................

OF
KEY
1. Nha Trang attracts lots of tourists because it is one of the most beautiful beaches in Viet
Nam.
2. Ha Noi is more crowded than any other cities in Viet Nam.

ƠN
3. Have you seen the lastest Batman film?
4. I have been to Sa Pa many times with my family.
5. My mother likes cooking than dancing.
NH
6. The Eiffel Tower is the most visited landmark in the world.
7. I didn't go to school yesterday because I was ill.
8. Most people in Tokyo travel to work by train.
9. Tea is the most popular drink in Viet Nam.
Y

10. The atmosphere is getting more polluted because there is more smoke from factories and
QU

motor engines.
21 Write the sentences with "will", using the words/ phrases given.
1. Future/human-being/live/Moon.
.........................................................................................................................
M

.........................................................................................................................
2. Vacuum cleaner/ help/ me/ collect/ dust/ small particles/ floors /other surfaces.
KÈ

.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
3. We/ believe/ she/ recover/ illness/ soon.
.........................................................................................................................
Y

.........................................................................................................................
DẠ

4. You/ take/ me/ zoo/ this weekend?

.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
5. I/hope/ Cuong/ come/ party/ tonight.
 .........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
6. You/ give/ me/ lift/ station?
.........................................................................................................................

L
.........................................................................................................................

A
7. You/ look/ tired/ so /I/ bring/ something/ eat.

CI
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
8. Future/ human-being/ make/ fresh water/ from /salty water.

FI
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................

OF
9. You/ think/ people/ travel/ Moon/ someday?
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
10. According/ predictions/ lots/ accidents/ happen/ that/ weather.

ƠN
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
11. It/ be /cold/ so/take/ warm coat.
NH
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
12. Future/ they/ build/ more/ high-rise buildings/ this area.
.........................................................................................................................
Y

.........................................................................................................................
QU

13. Flying car/ run on/ water/ future.

.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
14. Robots/ help/ us/ look after/ children/ when/ we/ away.
M

.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
KÈ

15. Special cars/ take/ us/ space /easily.

.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
Y

16. Our /future houses /use/ solar energy/ and/ very/ friendly / environment.
.........................................................................................................................
DẠ

.........................................................................................................................
17. Scientist/ invent/ many/ robots/so that/ they/ do/ housework/ and/protect/ houses.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
 18. With/ smart TV/ you/ see/ friends/ other/ countries.
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
19. Future house/ solar panels/ roof / be/ desert/ so/I /can/ use/ electricity/ without/paying.

L
.........................................................................................................................

A
.........................................................................................................................

CI
20. Future/ world/ be /better/ than/now.
.........................................................................................................................
KEY

FI
Write the sentences with "will", using the words/ phrases given.
1. In the future, human-being will live on the Moon.

OF
2. Vacuum cleaner will help me collect dust and small particles from floors and other
surfaces.
3. We believe that she will recover from her illness soon.
4. Will you take me to the zoo this weekend?

ƠN
5. I hope that Cuong will come to the party tonight.
6. Will you please give me a lift to the station?
7. You look tired, so I will bring you something to eat.
NH
8. In the future, human-being will make fresh water from salty water.
9. Do you think that people will travel to the Moon someday?
10. According to some predictions, lots of accidents will happen in that weather.
11. It will be cold, so take a warm coat with you.
Y

12. In the future, they will build more high-rise buildings on this area.
QU

13. Flying car will run on water in the future.

14. Robots will help us look after children when we are away.
15. Special cars will take us to space easily.
16. Our future houses will use solar energy and they are very friendly to the environment.
M

17. Scientist will invent many robots so that they can do housework and protect our houses.
18. With a smart TV, you will see your friends in other countries.
KÈ

19. My future house with the solar panels on the roof will be in the desert, so I can use
electricity without paying.
20. In the future, the world will be better than now.
22. Make sentences using the words and phrases given.
Y

1. Not/ throw/ plastic bags/because/ you/reuse.

DẠ

.........................................................................................................................
2. If/ Water/ polluted/ fishes/die.
.........................................................................................................................
3. If/ you/ turn off/tap/ when/ brush/teeth/you/ save/ water.
 .........................................................................................................................
4. If/ we/ plant/ trees/ air / fresher.
.........................................................................................................................
5. You/ turn off/ lights/ before/ leave/ room.

L
.........................................................................................................................

A
6. We/ should/ use/ useable bags/ instead of/ plastic bags.

CI
.........................................................................................................................
7. If/ we/ go/ school/ bus/we /reduce/ air pollution.
.........................................................................................................................

FI
8. If/ we/use/ pesticides/ indiscriminately/ water pollution/ worse.
....................................................................................................................................

OF
KEY
1. Don't throw the plastic bags because you can reuse them.
2. If water is polluted, a lot of fishes will die.
3. If you turn off the tap when brushing the teeth, you will save a lot of water.

ƠN
4. If we plant more trees, the air will be fresher.
5. You should turn off all the lights before leaving the room.
6. We should use useable bags instead of plastic bags.
NH
7. If we go to school by bus, we will reduce air pollution.
8. If we use pesticides indiscriminately, water pollution will be much worse.
23. Make sentence using the words and phrases given.
1. Underwater robots/ dive/ longer/ deeper/ than/ human.
Y

.........................................................................................................................
QU

.........................................................................................................................
2. Robots/ become/ increasingly/ important/ investigate/ research/ hazardous/ dangerous/
environments.
.........................................................................................................................
M

.........................................................................................................................
3. Military robots/ be/ some/ most/ high-tech/ important/ robots/ used/ today.
KÈ

.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
4. Robots/ be able to/ think/ like/ humans.
.........................................................................................................................
Y

.........................................................................................................................
DẠ

5. Future/ robots/ be able to/ do/ more/ complicated/ things/ us.

.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
6. Nowadays/ robots/ not/ talk/ people/ but/ future/ I/ think/ they/ will.
 .........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
7. More/ people/ lose/ jobs/ because/ robots/ replace/.
.........................................................................................................................

L
.........................................................................................................................

A
8. One/ advantages/ robots/ be/ they/ can/ work/ situations/ dangerous/ harmfull/ humans.

CI
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
9. Worker robots/ become/ more/ popular/ industries.

FI
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................

OF
10. Robodex/ be/ largest/ robot/ exhibition/ world.
KEY
1. Underwater robots can dive longer and deeper than any human.
2. Robots have become increasingly important for investigating and researching hazardous and

ƠN
dangerous environments
3. Military robots are some of the most high-tech and important robots used today.
4. Robots won't be able to think like humans.
NH
5. In the future, robots will be able to do more complicated things for us.
6. Nowadays robots can't talk to people, but in the future I think they will.
7. More people will lose their jobs because robots will replace them.
8. One of the advantages of robots is that they can work in situations that are dangerous or
Y

harmful for humans.

QU

9. Worker robots are becoming more popular in industries.

10. Robodex is the largest robot exhibition in the world.
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
DẠ
Y
KÈ
M
QU
Y
NH
ƠN
OF
FI
CI
A L
 TIẾNG ANH LỚP 6 FRIENDS PLUS
Bản Giáo Viên
STARTER UNIT
Từ vựng Phân loại/ Phiên âm Định nghĩa

L
1. capital (n) /ˈkæpɪtl/ thủ đô

IA
2. continent (n) /ˈkɒntɪnənt/ châu lục
3. cover (n) /ˈkʌvə(r)/ bìa sách, vật che phủ

IC
4. currency (n) /ˈkʌrənsi/ hệ thống tiền tệ
5. especially (adv) /ɪˈspeʃəli/ đặc biệt

F
thẻ căn cước công dân,

OF
6. ID card (n) /ˌaɪ ˈdiː kɑːd/
chứng minh thư
7. interested (adj) /ˈɪntrəstɪd/ quan tâm đến, thích thú với
8. nationality (n) /ˌnæʃəˈnæləti/ quốc tịch
9. photography
10. speaker
ƠN
(n) /fəˈtɒɡrəfi/
(n) /ˈspiːkə(r)/
nhiếp ảnh
loa
11. tom yum (n) món tom yum
NH

không được nhiều người ưa

12. unpopular (adj) /ʌnˈpɒpjələ(r)/
chuộng
13. skateboarding (n) /ˈskeɪtbɔːdɪŋ/ trượt ván
Y

13. papaya (n) /pəˈpaɪə/ quả đu đủ

QU

14. continuous (adj) /kənˈtɪnjuəs/ tiếp tục, tiếp diễn

15. drawer (n) /drɔː(r)/ ngăn kéo
16. horrible (adj) /ˈhɒrəbl/ kinh khủng
17. interests (n) /ˈɪntrəst/ sở thích
M

Grammar
I/Động từ To be
KÈ

1. Cách dùng động từ Tobe

- Sử dụng Be khi nói về thông tin cá nhân như: tuổi tác, họ tên, nghề nghiệp, quốc tịch
Ví dụ:
I am a student. - Tôi là học sinh.
Y

He is twelve years old. - Anh ấy 12 tuổi.

- Sử dụng be trước các cụm từ cố định như: be interested in; be good at, be into, ...
DẠ

Ví dụ:
She is good at English. Cô ấy giỏi tiếng Anh.
2. Cấu trúc với Động từ Tobe trong tiếng Anh
2.1. Thể khẳng định - Affirmative
P a g e 1 | 38
Full form Short form
I am I'm
You are You're
He is He's

L
She is She's

IA
It is It's
We are We're
You are You're

IC
They are They're
2.2. Thể phủ định - Negative
Để chuyển thể khẳng định thành thể phủ định, thêm NOT sau động từ TOBE

F
Full form Short form

OF
I am not I'm not
You are not You aren't
He is not He isn't
She is not She isn't
It is not
We are not
You are not
ƠN It isn't
We aren't
You aren't
They are not They aren't
NH
2.3. Thể nghi vấn - Questions
Short answers
Question
Affirmative Negative
Am I ...? Yes, I am. No, I'm not.
Y

Are you...? Yes, you are. No, you aren't.

Is he...? Yes, he is. No, he isn't.
QU

Is she...? Yes, she is. No, she isn't.

Is it...? Yes, it is. No, it isn't.
Are we...? Yes, we are. No, we aren't.
Are you? Yes, you are. No, you aren't.
Are they...? Yes, they are. No, they aren't.
M

* Lưu ý: Khi trả lời câu nghi vấn, Không có dạng viết tắt của câu trả lời khẳng định.
Ví dụ: Are you a student? - Yes, I am. NOT Yes, I'm.
KÈ

II. Đại từ nhân xưng & Tính từ sở hữu trong tiếng Anh - Subject pronouns &
Possessive adjectives
1. Đại từ nhân xưng là gì? Personal Pronouns là gì?
Đại tại nhân xưng làm chủ ngữ trong câu.
Y

2. Tính từ sở hữu là gì? Possessive Adjectives là gì?

Tính từ sở hữu chỉ sự sở hữu của người hoặc vật.
DẠ

3. Bảng Đai từ nhân xưng - Tính từ sở hữu đầy đủ

ĐẠI TỪ NHÂN XƯNG TÍNH TỪ SỞ HỮU

FRIENDS PLUS 6 2
I MY

YOU YOUR

L
HE His

IA
SHE Her

IT ITS

IC
WE OUR

F
YOUR YOUR

OF
THEY THEIR
Ví dụ:
I am in class 6A. My class has 35 students.
Tôi là học sinh lớp 6A. Lớp của tôi có 35 học sinh.
III. Sở hữu cách - Possessive 's
1. Sở hữu cách là gì? ƠN
Sở hữu cách được dùng để chỉ sự sở hữu hay một mối liên hệ giữa 2 hay nhiều đối tượng,
từ đó làm rõ thêm cho đối tượng đang được nhắc đến.
NH
Ta viết: ( A’s B ) có thể mang 1 trong những ý nghĩa:
+ B thuộc sở hữu của A, B thuộc về A. (B thường là chỉ vật.)
Ví dụ: Linda’s bag (túi của Lind)
+ B có mối quan hệ nào đó với A. ( B thường là người.)
Ví dụ:
Y

Linda’s brother(anh trai của Linda)

2. Cách dùng sở hữu cách
QU

- Ta thêm dấu lược và chữ cái “s” vào sau danh từ số ít.
Ví dụ: Lisa’s album is very beautiful.
- Ta chỉ thêm dấu lược vào sau danh từ số nhiều có tận cùng là “s”.
Ví dụ: The teachers’ room is next to the library.
- Ta thêm dấu lược và chữ cái “s” vào sau danh từ số nhiều không có tận cùng là “s”.
M

Ví dụ: The shop sells children’s toys.

IV. Đại từ sở hữu - Possessive pronouns
KÈ

– Đại từ sở hữu là gì? Possessive Pronouns là gì?

Đại từ sở hữu thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu + danh từ đã đề cập trước đó.
ĐẠI TỪ NHÂN XƯNG ĐẠI TỪ SỞ HỮU
Y

I MINE
DẠ

YOU YOURS
HE HIS

FRIENDS PLUS 6 3
SHE HERS
IT ITS

L
WE OURS

IA
YOUR YOURS
THEY THEIRS

IC
BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG 1
1/ Complete the sentence with Am/ Is/ Are.
1.Hue ____ in Vietnam.

F
2. My mother _____ 40 years old.
3. I _____not good at sports.

OF
4. Elephants _____ wild animals.
5. They ____ very well.
2/ Choose the word that differ from the other three in the position of primary stress.
1. a. English b. Vietnamese c. China d. Thailand
2. a. interested
3. a. arrive
b. shopping
b. question
ƠN c. skateboarding
c. begin
d. deliver
d. machine
4. a. final b. hobby c. happen d. alive
NH
5. a. about b. answer c. under d. college
3/ Choose the correct answer.
1. Is his name is Pett ____ Peter?
A. and
Y

B. or
C. but
QU

2. Khanh Vy speaks English, Japanese ______ Chinese.

A. and
B. or
C. but
3. I_____ a laptop.
M

A. do
B. 's got
KÈ

C. 've got
4. I don't have a laptop, ______ I have an ipad.
A. and
B. but
C. or
Y

5. I am 12 years old _____ I am from Thai Binh.

A. and
DẠ

B. but
C. or
4/Điền động từ tobe (am, is, are) thích hợp vào chỗ trống
FRIENDS PLUS 6 4
1. How old.............you?
2. My name............Mai.
3. How .........she?
4. Minh...........all right.

L
5. Lan and I........10 years old.
6. She.........Lan. She........thirteen.

IA
7. Mai.......a student.
8. How old........they.
9. They.........Ba and Nam.

IC
10. We.........play football.
11. He________my brother.
12. They________students.

F
13. Rex________a lively dog.

OF
14. I________a boy.
15. You and your family________kind.
16. Mary and I________cousins.
17. We________10 years old.
18. Susan________a good friend.
19. Mr Green________a doctor.
20. Giraffes________very tall.
21. Bangkok________in Thailand.
ƠN
22. New Delhi ________in Indonesia.
NH
23. Guangzhou and Nanning ________in China.
24. Taipei________ in the Philippines.
25. Bandar Seri Begawan________ Brunei.
26. Jakarta________ in Malaysia.
27. Surat and Bangalore________ in Sri Lanka.
Y

28. Lao Cai _______ in Vietnam.

5. Tìm lỗi sai ở những câu sau và sửa lại cho đúng.
QU

1. She am tall.
2. I are Minh.
3. We am fine, thank you.
4. They is cats.
5. Peter are a student.
M

6. We is students.
7. They is my friends.
KÈ

8. Here are my book.

9. Tom are my friend.
ĐÁP ÁN BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG 1
1/ Complete the sentence with Am/ Is/ Are.
Y

1.Hue __is__ in Vietnam.

2. My mother __is___ 40 years old.
DẠ

3. I __am___not good at sports.

4. Elephants ___are__ wild animals.
5. They __are__ very well.
2/ Choose the word that differ from the other three in the position of primary stress.
FRIENDS PLUS 6 5
1 - b; 2 - d; 3 - b; 4 - d; 5 - a;
3/ Choose the correct answer.
1 - B; 2 - A; 3 - C; 4 - B; 5 - A;
4. Điền động từ tobe (am, is, are) thích hợp vào chỗ trống

L
1. How old......are.......you?
2. My name.....is.......Mai.

IA
3. How ...is......she?
4. Minh.......is....all right.
5. Lan and I....are....10 years old.

IC
6. She....is.....Lan. She....is....thirteen.
7. Mai....is...a student.
8. How old....are....they?

F
9. They....are.....Ba and Nam.

OF
10. We...are...... students.
11. He____is____my brother.
12. They___are_____students.
13. Rex___is_____a lively dog.
14. I___am_____a boy.

16. Mary and I____are____cousins.

17. We___are_____10 years old.
ƠN
15. You and your family___are_____kind.

18. Susan____is____a good friend.

NH
19. Mr Green___is_____a doctor.
20. Giraffes____are____very tall.
21. Bangkok____is____in Thailand.
22. New Delhi ___is_____in Indonesia.
23. Guangzhou and Nanning ___are_____in China.
Y

24. Taipei____is____ in the Philippines.

25. Bandar Seri Begawan___is_____ Brunei.
QU

26. Jakarta_____is___ in Malaysia.

27. Surat and Bangalore____are____ in Sri Lanka.
28. Lao Cai ____is___ in Vietnam.
5. Tìm lỗi sai ở những câu sau và sửa lại cho đúng.
1 - am thành is
M

2 - are thành am
3 - am thành are
KÈ

4 - is thành are
5 - are thành is
6 - is thành are
7 - is thành are
Y

8 - are thành is
9 - are thành is
DẠ

BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG 2

cách dùng Đại từ nhân xưng, Đại từ sở hữu, Tính từ sở hữu
а. Em hãy chọn phương án thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.
1. This is_____ 1 (my/ I) book and that is (your/ you) book.
FRIENDS PLUS 6 6
2. Music is______ (I/ my) favourite subject.
3._________ (I/ My) want to be a teacher and___ (my/ me) sister wants to be a doctor.
4. Mai likes English but (her/ she) brother doesn’t.
5. (Nam and Lan’s teacher/ Nam and Lan teacher) is very nice and friendly.

L
б. Hoa’s pencil case ___ (is/ are) blue. (Her/ She) fiends’ pencil cases are violet.
7.(Those student’s school bags/ Those students’ school bags) are very heavy.

IA
8. What is______ (your/ you) father’s job?
_______ (He/ His) is an engineer.
9. How old______ (are/ is)_____ (your/ you) sister?

IC
_______ (She/ Her) is ten years old
10. _______ (The women’ s bikes/ The womens’ bikes) are new but_______ (the mens’
bikes/ the men’ s bikes) are old.

F
b. Em hãy chọn một trong 3 phương án sau để hoàn thành câu.

OF
1. The bird sang____ (its/ it/ it’s) happy tune.
2. Listen to____ (her/ hers/ her’s) carefully.
3. ____(His/ He/ She) uncle is a doctor. He is a nice person.
4.That old man is kind to ____ (our/ us/ we).
5. William and Tracy love ____ (their/ theirs/ they) dogs so much.
ƠN
6. My car is new but ____(her/ hers/ she) is old.
7. The teacher told___ (us/ our/ we) an interesting story.
8. I want to sit between you and ____(he/ him/ his).
9. She has an apple in ____ (she/ her/ hers) hand.
NH
10. Bob and Ted live near ____(them/ their/ they) school.
c. Em hãy điền một đại từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành câu.
1. ______ am sitting on the sofa.
2.______ are watching TV.
3. Are____from England?
Y

4.______ is going home.

5. ____are playing football.
QU

6.______ is a wonderful day today.

7. ____ are speaking English.
8. Is_______ Kevin’s sister?
9. ____ are swimming in the pool.
10. Are____ in the cinema?
M

Đáp án
Bài tập ứng dụng 2
KÈ

a. Em hãy chọn phương án thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.

1. This is my book and that is your book.
2. Music is my favourite subject.
3. I want to be a teacher and my sister wants to be a doctor.
Y

4. Mai likes English but her brother doesn’t.

5. Nam and Lan’s teacher is very nice and unfriendly.
DẠ

6. Hoa’s pencil case is blue. Her friends’ pencil cases are violet.
7. Those students’ school bags are very heavy.
8. What is your father’s job?
– He is an engineer.
FRIENDS PLUS 6 7
9. How old is your sister?
– She is ten years old
10. The women ’s bikes are new but the men ’s bikes are old.
b. Em hãy chọn một trong 3 phương án sau để hoàn thành câu.

L
1. The bird sang its happy tune.
2. Listen to her.

IA
3. His uncle is a doctor. He is a nice person
4. That old man is kind to us.
5. William and Tracy love their dogs so much.

IC
6. My car is new, but hers is old.
7. The teacher told us an interesting story.
8. I want to sit between you and him

F
9. She has an apple in her hand

OF
10. Bob and Ted live near their school
c. Em hãy điền một đại từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống đế hoàn thành câu.
1. I am sitting on the sofa.
2. We/They are watching TV.
3. Are you/ they from England?
4. He/ She is going home.
5. They are playing football.
6. It is a wonderful day today.
ƠN
7. We/ They are speaking English.
NH
8. Is she Kevin’s sister?
9. You/ We are swimming in the pool.
10. Are they in the cinema?
II- Giới từ chỉ vị trí (Preposition of place)
Y

1. Các giới từ chỉ vị trí phổ biến

QU

Above /əˈbʌv/ (prep.): phía trên, Across /əˈkrɒs/ (prep.): ở bên Between /bɪˈtwiːn/ (prep.): ở
bên trên kia giữa, nằm ngay chính giữa
M
KÈ

Behind /bɪˈhaɪnd/ (prep.) ở đằng Beside /bɪˈsaɪd/ (prep.) bên Under /ˈʌn.dɚ/ (prep.) ở bên
sau cạnh dưới
Y
DẠ

FRIENDS PLUS 6 8
 L
IA
Opposite /ˈɒp.ə.zɪt/ (prep.): đối In /ɪn/ (prep.) ở trong, nằm In front of /ɪn frʌnt əv/

IC
diện bên trong (prep.): ở phía trước

F
OF
Near /nɪər/ (prep.): gần, không Next to /nekst tə/ (prep.): On /ɒn/ (prep.): ở trên (có tiếp
cần chính xác khoảng cách và bên cạnh
cũng không hẳn ở bên
ƠN xúc bề mặt)
NH

cạnh
Y

2. Vị trí của giới từ

QU

Giới từ chỉ vị trí thường đứng sau động từ tobe và đứng trước danh từ.

¤ Cấu trúc
• The + danh từ + to be + giới từ + the + danh từ
M

Ví dụ:
- The Cookie is on the plate. (Cái bánh ở trên cái đĩa.)
KÈ

- The rabbit is across the street. (Chú thỏ ở bên kia đường.)
• There is/ There are + (a/an)+ danh từ + giới từ + the + danh từ
Ví dụ:
- There is a cup of coffee on the table. (Có một cốc cà phê ở trên bàn.)
Y

- There is a stool next to the fireplace. (Có một chiếc ghế đẩu bên cạnh lò sưởi.)
DẠ

BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG

FRIENDS PLUS 6 9
Bài 1: Nhìn hình vẽ và viết T (True) nếu câu đúng, F(False) nếu câu sai.

L
IA
IC
1. _____ The hospital is behind the pet shop.

F
2. _____ The toy store is between the music store and the restaurant.
3. _____ The supermarket is next to the restaurant.

OF
4. _____ The bookstore is in front of the supermarket.
5. _____ The bank is opposite the flower shop.
Bài 2: Chọn đáp án đúng nhất để hoàn thành các câu sau.
1. I sit ______ Sarah at school.
A. on B. next to
2. Our family stays ______ a stilt house.
A.in B. on
ƠN C. between

C. in front of
NH
3. There are four students at each table ___ me is my friend Justine.
A. in front of B. near to C. opposite
4. Tom sits _ Lucy and James.
A. between B. in front of C. near to
Y

5. We have posters __ the walls.

A. on B. above C. under
QU

6.___ the teacher's desk is a clock.

A. opposite B. above C. next to
7. There's a wastepaper basket __ her desk.
A. on B. under C. between
M

8. Joe and Alan sit ___ each other.

A. between B. beside C. next
KÈ

9. We had sandwiches ___ a pretty fountain.

A. by B. on C. in
10. You need to walk ___ this road quickly. There's lots of traffic.
Y

A. across B. by C. on
Bài 3: Nhìn bức tranh sau và điền giới từ vào các câu sau sao cho phù hợp
DẠ

FRIENDS PLUS 6 10
 L
IA
IC
1. There is an umbrella ______the floor______ the armchair.
2. There are three boxes ______ the cupboard.

F
3. The woman is ______the armchair and______ the man.

OF
4. There is a notebook______ the hat and the telephone.
5. There is a briefcases______ the table.
6. There is a cat_______ the chair ______ the table.
7. There is a newspaper________ the floor.
8. There is a desk ________ the room.
ƠN
9. There is a garbage can___________ the desk and the cupboard.
10. There are papers ________ the telephone.
NH
11. There are two people _______ the room.
12. There are two photos________ the telephone and the book.
13. The man is ______ the window.
14. The newspaper is________ the chair.
Y

15. There are three pencils _______ the desk.

Key
QU

Bài 1: Nhìn hình vẽ và viết T (True) nếu câu đúng, F(False) nếu câu sai.

1. __F___ The hospital is behind the pet shop.

2. ___T__ The toy store is between the music store and the restaurant.
3. __F___ The supermarket is next to the restaurant.
M

4. ___F__ The bookstore is in front of the supermarket.

5. __T___ The bank is opposite the flower shop.
KÈ

Bài 2: Chọn đáp án đúng nhất để hoàn thành các câu sau.
1. I sit ______ Sarah at school.
A. on B. next to C. between
Y

2. Our family stays ______ a stilt house.

A. in B. on C. in front of
DẠ

3. There are four students at each table ___ me is my friend Justine.

A. in front of B. near to C. opposite

FRIENDS PLUS 6 11
4. Tom sits _ Lucy and James.
A. between B. in front of C. near to
5. We have posters __ the walls.

L
A. on B. above C. under
6.___ the teacher's desk is a clock.

IA
A. opposite B. above C. next to
7. There's a wastepaper basket __ her desk.

IC
A. on B. under C. between
8. Joe and Alan sit ___ each other.
A. between B. beside C. next

F
9. We had sandwiches ___ a pretty fountain.

OF
A. by B. on C. in
10. You need to walk ___ this road quickly. There's lots of traffic.
A. across B. by C. on

ƠN
Bài 3: Nhìn bức tranh sau và điền giới từ vào các câu sau sao cho phù hợp
1. There is an umbrella ___ON___the floor__NEXT TO____ the armchair.
2. There are three boxes ___IN___ the cupboard.
3. The woman is __ON____the armchair and__NEXT TO____ the man.
NH
4. There is a notebook___BETWEEN___ the hat and the telephone.
5. There is a briefcases__UNDER____ the table.
6. There is a cat____ON___ the chair ___BEHIND___ the table.
7. There is a newspaper___ON_____ the floor.
Y

8. There is a desk ___IN_____ the room.

QU

9. There is a garbage can_____BETWEEN______ the desk and the cupboard.

10. There are papers ____UNDER____ the telephone.
11. There are two people ____IN___ the room.
12. There are two photos____BETWEEN____ the telephone and the book.
M

13. The man is ___OPPOSITE___ the window.

14. The newspaper is____NEXT TO____ the chair.
KÈ

15. There are three pencils ____ON___ the desk.

…………………………………………………………………………………………..
Y

UNIT 1 TOWNS AND CITIES

I. Places in a town or city
DẠ

(Các địa điểm trong thị trấn hoặc thành phố)

1. square (n): quảng trường
2. restaurant (n): nhà hàng

FRIENDS PLUS 6 12
3. school (n): trường học
4. office building (n.p): tòa nhà văn phòng
5. train station (n.p): trạm xe buýt
6. bridge (n): cây cầu

L
7. café (n): quán cà phê
8. theatre (n): nhà hát

IA
9. sports centre (n.p): trung tâm thể thao
10. library (n): thư viện
11. bus station (n.p): trạm xe buýt

IC
12. cinema (n): rạp chiếu phim
13. shop (n): cửa hàng
14. park (n): công viên

F
15. shopping centre (n.p): trung tâm mua sắm

OF
16. market (n): chợ
17. monument (n): tượng đài
18. hotel (n): khách sạn
19. flat (n): căn hộ
20. street (n): con đường
II. A description of a cruise ship
(Mô tả một con tàu hải trình)
1. fantastic (a): thú vị
ƠN
2. comfortable (a): thoải mái
NH
3. carbin (n): khoang tàu
4. passenger (n): hành khách
5. chef (n): đầu bếp
6. swimming pool (n.p): hồ bơi
7. climbing walls (n.p): những bức tường giả địa hình núi để leo
Y

III. Comparing places and things

(So sánh các địa điểm và sự vật)
QU

1. clean (adj): sạch

2. dirty (adj): bẩn
3. noisy (adj): ồn ào
4. quiet (adj): yên tĩnh
5. ugly (adj): xấu xí
M

6. pretty (adj): xinh đẹp

7. dangerous (adj): nguy hiểm
KÈ

8. safe (adj): an toàn

9. friendly (adj): thân thiện
10. unfriendly (adj): không thân thiện
11. modern (adj): hiện đại
Y

12. old (adj): cũ, già

IV. A description of a town or city
DẠ

(Mô tả một thị trấn hoặc thành phố)

1. building (n): toà nhà
2. zoo (n): sở thú
3. amusement park (n.p): công viên giải trí
FRIENDS PLUS 6 13
4. shopping mall (n): trung tâm mua sắm
5. factory (n): nhà máy
V. Geography: Reading a map
(Địa lý: Đọc bản đồ)

L
1. path (n): tuyến đường
2. hill (n): đồi

IA
3. railway (n): đường sắt
4. forest (n): rừng
5. river (n): sông

IC
6. road (n): con đường
Grammar :
. Is there/ Are there/ How many…?

F
1. Quy tắc:

OF
- Is there + a/ an + danh từ số ít, đếm được?: Có một…
- Are there + danh từ số nhiều?: Có…
- How many + danh từ số nhiều?: Có bao nhiêu…?
RULES (Quy luật)
1. We use any in questions.
(Chúng ta dùng “any” với câu hỏi.) ƠN
2. We use Yes, there is and No, there isn't with singular nouns.
(Chúng ta dùng “Yes, there is” và “No, there isn’t” với các danh từ số ít.)
NH
3. We use Yes, there are and No, there aren't with plural nouns.
(Chúng ta sử dụng “Yes, there are” và “No, there aren’t” với danh từ số nhiều.)
4. We use How many ... ? with plural nouns.
(Chúng ta sử dụng How many...? với danh từ số nhiều.)
2. Ví dụ:
Y

- Are there any trees in your town or city? – Yes, there are.
QU

(Ở thị trấn hay thành phố của bạn có cây không? – Có.)
- Is there a park or a sports centre? – No, there isn’t.)
(Có công viên hay trung tâm thể thao không? – Không có.)
- How many swimming pools are there? – There is a swimming pools./ There are two
swimming pools.)
(Có bao nhiêu hồ bơi? – Có 1 cái hồ bơi./ Có hai cái hồ bơi.)
M

- Are there any exciting places for young people? – Yes, there are.
(Có nơi nào thú vị cho thanh niên không? – Có.)
KÈ

- How many people live in your town or city? – There are about 200,000 people.
(Có bao nhiêu người ở thị trấn hay thành phố của bạn? – Có khoảng 200,000 người.)
II. Definite and zero articles
(Mạo từ xác định & không dùng mạo từ)
Y

RULES (Quy luật)

DẠ

FRIENDS PLUS 6 14
We use the to talk about one particular thing.
(Chúng ta dùng “the” để nói về một thứ cụ thể.)
We use zero article to talk about things in general.
(Chúng ta không sử dụng mạo từ để nói về các thứ nói chung.)

L
Ví dụ:

IA
- There are lots of things to do on the cruise ship.
(Có rất nhiều thứ để làm trên tàu du lịch.)
- I go running in the park near my house.

IC
(Tôi đi chạy trong công viên gần nhà.)
- I think Ø climbing is an exciting sport.
(Tôi nghĩ leo núi là một môn thể thao thú vị.)

F
- My dad likes cooking Ø Italian food.

OF
(Bố tôi thích nấu ăn món ăn Ý.)

Bài tập áp dụng

1. Điền vào chỗ trống với: a, an, some, any.
1. There isn’t ………………… orange juice in the fridge.
2. She’d like ………………… apple.
3. There are ………………… oranges and bananas.
4. Is there ………………… beef?
ƠN
5. There aren’t ………………… noodles.
NH
6. There is ………………… meat and ………………… rice for lunch.
7. Are there ………………… vegetables?
8. I have ………………… fruits for you.
9. He eats ………………… orange after his dinner.
10. Would you like ………………… milk, please?
Y

2.Give the comparative form of these following adj/ adv.

ADJ/ ADV COMPARATIVE FORM
QU

1. short
2. wonderful
3. delicious
M

4. powerful
5. tall
KÈ

6. narrow
7. smart
8. early
Y

9. beautifully
DẠ

10. well
3. Reorder the words.
1. some/ near/ There/ here/ towels/ are/ ./

FRIENDS PLUS 6 15
_________________________________
2. Paris/ city/ famous/ a/ is/ ./
_________________________________
3. The library/ opposite/ bank/ is/ the/ ./

L
_________________________________
4. near/ house/ I/ Vin-mart/ like/ my/

IA
_________________________________
5. there/ café/ Is/ house/ her/ near/ a/ ?
_________________________________

IC
4.Điền There is/ There are vào chỗ trống
1. _________ a vase on the table
2. _________ lots of books on the shelf

F
3. _________ 12 cushions on the sofa

OF
4. _________ a big wardrobe in my sister’s bed room.
5. _________ many children in the yard
6. _________ no cake left on the table.
7. _________ a laptop on the desk.
8. _________ a lot of noisy chidren in the classroom
ƠN
9. _________ a little milk on the table
10. _________ a few difficult problems on the quiz
11. _________ mice in the kitchen.
12. _________a lot of salt in the sauce
NH
13. _________ rubbish on the floor.
14. _________ some dictionaries in the classroom.
15. _________ a museum next to the park.
5.Khoanh vào câu trả lời đúng
1. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any pets in the school.
Y

2. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) tables for all the guests

3. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) furniture in this room.
QU

4. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) police officers on the street.

5. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) time for this.
6. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any cookies left.
7. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) a place for us to stay
8. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any jam left.
M

9. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) three telephones at the airport.

10. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) lots of computers in room 202.
KÈ

11. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) many people in the hall.

12. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any legs left.
13. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) eight children in the school.
14. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) a horse in the field.
Y

15. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any water in the swimming pool.
6.Mỗi câu dưới đây có một lỗi sai, tìm và sửa lỗi sai sau đó viết lại câu cho đúng
DẠ

1. There isn’t some water in the glass.

_____________________________________________
2. There are a three children talking with the teacher.
_________________________________
FRIENDS PLUS 6 16
 3. Are there some airconditioner in the attic?
________________________________________
4. Is there any windows in this classroom?
__________________________________________

L
5. There aren’t some pencils in the pencil case.
______________________________________

IA
6. There is some people in the backyard.
___________________________________________
7. There are any pictures on the wall.

IC
____________________________________________
8. Is there some boy in the living room?
___________________________________________

F
9. There are any magazines on the table.

OF
___________________________________________
10. There are a biscuit on the plate.
_______________________________________________
Bài 7: Điền some/any/an/ an vào chỗ trống
1. There are _______ people in the streeet.
ƠN
2. There is _______ cinema on the right.
3. There isn’t _______ dishwashers in the country house.
4. There aren’t _______ rivers running through the town centre.
5. There is _______ bar called Moe’s.
NH
6. There are _______ chests of drawers in our apartment.
7. Is there _______ chocolate in the kitchen?
8. There’s _______ airport next to the city.
9. Are there _______ tourists in this villa?
10. Is there _______ office near here?
Y
QU

Bài 8: Sắp xếp các từ sau để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh
1. trees/ many/park/ are/the/ there/?/in
_______________________________________________
2. next/house/bank/is/ the/ to/the/
_______________________________________________
M

3. a/is/my/garden / there / big / house / behind.

_______________________________________________
KÈ

4. many/ how /students / there / school / Lan's / in / are/?

_______________________________________________
5. front/a/house / there / of /yard / your /is/ in / small/ ?
_______________________________________________
Y

Bài 9: Điền There is/ There are/There isn't/ There aren't/ Is there/ Are there vào các câu
DẠ

sau sao cho đúng.

1. _______ many people standing outside the department store
2. _______ a big group of people looking at things in the museum.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 17
3. _______ a small cat playing with some toys.
4. (A) How many ceiling lights _________
(B) There are two ceiling lights.

L
5. (A) Are there two birds in the tree?
(B) Yes, __________

IA
6. ________ three people in the classroom: two students and one teacher.
7. (A) __________taxi waiting for us?

IC
(B) Yes, __________
8. (A) ___________any sinks in the bathroom?
(B) No, __________

F
9.___________ four chairs and one table in the dining room.

OF
10.(A). ___________anything I can do to help?
(B) Yes, __________
11. Why __________ so many cars parked near the library?
12. __________ great action movie playing at the theater. Do you want to see it?
ƠN
13. I don't see any buses. Why ___________ any buses?
14. (A) a good reason why he is late?
(B) Yes, ___________
NH
15.___________any English exams that we have to study for next week.
16. Please wait here for a moment. ___________ something I have to get in my car.
Bài 10: Nhìn vào bảng và hoàn thành đoạn văn sau bằng cách điện There is/ There isn't/
There are/There aren't any.
Y

In New York City (1) ____ninety-seven

QU

skyscrapers and (2)_______a new one called One

World Trade Centre. (3)_________ a beach but (4)
________sixteen bridges.
(5)________ casinos but(6) _________a
famous statue. (7)_________ zoo in Central Park.
M

(8)________an old castle and (9) _______trolleys.

KÈ
Y

Bài 11: Đọc đoạn văn sau và dựa theo nội dung trong đoạn văn quyết định xem câu nào
DẠ

đúng, câu nào sai. Nếu đúng thì viết là T (True); nếu sai thì viết là F (False) .
Hello. My name is Lan. I'm fourteen years old and I'm in grade 8. I live with my parents
and my brother in the city center. My house is on Le Loi street. Near my house, there is a lake.
Next to the lake, there is a small park. There is a hotel opposite my house. To the left of the hotel,
FRIENDS PLUS 6 18
there is a post office and there is a drugstore to the right of it. On our street, there is also a bakery,
a restaurant, a cinema and a toystore. The restaurant is between the bakery and the toystore.
1. There are four people in her family. _____
2. The lake is near the park. _____

L
3. There is a big park near the lake _____

IA
4. The hotel is between the post office and the drugstore. _____
5. The bakery is on her street. _____

IC
6. There isn't a cinema on her street. _____
7. The bakery is between the restaurant and the toystore. _____

F
Bài 12: Hãy viết 2 câu cho mỗi bức tranh dưới đây, mỗi câu sử dụng 1 giới từ chỉ vị trí. Câu

OF
thứ 2 bắt đầu bằng cấu trúc There is/ There are...
Ví dụ:
(Books/TV)
- The books are under the TV

ƠN
- There are books under the TV
NH

1. (apple/ bananas)
________________________________
________________________________
Y

2. (palm tree/ pine tree)

________________________________
QU

________________________________
3. (painting/ bed)
________________________________
________________________________
M

4. (fruit/ bowl)
________________________________
KÈ

________________________________
5. (stove/fridge)
________________________________
________________________________
Y

6. (shoes/ couch)
DẠ

________________________________
________________________________

FRIENDS PLUS 6 19
Key
1. Điền vào chỗ trống với: a, an, some, any.

L
1. There isn’t ………any………… orange juice in the fridge.
2. She’d like ………an………… apple.

IA
3. There are ………some………… oranges and bananas.
4. Is there …………any……… beef?
5. There aren’t ……………any…… noodles.

IC
6. There is ………some………… meat and ……some…………… rice for lunch.
7. Are there ………any………… vegetables?
8. I have ………some………… fruits for you.

F
9. He eats ………an………… orange after his dinner.

OF
10. Would you like ………some………… milk, please?
2. Give the comparative form of these following adj/ adv.
ADJ/ ADV COMPARATIVE FORM
1. short Shorter
2. wonderful
3. delicious
ƠN more wonderful
more delicious
4. powerful more powerful
NH
5. tall taller
6. narrow narrower
7. smart smarter
Y

8. early earlier
9. beautifully more beautifully
QU

10. well better

3. Reorder the words.
1 - There are some towels near here.
2 - Paris is a famous city.
M

3 - The library is opposite the bank.

4 - I like Vin-mart near my house.
KÈ

5 - Is there a café near her house?

4/ Điền There is/ There are vào chỗ trống

1. _____ There is ____ a vase on the table
2. ____ There are _____ lots of books on the shelf
Y

3. ____ There are _____ 12 cushions on the sofa

DẠ

4. ____ There is _____ a big wardrobe in my sister’s bed room.

5. ___ There are ______ many children in the yard
6. ____ There is _____ no cake left on the table.
7. ____ There is _____ a laptop on the desk.
FRIENDS PLUS 6 20
 8. ____ There is _____ a lot of noisy chidren in the classroom
9. ____ There is _____ a little milk on the table
10. ____ There are _____ a few difficult problems on the quiz
11. ____ There are _____ mice in the kitchen.

L
12. ____ There is _____a lot of salt in the sauce.
13. ____ There is _____ rubbish on the floor.

IA
14. ___ There are ______ some dictionaries in the classroom.
15. ____ There is _____ a museum next to the park.
5/ Khoanh vào câu trả lời đúng

IC
1. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any pets in the school.
2. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) tables for all the guests
3. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) furniture in this room.

F
4. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) police officers on the street.

OF
5. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) time for this.
6. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any cookies left.
7. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) a place for us to stay
8. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any jam left.
9. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) three telephones at the airport.
ƠN
10. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) lots of computers in room 202.
11. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) many people in the hall.
12. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any legs left.
13. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) eight children in the school.
NH
14. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) a horse in the field.
15. (There isn’t/ There aren’t) any water in the swimming pool.
6/ Mỗi câu dưới đây có một lỗi sai, tìm và sửa lỗi sai sau đó viết lại câu cho
đúng
1. There isn’t some water in the glass.
Y

_________________ANY__________________
2. There are a three children talking with the teacher.
QU

____________X________________
3. Are there some airconditioner in the attic? _________IS
THERE____________________
4. Is there any windows in this classroom?
________________ARE______________
M

5. There aren’t some pencils in the pencil case. ____________ANY___________

6. There is some people in the backyard. __________ARE_____________
KÈ

7. There are any pictures on the wall. _______SOME_________

8. Is there some boy in the living room? ___________A_______
9. There are/ any magazines on the table. _____AREN’T/SOME______
10. There are a biscuit on the plate. _________IS________
Y

7/ Điền some/any/an/ an vào chỗ trống

1. There are _____SOME__ people in the streeet.
DẠ

2. There is _____A__ cinema on the right.

3. There isn’t _____A__ dishwashers in the country house.
4. There aren’t __ANY_____ rivers running through the town centre.
5. There is ____A___ bar called Moe’s.
FRIENDS PLUS 6 21
 6. There are ____SOME___ chests of drawers in our apartment.
7. Is there ____ANY___ chocolate in the kitchen?
8. There’s ____AN___ airport next to the city.
9. Are there _____ANY__ tourists in this villa?

L
10. Is there ____AN___ office near here?
Bài 8: Sắp xếp các từ sau để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh

IA
1. trees/ many/park/ are/the/ there/?/in
Are there many trees in the park?

IC
2. next/house/bank/is/ the/ to/the/
The house is next to the bank.

F
3. a/is/my/garden / there / big / house / behind.
There is a big garden behind my house.

OF
4. many/ how /students / there / school / Lan's / in / are/?
How many students are there in Lan’s school?
5. front/a/house / there / of /yard / your /is/ in / small/ ?

ƠN
Is there a small yard in front of your house?

Bài 9: Điền There is/ There are/There isn't/ There aren't/ Is there/ Are there vào các câu
sau sao cho đúng.
NH

1. Thereare many people standing outside the department store

2. Thereis a big group of people looking at things in the museum.
3. Thereis a small cat playing with some toys.
Y

4. (A) How many ceiling lights arethere?

(B) Thereare two ceiling lights.
QU

5. (A) Arethere two birds in the tree?

(B) Yes, thereare
6. Thereare three people in the classroom: two students and one teacher.
7. (A) Istheretaxi waiting for us?
M

(B) Yes, thereis

8. (A)Arethereany sinks in the bathroom?
KÈ

(B) No, therearen’t

9.Thereare four chairs and one table in the dining room.
10. (A)Isthereanything I can do to help?
Y

(B) Yes, there is

11. Why arethere so many cars parked near the library?
DẠ

12. Thereis great action movie playing at the theater. Do you want to see it?
13. I don't see any buses. Why arethere any buses?

FRIENDS PLUS 6 22
14.(A) Istherea good reason why he is late?
(B) Yes, thereis
15.Therearen’tany English exams that we have to study for next week.

L
16. Please wait here for a moment. Thereis something I have to get in my car.
Bài 10: Nhìn vào bảng và hoàn thành đoạn văn sau bằng cách điện There is/ There isn't/

IA
There are/There aren't any.

In New York City (1) there are ninety-seven

IC
skyscrapers and (2)there is a new one called One
World Trade Centre. (3)There isn’t a beach but (4)
There are sixteen bridges.

F
(5)There aren’t anycasinos but(6)There isa

OF
famous statue.(7)There is zoo in Central Park.
(8)There isn’t an old castle and (9) there aren’t
anytrolleys.

ƠN
Bài 11: Đọc đoạn văn sau và dựa theo nội dung trong đoạn văn quyết định xem câu nào
NH
đúng, câu nào sai. Nếu đúng thì viết là T (True); nếu sai thì viết là F (False) .
Hello. My name is Lan. I'm fourteen years old and I'm in grade 8. I live with my parents
and my brother in the city center. My house is on Le Loi street. Near my house, there is a lake.
Next to the lake, there is a small park. There is a hotel opposite my house. To the left of the hotel,
there is a post office and there is a drugstore to the right of it. On our street, there is also a bakery,
Y

a restaurant, a cinema and a toystore. The restaurant is between the bakery and the toystore.
QU

1. There are four people in her family. __T___

2. The lake is near the park. __T___
3. There is a big park near the lake __F___
4. The hotel is between the post office and the drugstore. __T___
M

5. The bakery is on her street. __T___

6. There isn't a cinema on her street. __F___
KÈ

7. The bakery is between the restaurant and the toystore. __F___

Bài 12: Hãy viết 2 câu cho mỗi bức tranh dưới đây, mỗi câu sử dụng 1 giới từ chỉ vị trí. Câu
thứ 2 bắt đầu bằng cấu trúc There is/ There are...
Y

Ví dụ:
DẠ

(Books/TV)
- The books are under the TV
- There are books under the TV

FRIENDS PLUS 6 23
 L
1. (apple/ bananas)
The apple is between the bananas

IA
There is an apple between the bananas
2. (palm tree/ pine tree)

IC
The palm tree is next to/ beside/ near the pine tree
There is a palm tree next to/ beside/ near the pine tree
3. (painting/ bed)

F
The painting is above the bed.

OF
There is a painting above the bed.
4. (fruit/ bowl)
The fruit is in the bowl.
There is fruit in the bowl.

ƠN
5. (stove/fridge)
The stove is opposite the fridge
There is a stove opposite the fridge
NH
6. (shoes/ coach)
The shoes are in front of the coach
There are shoes in front of the coach.
Y
QU

Phần Trắc Nghiệm

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence blow.
1. ______ there any tree in your new house?
A. Is B. Are C. Does D. Do
2. ________ windows are there in your bedroom?
A. How much B. How many C. How old D. How
M

3. There _______ any milk in the fridge now.

A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t
4. ______ nothing to do when it rains.
KÈ

A. There are B. Are there C. There is D. Is there

5. ________ much water in the swimming pool today.
A. There is B. There are C. There D. Here
6. Behind the building, there _______ a park, a bank and a museum.
A. is B. are C. does D. do
Y

7. There ________ any public buses in the countryside.

A. is B. are C. aren’t D. isn’t
DẠ

8. There isn’t _______ sugar, so I will go and buy some.

A. much B. many C. a D. the
9. _________ anyone in the class now?
A. Is there B. Are there C. There is D. There are

FRIENDS PLUS 6 24
10. _______ some water for you to drink.
A. There are B. There is C. There isn’t D. There aren’t
Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentence below.
11. There aren’t any bool on the shelf at the moment.
A. aren’t any B. any C. on D. at the moment

L
12. The table is among the fridge and the TV set.
A. table B. among C. fridge D. TV set

IA
13. Front of the house, there is a large garden.
A. Front B. house C. there is D. garden
14. There are three bookshelf in my sister’s room and my room.

IC
A. There are B. bookshelf C. sister’s D. my room
15. Look! There is a small bird under of the tree.
A. Look B. There is C. a D. of
Read the passage and decide whether the sentences are True (T) of False (F).

F
I live in a big house with my family. My house has many beautiful room. But my favourite room

OF
is my bedroom. My bedroom is on the second floor of my house. My bedroom is big, modern, clean and
comfortable. I have a wooden bed in the center of my room. There is a red sofa in front of the bed. I often
sit on it and relax after a long day. I have a big window and the view is very wonderful. A small table is
next to the bed. I like my bedroom because it is the only place I can sit alone to read books or watch
movies. Sometimes I watch TV for Vietnam’s got talents show. I love my room very much.

16. The author lives with his family in a flat. ƠN

17. The bedroom is on the ground floor of the house.
T F
NH
18. In the middle of the house, there is wooden bed.
19. The author often sits on the sofa to relax.
20. He likes to be alone to sleep.
Y

Reading the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of the
QU

questions below.
My dream house is a small one not far from the sea. On the ground-floor, it has four rooms. The
first room is my living-room, with a white sofa, a black armchair and a coffee table. There is a lamp, a
French window with view of the garden, a television set and a phone. There is a modern kitchen, with a
fridge, and a door to the garden. There is in bathroom with a shower and a toilet. And there is a study-
room with a desk and my computer. On the first floor, there is only my bedroom. It has a wardrobe, a bed
M

and a television set. There is a balcony with a view of the sea. The walls of my house are white because
they make the house pure. My house is really beautiful.
KÈ

21. What is the topic of the passage?

A. My favorite room of the house B. My dream house
C. My favorite place D. My favorite bedroom
22. How many rooms are there in the house?
A. 5 B. 4 C. 6 D. 3
Y

23. There is a computer in the ________.

A. living room B. bedroom C. study room D. hall
DẠ

24. The balcony is on the _______ floor.

A. ground B. first C. second D. third
25. The word “pure” in the last line is best replaced by _________.
A. clean B. messy C. active D. attractive

FRIENDS PLUS 6 25
Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root sentence.
26. Hoa doesn’t have a bookshelf in her room.
A. There is a bookshelf in Hoa’s room.
B. There are a bookshelf in Hoa’s room.
C. There isn’t any bookshelf in Hoa’s room.

L
D. There aren’t any bookshelf in Hoa’s room.
27. Many English books are on the table.

IA
A. There are many books on the table.
B. There are a lot of English books on the table.
C. The English books on the table are students’.

IC
D. Students like to read books on the table.
28. My favorite room in the house is the kitchen.
A. I like eating, so I like kitchen.
B. When I come into the kitchen, I like it.

F
C. I like the kitchen in the house.

OF
D. Kitchen is the place for us to ear every day.
29. The garden is in front of the building.
A. The building is between the garden and the house.
B. The building is next to the garden.
C. The building is behind the garden.
C. The building is under the garden.

A. There are four people in my family.

B. There is four people in my family.
ƠN
30. My family has four members: my father, my mother, my brother and I.

C. My family is happy because we have four members.

D. I love my father, my mother and my brother so much.
NH
_____The end_____
Key
Phần Trắc Nghiệm
Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence blow.
1. ______ there any tree in your new house?
Y

A. Is B. Are C. Does D. Do
2. ________ windows are there in your bedroom?
QU

A. How much B. How many C. How old D. How

3. There _______ any milk in the fridge now.
A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t
4. ______ nothing to do when it rains.
A. There are B. Are there C. There is D. Is there
5. ________ much water in the swimming pool today.
M

A. There is B. There are C. There D. Here

6. Behind the building, there _______ a park, a bank and a museum.
A. is B. are C. does D. do
KÈ

7. There ________ any public buses in the countryside.

A. is B. are C. aren’t D. isn’t
8. There isn’t _______ sugar, so I will go and buy some.
A. much B. many C. a D. the
9. _________ anyone in the class now?
Y

A. Is there B. Are there C. There is D. There are

10. _______ some water for you to drink.
DẠ

A. There are B. There is C. There isn’t D. There aren’t

Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentence below.
11. There aren’t any bool on the shelf at the moment.
A. aren’t any B. any C. on D. at the moment isn’t

FRIENDS PLUS 6 26
12. The table is among the fridge and the TV set.
A. table B. among C. fridge D. TV set between
13. Front of the house, there is a large garden.
A. Front B. house C. there is D. garden In front of
14. There are three bookshelf in my sister’s room and my room.

L
A. There are B. bookshelf C. sister’s D. my room bookshelves
15. Look! There is a small bird under of the tree.

IA
A. Look B. There is C. a D. of Ø
Read the passage and decide whether the sentences are True (T) of False (F).
I live in a big house with my family. My house has many beautiful room. But my favourite room

IC
is my bedroom. My bedroom is on the second floor of my house. My bedroom is big, modern, clean and
comfortable. I have a wooden bed in the center of my room. There is a red sofa in front of the bed. I often
sit on it and relax after a long day. I have a big window and the view is very wonderful. A small table is
next to the bed. I like my bedroom because it is the only place I can sit alone to read books or watch

F
movies. Sometimes I watch TV for Vietnam’s got talents show. I love my room very much.

OF
T F
16. The author lives with his family in a flat. F
17. The bedroom is on the ground floor of the house. F

19. The author often sits on the sofa to relax.

20. He likes to be alone to sleep.
ƠN
18. In the middle of the house, there is wooden bed.
T
F

F
NH

Reading the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of the
questions below.
My dream house is a small one not far from the sea. On the ground-floor, it has four rooms. The
first room is my living-room, with a white sofa, a black armchair and a coffee table. There is a lamp, a
Y

French window with view of the garden, a television set and a phone. There is a modern kitchen, with a
fridge, and a door to the garden. There is in bathroom with a shower and a toilet. And there is a study-
QU

room with a desk and my computer. On the first floor, there is only my bedroom. It has a wardrobe, a bed
and a television set. There is a balcony with a view of the sea. The walls of my house are white because
they make the house pure. My house is really beautiful.

21. What is the topic of the passage?

A. My favorite room of the house B. My dream house
M

C. My favorite place D. My favorite bedroom

22. How many rooms are there in the house?
A. 5 B. 4 C. 6 D. 3
KÈ

33. There is a computer in the ________.

A. living room B. bedroom C. study room D. hall
24. The balcony is on the _______ floor.
A. ground B. first C. second D. third
25. The word “pure” in the last line is best replaced by _________.
Y

A. clean B. messy C. active D. attractive

V. WRITING
DẠ

Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root sentence.
26. Hoa doesn’t have a bookshelf in her room.
A. There is a bookshelf in Hoa’s room.
B. There are a bookshelf in Hoa’s room.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 27
C. There isn’t any bookshelf in Hoa’s room.
D. There aren’t any bookshelf in Hoa’s room.
27. Many English books are on the table.
A. There are many books on the table.
B. There are a lot of English books on the table.

L
C. The English books on the table are students’.
D. Students like to read books on the table.

IA
28. My favorite room in the house is the kitchen.
A. I like eating, so I like kitchen.
B. When I come into the kitchen, I like it.

IC
C. I like the kitchen in the house.
D. Kitchen is the place for us to ear every day.
29. The garden is in front of the building.
A. The building is between the garden and the house.

F
B. The building is next to the garden.

OF
C. The building is behind the garden.
C. The building is under the garden.
30. My family has four members: my father, my mother, my brother and I.
A. There are four people in my family.
B. There is four people in my family.
C. My family is happy because we have four members.

ƠN
D. I love my father, my mother and my brother so much.
_____The end_____
SO SÁNH HƠN CỦA TÍNH TỪ (COMPARATIVE ADJECTIVES)
Ta sử dụng so sánh hơn của tính từ để so sánh giữa người (hoặc vật) này với người (hoặc
NH
vật) khác. Trong câu so sánh hơn, tính từ sẽ được chia làm hai loại là tính từ dài và tính từ ngắn,
trong đó:
- tính từ ngắn là những tính từ có 1 âm tiết. Ví dụ: tall, high, big…
- tính từ dài là những tính từ có 2 âm tiết trở lên. Ví dụ: expensive, intelligent…
1. Cấu trúc câu so sánh hơn
Y
QU

Đối với tính từ ngắn Đối với tính từ dài

S+ to be+ adj+ er+ than+ S2 S+ to be+ more+ adj+ than + S2
Với tính từ ngắn, thêm đuôi “er” vào sau tính Với tính từ dài, thêm “more” vào trước tính từ.
từ.
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
M

- China is bigger than India. - Gold is more valuable than silver.

(Trung Quốc rộng hơn Ấn Độ.) (Vàng có giá trị hơn bạc.)
KÈ

- Lan is shorter than Nam. - Hanh is more beautiful than Hoa.

(Lan thì thấp hơn Nam.) (Hạnh thì xinh hơn Hoa.)
- My house is bigger than your house. - Your book is more expensive than his book.
(Nhà của tôi to hơn nhà của bạn.) (Quyển sách của bạn đắt hơn của anh ấy.)
Y

- His pen is newer than my pen. - Exercise 1 is more beautiful than exercise 2.
(Bút của anh ấy mới hơn bút của tôi) (Bài tập số 1 khó hơn bài tập số 2)
DẠ

Lưu ý:
Để nhấn mạnh ý trong câu so sánh hơn, ta thêm “much” hoặc “far” trước hình thức so sánh.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 28
Ví dụ:
Her boyfriend is much/ far older than her.
(Bạn trai của cô ấy lớn tuổi hơn cô ấy rất nhiều.)
II. Cách sử dụng tính từ trong câu so sánh hơn.

L
1. Cách thêm đuôi -er vào tính từ ngắn

IA
Tính từ kết thúc bởi 1 phụ âm=> thêm đuôi er old- older near- nearer
Tính từ kết thúc bởi nguyên âm e => chỉ cần thêm đuôi nice- nicer
“r”

IC
Tính từ kết thúc bởi 1 nguyên âm (u, e, o, a, i) + 1 phụ big- bigger hot- hotter
âm => gấp đôi phụ âm cuối và thêm đuôi –er fat- fatter fit- fitter
Tính từ kết thúc bởi “y”, dù có 2 âm tiết vẫn là tính từ happy- happier

F
ngắn => bỏ “y” thêm đuôi - “ier” pretty- prettier

OF
Note:
Một số tính từ có hai âm tiết kết thúc bằng “et, ow, le, er, y” thì áp dụng quy tắc thêm đuôi như
tính từ ngắn.
Ví dụ: quiet -> quieter clever -> cleverer
simple -> simpler
2. Một vài tính từ đặc biệt ƠN
narrow -> narrower

Với một số tính từ sau, dạng so sánh hơn của chúng không theo quy tắc trên.
Tính từ Dạng so sánh hơn
NH
Good (tốt) better
Bad (tệ) worse
Far (xa) Farther/ further
Much/ many (nhiều) More
Little (ít) less
Y

Old (già) Older/ elder

QU

3. Phân biệt “older” và “elder”

“older” và “elder” đều dùng được như 2 tính từ so sánh hơn, khi muốn so sánh tuổi tác của hai
đối tượng. Tuy nhiên, “elder” được dùng khi muốn so sánh tuổi của các thành viên trong gia
đình. “Elder” không được dùng trong mẫu “elder than”.
Trong mẫu câu so sánh hơn với “than”, My brother is older than me.=> đúng
M

luôn dùng “older” My brother is elder than me. => sai

KÈ

Khi so sánh 2 vật, luôn dùng “older”.
Khi so sánh 2 người, cần cân nhắc xem
hai người có cùng gia đình không.
Y
This house is older than all the others
in the street.
Nếu cùng gia đình:
My elder brother doesn’t live with my

parents.
Nếu không cùng gia đình:
DẠ

The older girl is taking care of the

younger.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

FRIENDS PLUS 6 29
Bài 1: Cho dạng so sánh hơn của các tính từ trong bảng sau:
Tính từ So sánh hơn Tính từ So sánh hơn
Cheap (rẻ) Old (già)
Cold (lạnh) Near (gần)

L
Thin (gầy) Bad (tệ)

IA
Good (tốt) Fat (béo)
Fast (nhanh) Ugly (xấu xí)
Big (to) Clever (thông minh)

IC
High (cao) Close (gần)
Long (dài) Safe (an toàn)
Pretty (xinh xắn) Far (xa)

F
Heavy (nặng) Large (rộng)

OF
Narrow (hẹp, nhỏ) Noisy (ồn ào)
Đáp án:

Tính từ So sánh hơn Tính từ So sánh hơn

Cheap ( rẻ)
Cold ( lạnh)
Thin ( gầy )
Good ( tốt)
Cheaper
Colder
Thinner
Better
ƠN
Old ( già)
Near ( gần )
Bad ( xấu)
Fat ( béo)
Older/ elder
Nearer
Worse
Fatter
Fast ( nhanh) Faster Ugly ( xấu) Uglier
NH
Big ( to) Bigger Clever ( thông cleverer
minh)
High ( cao) Higher Close ( gần ) Closer
Long ( dài) Longer Safe ( an toàn) Safer
Pretty ( xinh xắn) Prettier Far ( xa) Farther/ further
Y

Heavy ( nặng) Heavier Large ( rộng) Larger

Narrow ( hẹp ) Narrower Noisy ( ồn ào) noisier
QU

Bài 2: Hoàn thành câu sau với dạng so sánh hơn của tính từ dài
1. The princess is ___________ than the witch. (beautiful)
2. The red shirt is better but it’s ___________ than the white one.(expensive)
3. Being a firefighter is ___________ than being a builder. (dangerous)
4. This armchair is ___________ than the old one. (comfortable)
M

5. The new fridge is ___________ than the old one. (convenient)

6. Health is ___________ than money. (important)
KÈ

7. This film is ___________ than that film. (exciting)

8. She is ___________ than My Tam singer. (popular)
9. Carol is ___________ than Mary. (beautiful)
10. French is ___________ than Chinese. (difficult)
Y

11. The red car is ___________ than the blue one. (inconvenient)
DẠ

12. The palace in my country is ___________ than this one. (modern)

13. This pagoda is ___________ than that one. (historic)
14. This movie is ___________than that one. (terrible)
15. The city centre is ___________ than the suburb. (polluted)
FRIENDS PLUS 6 30
16. China is ___________ than Vietnam. (crowded)
17. This novel is ___________ than that one. (boring)
Đáp án:
1. more beautiful 12. more modern

L
2. more expensive 13. more historic
3. more dangerous 14, more terrible

IA
4. more comfortable 15. more poluted
5. more convenient 16. more crowded
6. more important 17. more boring

IC
7. more exciting
8. more popular
9. more beautiful

F
10. more difficult
11. more convenient

OF
Bài 3: Sắp xếp các từ sau thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1.bigger/ one/ Nam’s/ than/ new/ old/ is/ his/ school
_______________________________________________________
2. taller/ Huy/ brother/ is/ than/ his

ƠN
_______________________________________________________
3. one/ This/ more/ than/ that/ chair/ is/ comfortable
_______________________________________________________
4. city/ in/ the/ Living/ is/ more/ than/ countryside/ living/ in/ the/ peaceful/
NH
_______________________________________________________
5. is/ intelligent/ his/ friend/ He/ more/ than
_______________________________________________________
6. city/ country/ quieter/ the/ The/ is/ than
_______________________________________________________
Y

7. art gallery/ she/,/ her family’s/ Incredibly/ dislikes

QU

_______________________________________________________
8. and/ located/ statue/ a temple/ a/ railway station./ The/ is/ between
_______________________________________________________
9. the/ is/ a/ near. /There/ cathedral/ square
______________________________________________________
M

10. backyard/ workshop/ in/ My father’s/ is/ the

_______________________________________________________
KÈ

Đáp án:
1. Nam’s new school is bigger than his old one.
Trường học mới của Nam to hơn cái cũ.
2. Huy is taller than his brother
Huy cao hơn anh cậu ấy
Y

3. This chair is more comfortable than that one.

Chiếc ghế này thoải mái hơn chiếc ghế kia.
DẠ

4. Living in the countryside is more peaceful than living in the city.

Sống ở miền quê yên bình hơn sống ở thành phố.
5. He is more intelligent than his friend.
Anh ấy thông minh hơn bạn của anh ấy.
FRIENDS PLUS 6 31
6. The country is quieter than the city.
Nông thôn yên tĩnh hơn thành thị.
7. Incredibly, she dislikes her family’s art gallery.
Thật đáng kinh ngạc, cô ấy không thích triển lãm tranh của gia đìnhcô ấy.

L
8. The statue is located between a temple and a railway station.
Bức tượng được đặt giữa một cái đền và ga tàu hỏa.

IA
9. There is a cathedral near the square.
Có 1 nhà thờ lớn gần quảng trường.
10. My father’s workshop is in the backyard.

IC
Xưởng làm việc của bố tôi ở sân sau.
Bài 4: Viết câu so sánh hơn, dùng các từ gợi ý.
1. Nam/ tall/ Thang ______________________________________

F
2. My house/ big/ his house. ______________________________________
3. Mai/ young/ her sister. ______________________________________

OF
4. Mr. Ha/ fat/ Mr. Tuan ______________________________________
5. My brother/ strong/ me. ______________________________________
6. I / short/ Hoa. ______________________________________
7. Phuong’s room/ large/ Lan’s room. _____________________________________

ƠN
8. Ms. Linh / beautiful/ Ms. Huyen. ______________________________________
9. This exercise/ difficult/ that exercise. ______________________________________
10. My toys/ nice/ your toys.
______________________________________
NH
Đáp án:
1. Nam is taller than Thang.
Nam cao hơn Thắng.
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc so sánh hơn “S+ to be+ adj+ er+ than + S2” với tính từ ngắn.
2. My house is bigger than his house.
Y

Nhà của tôi to hơn nhà của anh ấy.

3. Mai is younger than his sister.
QU

Mai trẻ hơn chị của cô ấy.

4. Mr. Ha is fatter than Mr. Tuan.
Ông Hà béo hơn ông Tuấn.
5. My brother is stronger than me.
Anh tôi khỏe hơn tôi.
M

6. I am shorter than Hoa.

Tôi thấp hơn Hoa.
7. Phuong’s room is larger than Lan’s room.
KÈ

Phòng của Phương rộng hơn phòng của Lan.

8. Ms. Linh is more beautiful than Ms. Huyen.
Cô Linh đẹp hơn cô Huyền.
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc so sánh hơn “S+ to be + more+ adj+ than + S2” với tính từ dài.
9. This exercise is more difficult than that exercise.
Y

Bài tập này khó hơn bài tập kia.

DẠ

10. My toys are nicer than your toys.

Đồ chơi của tôi đẹp hơn đồ chơi của bạn.
Bài 5: Viết lại bắt đầu bằng từ đã cho sao cho câu không thay đổi.
1. This exercise is easier than that one.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 32
=> That exercise is ______________________________________
2. The black car is cheaper than the red car.
=> The red car ______________________________________
3. This film is more interesting than that one.

L
=> That film is ______________________________________

IA
4. This river is longer than that one.
=> That river is ______________________________________
5. Miss Lan is older than Miss Nga.

IC
=> Miss Nga is______________________________________
6. My kitchen is smaller than yours.
=> Your kitchen ______________________________________

F
7. Her old house is bigger than her new one.

OF
=> Her new house ______________________________________
8. The black dress is more expensive than the white one.
=> The white dress ______________________________________
9. According to me, English is easier than Maths.
=> According to me, Maths ______________________________________

ƠN
10. This computer works better than that one.
=> That computer ______________________________________
Đáp án:
1. That exercise is more difficult than this one.
NH
Bài tập kia khó hơn bài tập này.
Giải thích: ở câu thứ 2 có sự thay đổi vị trí của 2 đối tượng được so sánh. Vì vậy, dùng cấu trúc
so sánh hơn “S+ to be + more +adj+ than + S2” với tính từ dài “difficult” (t)ái nghĩa với tính từ
“easy” ở câu thứ nhất) để nghĩa câu không thay đổi.
2. The red car is more expensive than the black car.
Y

Chiếc xe đỏ đắt hơn chiếc xe đen.

3. That film is more boring than this one.
QU

Bộ phim đó tẻ nhạt hơn bộ phim này.

4. That river is shorter than this one.
Con sông đó ngắn hơn con sông này.
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc so sánh hơn “S+ to be+ adj+ er+ than + S2” với tính từ ngắn.
5. Miss Nga is younger than Miss Lan.
M

Cô Nga trẻ hơn cô Lan.

6. Your kitchen is bigger than mine.
Phòng bếp của bạn to hơn của tôi.
KÈ

Lưu ý: Ở câu thứ nhất dùng đại từ sở hữu “your” để thay thế cho “your kitchen”. Vì vậy, ở câu
thứ 2 dùng đại từ sở hữu “mine” để thay thế cho “my kitchen”
7. Her new house is smaller than her old one.
Ngôi nhà mới của cô ấy nhỏ hơn ngôi nhà cũ.
8. The white dress is cheaper than the black one.
Y

Chiếc váy trắng rẻ hơn chiếc váy đen.

DẠ

9. According to me, Maths is more difficult than English.

Theo tôi, Toán khó hơn Tiếng Anh.
10. That computer works worse than this one.
Chiếc máy tính đó hoạt động tệ hơn chiếc này.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 33
Lưu ý: “bad” là tính từ đặc biệt nên khi chuyển về dạng so sánh hơn thì không thêm “er” mà
chuyển thành “ worse”.
Bài 6: Viết dạng so sánh hơn của những từ trong ngoặc.
1. There is nothing (exciting) ________ than going on a trip.

L
2. Your tee- shirt looks (fantastic) _________ with this skirt!
3. Which do you like (good) _________ , fish or meat?

IA
4. Your car is (fast) _________ than mine!
5. Gold is (valuable) _________ than silver.

IC
6. New York is (large) _________ than Seattle.
7. I think geography is much (easy) _________ than science.
8. No need to go any (far) _________!

F
9. Which is (big) _________ , a tiger or a lion?
10. Mike is (tall) _________ than John, my ex-boyfriend.

OF
11. I’d like to have (long) _________ hair. It’s too short now.
12. Climbing mountains is (dangerous) _________ than hiking.
13. He was (lucky) _________ in his (late) _________ life than in his youth.
14. We need to buy a (big) _________ table but it has to be (cheap) _________ than the one we
saw yesterday.
ƠN
15. I think Madonna is (famous) _________than Janet Jackson.
16. It’s (far) _________ to the bank than I thought.
17. I’ll talk to my mother. Her advice will be (useful) _________ than yours.
NH
18. I’m much (good) _________ at tennis than my (old) _________ sister.
19. Life is (complicated) _________ than you believed it to be.
20. I’m a bit (thin) _________ than my brother but he’s (tall) _________.
Đáp án:
1. more exciting
Y

2. more fantastic
3. better
QU

4. faster
5. more valuable
6. larger
7. easier
8. further
M

9. bigger
10. taller
KÈ

11. longer
12. more dangerous
13. luckier- later
14. bigger- cheaper
15. more famous
Y

16. further
17. more useful
DẠ

18. better- elder

Giải thích: “my elder sister” (chị gái tôi) là thành viên trong gia đình nên không dùng “older”.
19. more complicated
20. thinner- taller
FRIENDS PLUS 6 34
Bài 7: Chỉ ra và sửa lỗi sai trong mỗi câu sau:
1. Cats are popularer than snakes as pets.
______________________________________
2. My mom is more strict than your mum.

L
______________________________________

IA
3. Pigs are more intelligent as other animals.
______________________________________
4. Your mobile phone is more trendy than mine.

IC
______________________________________
5. Turtles are slow than crocodiles.
______________________________________

F
6. Disneyland is interestinger than any other amusement park.

OF
______________________________________
7. Elephants are heavyer than pigs.
______________________________________
8. Jack is now more happy than he used to be.
______________________________________
9. Bears are more rare than snakes.
______________________________________
ƠN
10. The tourist company was farer down the street than I had thought.
______________________________________
NH
Đáp án:
1. Lỗi sai: popularer
Sửa: Cats are more popular than snakes as pets.
Giải thích: “popular” là tính từ dài nên dùng cấu trúc so sánh hơn “S+ to be+ more+adj+ than+
S2”
Y

2. Lỗi sai: more strict

Sửa: My mom is stricter than your mum.
QU

Giải thích: strict là tính từ ngắn nên dùng cấu trúc so sánh hơn “S+ to be +adj+ er+ than+ S2”
3. Lỗi sai: as
Sửa: Pigs are more intelligent than other animals.
4. Lỗi sai: more trendy
Sửa: Your mobile phone is trendier than mine.
M

Giải thích: trendy là tính từ 2 âm tiết tận cùng là “y” nên dùng cấu trúc so sánh hơn “S+ to be
+adj+ er+ than+ S2”. Tính từ bỏ “y” và thêm đuôi “ier”.
5. Lỗi sai: slow
KÈ

Sửa: Turtles are slower than crocodiles.

6. Lỗi sai: interestinger
Sửa: Disneyland is more interesting than any other amusement park.
7. Lỗi sai: heavyer
Y

Sửa: Elephants are heavier than pigs.

8. Lỗi sai: more happy
DẠ

Sửa: Jack is now happier than he used to be.

9. Lỗi sai: more rare
Sửa: Bears are rarer than snakes.
10. Lỗi sai: Farer

FRIENDS PLUS 6 35
Sửa: The tourist company was further down the street than I had thought.
Bài 8: Hãy chọn từ, cụm từ hoặc mệnh đề A, B, C thích hợp nhất cho khoảng trống của câu.
1. David was ……….. than John.
A. more good B. go C. better

L
2. This building is ……….. than that one.
A. beautifuler B. beautiful C. more beautiful

IA
3. Dorothy promised to be ……….. with her money.
A. carefuler B. more careful C. careful

IC
4. New York’s population is ……….. than San Francisco’s.
A. large B. larger C. more large
5. This old machine is ……….. than we thought.

F
A. powerfuler B. powerful C. more powerful
6. We’ve got … time than I thought

OF
A. little B. more little C. less
7. People are not friendly in big cities. They are usually… than in small towns.
A. friendly B. more friendly C. friendlier
8. Mary is 10 years old. Julie is 8 years old. Mary is … than Julie.
A. older B. elder C. more old
9. The road is … than the motorway.
A. narrow B. narrower C. more narrow
ƠN
10. It’s … than it looks.
NH
A. badder B. worse C. more bad
Đáp án:
1. C. better
2. C. more beautiful
3. C. more careful
Y

4. B. larger
5. C. more powerful
QU

6. C. less
Giải thích: “little” (ít) là tính từ đặc biệt, trong cấu trúc so sánh hơn phải biến đổi thành “less”.
7. C. friendlier
8. A. older
9. B. narrower
M

10. B. worse
KÈ

Bài 9: Hoàn thành các câu sau với các tính từ cho sẵn.
1. Her daughter is..……..her (beautiful)
2. Summer is…………..spring. (hot)
3. That dog is ………..... it looks. (dangerous)
4. Today, people are …………….. they are in the past. (polite)
Y

5. It is ……….today………it was yesterday. (cold)

DẠ

6. Our hotel was …………..all the others in the town. (cheap)

7. Everest is …………. any other mountain.(high)
8. I prefer this chair to the other one. It’s ……….…………(comfortable)

FRIENDS PLUS 6 36
9. There is nothing…………. ……….going swimming in hot weather.(good)
10. Her voice is ………………………….her sister’s. (beautiful)
Đáp án:
1. more beautiful than

L
2. hotter than

IA
3. more dangerous than
4. more polite than
5. colder- than

IC
6. cheaper than
7. higher than
8. more comfortable
Giải thích: “comfortable” tính từ dài nên dùng cấu trúc so sánh hơn “S+ to be+ more+adj+

F
than+ S2”. Tuy nhiên, trong câu này S2 đã bị lược bỏ nên “than” cũng bị lược bỏ.

OF
9. better than
Giải thích: “good” là tính từ đặc biệt, trong cấu trúc so sánh hơn phải biến đổi thành “better”.
10. more beautiful than

Bài 10: đọc đoạn văn sau và chọn câu trả lời đúng.

ƠN
I live in Cairo, which is the capital of Egypt. There are more than ten million people here.
A lot of them have come from the countryside because there are more jobs here.
I live in an apartment near the city center. It is a busy, exciting place. It has cinemas and
shops but unfortunately there is a lot of traffic too. Many tourists come from all over the world to
NH
see Pyramids, which are near the city.
I like Cairo because it is big and exciting. I have a lot of friends and it is easy to meet new
people. I am glad that I live here, but my mother doesn’t like it. She used to live in the
countryside and she would like to go back one day.
1. Cairo _________ .
Y

A. is a village B. is the capital of Egypt.

QU

C. has more than ten million people. D. B&C are correct

2. Why do people go to Cairo?
A. Because there are more jobs in Cairo than in the countryside.
B. Because they want to live in an apartment.
C. Because there is a lot of traffic in Cairo.
M

D. A & B are correct.

3. We can replace the word “tourists” in line 6 with the word _________.
KÈ

A. “newcomers” B. “visitors”
C. “guests” D. “friends”
4. The author likes Cairo because _________ .
A. it is big.
Y

B. it is exciting
C. he thinks it is easy to meet new people there
DẠ

D. all are correct

5. Which of the following is not true?
A. The author has a lot of friends.

FRIENDS PLUS 6 37
B. The author likes to meet new people.
C. The author lives in a village.
D. The author’s mother doesn’t like to live there.
Đáp án:

L
1. D
Dẫn chứng trong đoạn văn: I live in Cairo, which is the capital of Egypt. There are more than ten

IA
million people here. (Tôi sống ở Cairo, là thủ đô của Ai Cập. Có hơn 10 triệu người ở đây.)
2. A
Dẫn chứng trong đoạn văn: A lot of them have come from the countryside because there are more

IC
jobs here. (Nhiều người trong số hoj đến từ miền quê vì có nhiều công việc ở đây.)
3. B
- tourists / visitors: du khách

F
“Many tourists come from all over the world to see the Pyramids, which are near the city.”
(Nhiều du khách từ khắp thế giới đến xem kim tự tháp ở gần thành phố.)

OF
4. D
Dẫn chứng trong đoạn văn: I like Cairo because it is big and exciting. I have a lot of friends and it
is easy to meet new people. (Tôi thích Cairo vì nó lớn và thú vị. Tôi có nhiều bạn và rất dễ dàng
để gặp người mới.)
5. C

ƠN
A. đúng vì theo dẫn chứng trong đoạn văn “I have a lot of friends”
B. đúng vì theo dẫn chứng trong đoạn văn “ it is easy to meet new people.”
C. sai vì theo dẫn chứng trong đoạn văn “I live in an apartment near the city centre”
D. đúng vì theo dẫn chứng trong đoạn văn “I am glad that I live here, but my mother doesn’t like
NH
it.”
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ

FRIENDS PLUS 6 38
 Unit 2 Days
Từ vựng Phân loại/ Phiên âm Định nghĩa

1. add (v) thêm vào

L
2. barbecue (n) bữa tiệc nướng ngoài trời

IA
3. carnival (n) lễ hội âm nhạc đường phố

4. celebrate (v) tổ chức lễ kỉ niệm

IC
5. celebration (n) lễ kỉ niệm

F
6. celebrity (n) người nổi tiếng

OF
7. culture quiz (n) cuộc thi tìm hiểu văn hóa

8. general (adj) chung, phổ biến

9. international (adj) mang tính quốc tế
10. mini (adj) rất nhỏ
11. organised
12. parent
(adj)
(n)
ƠN tính ngăn nắp, có trật tự
cha/ mẹ
GRAMMAR
NH
I- Thì Hiện Tại Đơn (The present simple )
1. Cách dùng
ÿ Dùng để diễn tả thói quen hoặc những việc thường xảy ra ở hiện tại
VD: We go to school every day
ÿ Dùng để diễn tả những sự vật, sự việc xảy ra mang tính quy luật
VD:This festival occurs every 4 years
Y

ÿ Dùng để diễn tả các sự thật hiển nhiên, một chân lý, các phong tục tập quán, các hiện tượng tự
nhiên
QU

VD:The earth moves around the Sun

ÿ Dùng để diễn tả lịch trình cố định của tàu, xe, máy bay.
VD:The train leaves at 8 am tomorrow
2. Dạng thức của thì hiện tại đơn
a. Với động từ “tobe” (am/ is/ are)
M

Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định

I Am I am not
KÈ

He/ she/ it/ He/ she/ it/

Danh từ số ít/ Danh từ số ít/
Is
danh từ không + danh từ/ tính danh từ không is not/ isn’t + danh từ/ tính
đếm được từ đếm được từ
You/we/ they/ You/we/ they/
Y

Danh từ số Are Danh từ số are not/ aren’t

nhiều nhiều
DẠ

Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
I am a student I am not
She is very beautiful Miss Lan isn't my teacher
We are in the garden My brothers aren't at school.

Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn

Am I Yes, I am
+ danh từ/ tính No, am not
Is He/ she/ it/ Danh từ số ít/ từ Yes, He/ she/ it/ Danh từ số is
danh từ không đếm được No, ít/ danh từ không đếm isn't
được

L
Are You/we/ they/ Danh từ số Yes, You/we/ they/ Danh từ are
nhiều số nhiều

IA
No, aren’t
Ví dụ:
∑ Am I in team A ?
=> Yes, you are./ No, you aren't.

IC
∑ Is she a nurse?
=> Yes, she is./ No, she isn't.
∑ Are they friendly?

F
=> Yes, they are./ No, they aren't.
ß Lưu ý:

OF
Khi chủ ngữ trong câu hỏi là “you” (bạn) thì câu trả lời phải dùng “I” (tôi) để đáp lại.
b. Với động từ thường (Verb/ V)
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
I/ You/ We/ They/ + V nguyên mẫu I/ You/ We/ They/ + do not/ don’t + V nguyên mẫu
Danh từ số nhiều
He/ she/ it/ Danh + V-s/es
từ số ít/ danh từ
không đếm được
ƠN
Danh từ số nhiều
He/ she/ it/ Danh +
từ số ít/ danh từ doesn’t
không đếm được
does not/

Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
NH
I walk to school every morning. They don't do their homework every afternoon.
My parentsplay badminton in the His friends don't go swimming in the evening
morning. He doesn't go to school on Sunday
She always gets up early. Her grandmother doesn't do exercise in the park
Nam watches TV every evening.
Y

Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn

QU

I/ You/ We/ Yes, I/ You/ We/ do

Do They/ Danh từ They/ Danh từ
No, don’t
số nhiều số nhiều
He/ she/ it/ + V nguyên Yes, He/ she/ it/ does
Danh từ số ít/ mẫu Danh từ số ít/
Does
M

danh từ không No, danh từ không doesn’t

đếm được đếm được
Ví dụ:
KÈ

Do you often go to the cinema at weekends?

=> Yes, I do./ No, I don’t.
Does he play soccer in the afternoon?
=> Yes, he does/ No, he doesn’t
Do they often go swimming?
Y

=> Yes, they do/ No, they don’t.

DẠ

c. Wh- questions
Khi đặt câu hỏi có chuswas Wh- word (từ để hỏi) như Who, What, When, Where, Why, Which,
How, ta đặt chúng lên đầu câu. Tuy nhiên, khi trả lời cho dạng câu hỏi này, ta không dùng Yes/ No
mà cần đưa ra câu trả lời trực tiếp.
 ∑ Cấu trúc
Wh-word + am/is/are + S? Wh-word + do/ does + S + V?
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
Who is he? What do you do?
=> He is my brother. => I am a student.

L
Where are they? Why does he cry?
=> They are in the playground. => Because he is sad.

IA
3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Trong câu ở thì hiện tại đơn thường có các trạng từ chỉ tần suất và chúng được chia thành 2 nhóm:
ÿ Nhóm trạng từ đứng ở trong câu:

IC
- Always (luôn luôn) usually (thường xuyên), often (thường), sometimes (thỉnh thoảng),
rarely (hiếm khi), seldom (hiếm khi), frequently (thường xuyên), hardly (hiếm khi), never
(không bao giờ), regularly (thường xuyên)…

F
v Các trạng từ này thường đứng trước động từ thường, đứng sau động từ “tobe” và trợ động từ
Ví dụ:

OF
- He rarely goes to school by bus
- She is usually at home in the evening
- I don’t often go out with my friends
ÿ Nhóm trạng từ đứng ở cuối câu:
- Every day/ week/ month/ year (hàng ngày/ hàng tuần/ hàng tháng/ hàng năm)

∑ Lưu ý:
ƠN
- Once (một lần), twice (hai lần), three times (ba lần), four times (bốn lần)…

Từ “ba lần” trở lên ta sử dụng: số đếm + times

Ví dụ:
NH
- He phones home every week
- They go on holiday to the seaside once a year.
4. Cách thêm s/es vào sau động từ
Trong câu ở thì hiện tại đơn, nếu chủ ngữ là ngôi thứ 3 số ít (He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít)
thì động từ phải thêm đuôi s/es. Dưới đây là các quy tắc khi chia động từ
Y

Thêm “s” vào đằng sau hầu hết các Ví dụ: Work-works Read-reads
động từ Love- loves See - sees
QU

Thêm “es” vào các động từ kết thúc Ví dụ: Miss- misses Watch- waches
bằng “ch, sh, x, s, z, o” mix- mixes Go - goes
Đối với những động từ tận cùng là Ví dụ: Play- plays Fly-flies
“y”
+ Nếu trước “y” là một nguyên âm Buy-buys Cry- cries
M

(u,e,o,a,i)- ta giữ nguyên “y” + “s”

+ Nếu trước “y” là một phụ âm, ta Pay - pays Fry- fries
đổi “y” thành “i” + “es”
KÈ

Trường hợp ngoại lệ Ví dụ: Have - has

*Cách phát âm –s/es ( những từ tận cùng là –s hoặc –es )

Y

CÁCH PHÁT ÂM "S" CUỐI : trong trường hợp danh từ số nhiều nhiều hoặc động từ số ít.
Khi đi sau các phụ âm điếc (voiceless consonants): /f/, /k/, /p/, /t/ ,/q/,/h/
/s/
DẠ

Ex: laughs, walks, cups, cats, tenths; books...

Khi đi sau một phụ âm rít : /z/, /s/, /dz/, / t∫/, / ∫ /, /z/. Hoặc các chữ cái: s,
/ iz / x, z, ch, sh, ce, ge.
Ex: washes , kisses , oranges…..
/z / Không thuộc hai loại trên. Ex: bags , kids , days …
Ngọai lệ: bình thường chữ s phát âm /s/, nhưng có những ngoại lệ cần nhớ:
- Chữ s đọc /z /sau các từ :busy, please, easy, present, desire, music, pleasant, desert, choose,
reason, preserve, poison..
-Chữ s đọc /'∫/ sau các từ sugar,sure
Pronunciation
Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

L
1. A. lays B. says C. stays D. plays

IA
2. A. roses B. villages C. apples D. matches
3. A. languages B. rabies C. assumes D. consumes
4. A. succeeds B. devotes C. prevents D. coughs

IC
5. A. sees B. sports C. pools D. trains
6. A. widens B. referees C. sacks D. cancels
7. A. tombs B. lamps C. brakes D. invites

F
8. A. books B. floors C. combs D. drums
9. A. trays B. says C. bays D. days

OF
10. A. closes B. loses C. loves D. chooses
11. A. gives B. phones C. switches D. dives
12. A. studies B. flourishes C. finishes D. glances
13. A. hears B. thanks C. blows D. coincides
14. A. stops B. climbs C. pulls D. televisions
15. A. cats
16. A. walks
17. A. shoots
B. tapes
B. begins
B. grounds
ƠN C. rides
C. helps
C. concentrates
D. cooks
D. cuts
D. forests
18. A. tells B. talks C. stays D. steals
NH
19. A. hours B. fathers C. dreams D. thinks
20. A. diseases B. pleases C. loses D. releases
21. A. bushes B. buses C. lorries D. charges
22. A. biscuits B. magazines C. newspapers D. vegetables
23. A. beds B. doors C. plays D. students
24. A. completes B. engines C. taxis D. ferries
Y

25. A. difficulties B. enriches C. classes D. enlarges

QU

26. A. characters B. problems C. retreats D. universities

27. A. passes B. challenges C. sexes D. tomatoes
28. A. arms B. suits C. chairs D. boards
29. A. licks B. risks C. leans D. drops
30. A. relieves B. invents C. buys D. deals
31. A. comes B. rolls C. takes D. drives
M

32. A. dreams B. heals C. kills D. tasks

Grammar:
KÈ

Bài 1: Hoàn thành bảng sau, thêm đuôi s/es vào sau các động từ sao cho đúng
V V-e/es V Ve/es
Have (có) Know (biết)
Do (làm) Take (lấy)
Say (nói) Think (nghĩ)
Y

Get (được) Come (đến)

DẠ

Make (làm) Give (cho)

Go (đi) Look (nhìn)
See (nhìn thấy) Use (dùng)
Find (tìm thấy) Need (cần)
Want (muốn) Seem (hình như)
Tell (nói) Ask (hỏi)
 Put (đặt) Show (hiển thị)
Mean (nghĩa là) Try (cố gắng)
Become (trở thành) Call (gọi)
Leave (rời khỏi) Keep (giữ)
Work (làm việc) Feel (cảm thấy)

L
Bài 2: Đặt các trạng từ chỉ tần suất vào vị trí đúng ở câu

IA
1. He plays golf on Sundays (sometimes)
_________________________________________
2. The weather is bad in November. (always)
_________________________________________

IC
3. We have fish for dinner. (seldom)
_________________________________________
4. Peter doesn’t get up before seven. (usually)

F
_________________________________________
5. They watch TV in the afternoon (never)

OF
_________________________________________
6. My brother, Tony, is late for interview. (rarely)
_________________________________________
7. He helps his father (always)
_________________________________________
8. How do you go shopping? (often)
ƠN
_________________________________________

9. I don’t do my homework after school (hardly)

NH
_________________________________________
10. The school bus arrives at seven. (every day)
_________________________________________
Bài 3: Viết các câu sau ở thế khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?)
1. (+) The girl often listens to pop music.
Y

(-) _________________________________________
(?) _________________________________________
QU

2. (+) I am from the capital of Vietnam, Ha noi.

(-) _________________________________________
(?) _________________________________________
3. (+) _________________________________________
(-) My father doesn’t keep the greenhouse warm at night.
(?) _________________________________________
M

4. (+) _________________________________________
(-) _________________________________________
KÈ

(?) Does Danny remember to phone his father on Sundays?

5. (+) _________________________________________
(-) They don’t do their homework after school.
(?) _________________________________________
Bài 4: Điền do, don’t, does, doesn’t vào chỗ trống trong các câu sau cho phù hợp
Y

1. My mother likes chocolate, but she _________biscuits.

2. ______the children wear your uniform at your school?
DẠ

3. Lynn’s father watches badminton on TV, but he ______watch judo.

4. Where______ the Masons buy their fruits?
5. ______ the cat like to sleep on the sofa?
6. Dogs love bones, but they ______ love cheese.
7. Where ______ Sam and Ben hide their pocket money?
8. We eat pizza, but we ______ eat hamburgers.
 9. ______ Mrs. Miller read magazines?
10. ______ the boys play cricket outside?
11. Please ______ play with my food.
12. She______ the cleaning three times a week
13. We ______ go out very much because we have a baby

L
14. I ______ want to talk about my neighborhood any more.
15. How much ______ it cost to phone overseas?

IA
Bài 5: Khoanh tròn vào câu trả lời đúng
1. We sometimes (read/ reads) books.
2. Emily (go/goes) to the art club.

IC
3. It often (rain/ rains) on Sundays.
4. Pete and his sister (wash/ washes) the family car.
5. I always (hurry/ hurries) to the bus stop.

F
6. She (speak/ speaks) four languages.
7. Jane is a teacher. He (teach/ teaches) English.

OF
8. Those shoes (cost/ costs) too much.
9. My sister (go/goes) to the library once a week.
10. We both (listen/ listens) to the radio in the morning.
Bài 6: Sắp xếp các từ sau theo thứ tự đúng để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh
1. always/ at nine o’clock/ out of the garage/ in the morning/ drives/ his car/ he.

ƠN
2. a parking place/ near the shops/ they/ find/ rarely.
3. fly/ with my parents/ to Florida/ sometimes/ I/ in spring.
4. late/ comes/ she/ often/ to school/ in winter.
5. meet/ at the sports ground/ they/ after dinner/ always/ their friends.
NH
6. enjoys/ swimming/ in our pool/ always/ in the morning/ she.
7. mother/ On/ the/ my/ always/ washing/ does/ Mondays.
8. out/ once/ put/ I/ dustbins/ week/ the/ a.
9. a/ go/ with/ often/ walk/ dog/ for/ We/ our/
10. sister/ ironing/ sometimes/ My/ the/ does.
Bài 7: Hãy chọn câu trả lời đúng cho các câu sau
Y

1. I______ know the correct answer.

QU

A. am not B. not C. don’t D. doesn’t

2. They ______ agree with my opinion.
A. are B. don’t C. aren’t D. do
3. Kathy usually ______ in front of the window during the class.
A. sits B. sitting C. sit D. is sit
4. What does this word ______?
M

A. means B. meaning C. mean D. is mean

5. He ______ share anything to me.
KÈ

A. don’t do B. isn’t C. not D. doesn’t

6. I come from Canada. Where ______you come from?
A. are B. do C. is D. not
7. Jane ______ tea very often.
A. doesn’t drink B. drink C. is drink D. isn’t drink
Y

8. How often ______ you play tennis?

A. do B. are C. is D. play
DẠ

9. Rice ______ in cold climates

A. isn’t grow B. don’t grow C. aren’t grow D. doesn’t grow
10. I ______ a compass and a calculator in Maths lesson.
A. am use B. use C. aren’t use D. doesn’t use
Bài 8: Chọn dạng đúng cho các động từ trong ngoặc
1. They ______ hockey at school. (to play)
 2. She ______ poems. (not/ to write)
3. ______you ______ English? (to speak)
4. My parents ______fish (not/ to like)
5. ______ Ann ______ any hobbies? (to have)
6. Andy’s brother ______in a big buiding (to work)

L
7. ______ Jim and Joe______ the flowers every week? (to water)
8. Yvonne’s mother ______ a motorbike. (not/ to write)

IA
9. ______ Elisabeth ______ the door? (to knock)
10. What ______ you ______ in the school canteen? (buy)
Key

IC
Bài 1: Hoàn thành bảng sau, thêm đuôi s/es vào sau các động từ sao cho đúng
V V-e/es V Ve/es
Have (có) Has Know (biết) Knows

F
Do (làm) Does Take (lấy) Takes
Say (nói) Says Think (nghĩ) Thinks

OF
Get (được) Gets Come (đến) Comes
Make (làm) Makes Give (cho) Gives
Go (đi) Goes Look (nhìn) Looks
See (nhìn thấy) Sees Use (dùng) Uses
Find (tìm thấy)
Want (muốn)
Tell (nói)
Put (đặt)
Finds
Wants
Tells
Puts
ƠN Need (cần)
Seem (hình như)
Ask (hỏi)
Show (hiển thị)
Needs
Seems
Asks
Shows
Mean (nghĩa là) Means Try (cố gắng) Tries
NH
Become (trở thành) Becomes Call (gọi) Calls
Leave (rời khỏi) Leaves Keep (giữ) Keeps
Work (làm việc) Works Feel (cảm thấy) Feels
Bài 2: Đặt các trạng từ chỉ tần suất vào vị trí đúng ở câu
11. He plays golf on Sundays. (sometimes)
Y

_____ He sometimes plays golf on Sundays _______

12. The weather is bad in November. (always)
QU

______ The weather is always bad in November.______________

13. We have fish for dinner. (seldom)
________ We seldom have fish for dinner._____________
14. Peter doesn’t get up before seven. (usually)
_______ Peter doesn’t usually get up before seven._________
M

15. They watch TV in the afternoon (never)

________ They never watch TV in the afternoon ________
16. My brother, Tony, is late for interview. (rarely)
KÈ

________ My brother, Tony, is rarely late for interview.__________

17. He helps his father. (always)
________ He always helps his father.________
18. How do you go shopping? (often)
________ How often do you go shopping?___________
Y

19. I don’t do my homework after school. (hardly)

DẠ

_______ I hardly do my homework after school.___________

20. The school bus arrives at seven. (every day)
______ The school bus arrives at seven every day._______
Bài 3: Viết các câu sau ở thế khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?)
1. (+) The girl often listens to pop music.
(-) ___The girl doesn’t often listen to pop music___
(?) ___Does the girl often listen to pop music_____
 2. (+) I am from the capital of Vietnam, Ha noi.
(-) ____I am not from the capital of Vietnam, ha noi._______
(?) ___Are you from the capital of Vietnam, ha noi?___
3. (+) ___My father keeps the greenhouse warm at night___
(-) My father doesn’t keep the greenhouse warm at night.

L
(?) ____Does your father keep the greenhouse warm at night___
4. (+) ____Danny remembers to phone his father on Sundays____

IA
(-) ___Danny doesn’t remember to phone his father on Sundays___
(?) Does Danny remember to phone his father on Sundays?
5. (+) ____They do their homework after school____

IC
(-) They don’t do their homework after school.
(?) ____Do they do their homework after school?_____
Bài 4: Điền do, don’t, does, doesn’t vào chỗ trống trong các câu sau cho phù hợp

F
16. My mother likes chocolate, but she __doesn’t like__biscuits.
17. __Do__the children wear your uniform at your school?

OF
18. Lynn’s father watches badminton on TV, but he __doesn’t__watch judo.
19. Where__does__ the Masons buy their fruits?
20. __Does__ the cat like to sleep on the sofa?
21. Dogs love bones, but they __don’t_ love cheese.
22. Where __do__ Sam and Ben hide their pocket money?

ƠN
23. We eat pizza, but we __don’t__ eat hamburgers.
24. __Does__ Mrs. Miller read magazines?
25. _Do__ the boys play cricket outside?
26. Please __don’t__ play with my food.
NH
27. She__does__ the cleaning three times a week
28. We __don’t__ go out very much because we have a baby
29. I _don’t_ want to talk about my neighborhood any more.
30. How much __does__ it cost to phone overseas?
Bài 5: Khoanh tròn vào câu trả lời đúng
1. We sometimes (read/ reads) books.
Y

2. Emily (go/goes) to the art club.

QU

3. It often (rain/ rains) on Sundays.

4. Pete and his sister (wash/ washes) the family car.
5. I always (hurry/ hurries) to the bus stop.
6. She (speak/ speaks) four languages.
7. Jane is a teacher. He (teach/ teaches) English.
8. Those shoes (cost/ costs) too much.
M

9. My sister (go/goes) to the library once a week.

10. We both (listen/ listens) to the radio in the morning.
KÈ

Bài 6: Sắp xếp các từ sau theo thứ tự đúng để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh
1. always/ at nine o’clock/ out of the garage/ in the morning/ drives/ his car/ he.
He always drives his car out of the garage at nine o’clock in the morning.
2. a parking place/ near the shops/ they/ find/ rarely.
They rarely find a parking place near the shops.
Y

3. fly/ with my parents/ to Florida/ sometimes/ I/ in spring.

I sometimes fly to Florida with my parents in spring.
DẠ

4. late/ comes/ she/ often/ to school/ in winter.

She often comes to school late in winter.
5. meet/ at the sports ground/ they/ after dinner/ always/ their friends.
They always meet their friends at the sports ground after dinner.
6. enjoys/ swimming/ in our pool/ always/ in the morning/ she.
She always enjoys swimming in our pool in the morning.
 7. mother/ On/ the/ my/ always/ washing/ does/ Mondays.
On Mondays, my mother always does the washing.
8. out/ once/ put/ I/ dustbins/ week/ the/ a.
I put out the dusbins once a week.
9. a/ go/ with/ often/ walk/ dog/ for/ We/ our/

L
We often go for a walk with our dog.
1. sister/ ironing/ sometimes/ My/ the/ does.

IA
My sister sometimes does the ironing.
Bài 7: Hãy chọn câu trả lời đúng cho các câu sau
1. I______ know the correct answer.

IC
A. am not B. not C. don’t D. doesn’t
2. They ______ agree with my opinion.
A. are B. don’t C. aren’t D. do

F
3. Kathy usually ______ in front of the window during the class.
A. sits B. sitting C. sit D. is sit

OF
4. What does this word ______?
A. means B. meaning C. mean D. is mean
5. He ______ share anything to me.
A. don’t do B. isn’t C. not D. doesn’t
6. I come from Canada. Where ______you come from?
A. are
7. Jane ______ tea very often.
B. do

A. doesn’t drink B. drink

ƠN C. is

C. is drink
D. not

D. isn’t drink
8. How often ______ you play tennis?
NH
A. do B. are C. is D. play
9. Rice ______ in cold climates
A. isn’t grow B. don’t grow C. aren’t grow D. doesn’t grow
10. I ______ a compass and a calculator in Maths lesson.
A. am use B. use C. aren’t use D. doesn’t use
Bài 8: Chọn dạng đúng cho các động từ trong ngoặc
Y

1. They __plays____ hockey at school. (to play)

QU

2. She __doesn’t write__ poems. (not/ to write)

3. ___Do__you __speak__ English? (to speak)
4. My parents _doesn’t like__fish (not/ to like)
5. __Does__ Ann __have_ any hobbies? (to have)
6. Andy’s brother _works_in a big buiding (to work)
7. __Do_ Jim and Joe_water_ the flowers every week? (to water)
M

8. Yvonne’s mother __doesn’t write_ a motorbike. (not/ to write)

9. _Does__ Elisabeth _knock__ the door? (to knock)
KÈ

10. What __do__ you __buy__ in the school canteen? (buy)

Y
DẠ
 UNIT 3: WILD LIFE
VOCABULARY
---Donkey /ˈdɒŋ.ki/ (UK) or /ˈdɑːŋ.ki/: con lừa
– Duck /dʌk/: con vịt
– Goat /ɡəʊt/ (UK) or /ɡoʊt/ (US): con dê

L
– Goose /ɡuːs/ or /ɡuːs/ : con ngỗng
– Hen /hen/ or /hen/: con gà mái

IA
– Horse /hoːs/: con ngựa
– Pig /piɡ/: con lợn
– Rabbit /ˈræb.ɪt/ or /ˈræb.ɪt/: con thỏ
– Sheep /ʃiːp/ or /ʃiːp/: con cừu

IC
– Cat /kæt/ or /kæt/: mèo
– Dog /dɒɡ/ or /dɑːɡ/: chó
– Puppy /ˈpʌp.i/ or /ˈpʌp.i/: chó con

F
– Turtle /ˈtɜː.təl/ or /ˈtɝː.t̬ əl/ : rùa
– Rooster /ˈruː.stər/ or /ˈruː.stɚ/: gà trống

OF
---Zebra/ˈziː.brə/ => ngựa vằn
– Giraffe /dʒɪˈrɑːf/ => hươu cao cổ
– Rhinoceros /raɪˈnɒs.ər.əs/=> tê giác
– Elephant/ˈel.ɪ.fənt/ => voi
– Cheetah /ˈtʃiː.tə/ => báo Gêpa
– Lion /ˈlaɪ.ən/ => sư tử đực
– Lioness /ˈlaɪ.ənis/ => sư tử cái
– Hyena /haɪˈiː.nə/ => linh cẩu
– Leopard /ˈlep.əd/ => báo
ƠN
– Hippopotamus /ˌhɪp.əˈpɒt.ə.məs/ => hà mã
NH
– Camel /’kæməl/ => lạc đà
– Monkey /ˈmʌŋ.ki/ => khỉ
– Baboon /bəˈbuːn/=> khỉ đầu chó
– Chimpanzee /,t∫impən’zi/ => tinh tinh
– Gorilla/gəˈrɪl.ə/ => vượn người Gôrila
– Antelope /´ænti¸loup/ => linh dương
Y

– Gnu /nuː/ => linh dương đầu bò

– Baboon /bəˈbuːn/=> khỉ đầu chó
QU

– Gazelle /gəˈzel/ => linh dương Gazen

--Pigeon /ˈpɪdʒ.ən/=> bồ câu
– Owl /aʊl/ => cú mèo
– Eagle /ˈiː.gl/ => đại bàng
– Falcon /ˈfɒl.kən/ => chim ưng
– Vulture /ˈvʌl.tʃəʳ/ => kền kền
M

– Crow /krəʊ/ => quạ

– Sparrow /ˈspær.əʊ/ => chim sẻ
KÈ

– Duck /dʌk/ => vịt

– Penguin /ˈpeŋ.gwɪn/ => chim cánh cụt
– Turkey /ˈtɜː.ki/ => gà tây
– Ostrich /ˈɒs.trɪtʃ/ => đà điểu
– Woodpecker /ˈwʊdˌpek.əʳ/ => gõ kiến
– Parrot /ˈpær.ət/ => con vẹt
Y

– Stork /stɔːk/ => cò

– Swan /swɒn/ => thiên nga
DẠ

– Peacock /ˈpiː.kɒk/ => con công (trống)

---Owl – /aʊl/: Cú mèo
– Eagle – /ˈiː.gl/: Chim đại bàng
– Woodpecker – /ˈwʊdˌpek.əʳ/: Chim gõ kiến
– Peacock – /ˈpiː.kɒk/: Con công (trống)
– Sparrow – /ˈspær.əʊ/: Chim sẻ
– Heron – /ˈher.ən/: Diệc
– Swan – /swɒn/: Thiên nga
– Falcon – /ˈfɒl.kən/: Chim ưng
– Ostrich – /ˈɒs.trɪtʃ/: Đà điểu
– Nest – /nest/: Cái tổ

L
– Feather – /ˈfeð.əʳ/: Lông vũ
– Talon – /ˈtæl.ən/: Móng vuốt

IA
– Moose – /muːs/: Nai sừng tấm
– Boar – /bɔːʳ/: Lợn hoang (giống đực)
– Chipmunk – /ˈtʃɪp.mʌŋk/: Sóc chuột
– Lynx (bobcat) – /lɪŋks/ (/’bɔbkæt/): Mèo rừng Mỹ

IC
– Polar bear – /pəʊl beəʳ/: Gấu bắc cực
– Buffalo – /ˈbʌf.ə.ləʊ/: Trâu nước
– Beaver – /ˈbiː.vəʳ/: Con hải ly

F
– Porcupine – /ˈpɔː.kjʊ.paɪn/: Con nhím
– Skunk – /skʌŋk/: Chồn hôi

OF
– Koala bear – /kəʊˈɑː.lə beəʳ/: Gấu túi
– Caterpillar -/ˈkæt.ə.pɪl.əʳ/: Sâu bướm
– Praying mantis – /preiɳˈmæn.tɪs/: Bọ ngựa
– Honeycomb – /ˈhʌn.i.kəʊm/: Sáp ong
– Tarantula – /təˈræn.tjʊ.lə/: Loại nhện lớn
– Parasites – /’pærəsaɪt/: Ký sinh trùng
– Ladybug – /ˈleɪ.di.bɜːd/: Bọ rùa
– Mosquito – /məˈskiː.təʊ/: Con muỗi
– Cockroach – /ˈkɒk.rəʊtʃ/: Con gián
ƠN
– Grasshopper – /ˈgrɑːsˌhɒp.əʳ/: Châu chấu
NH
– Honeycomb – /ˈhʌn.i.kəʊm/: Sáp ong
– Alligator – /ˈæl.ɪ.geɪ.təʳ/: Cá sấu Mỹ
– Crocodile – /ˈkrɒk.ə.daɪl/: Cá sấu
– Toad – /təʊd/: Con cóc
– Frog – /frɒg/: Con ếch
– Dinosaurs – /’daɪnəʊsɔː/: Khủng long
Y

– Cobra – fang – /ˈkəʊ.brə. fæŋ/: Rắn hổ mang

– Chameleon – /kəˈmiː.li.ən/: Tắc kè hoa
QU

– Dragon – /ˈdræg.ən/: Con rồng

– Turtle – shell – /ˈtɜː.tl ʃel/: Mai rùa
– Lizard – /ˈlɪz.əd/: Thằn lằn
Grammar:
. GRAMMAR
I. So sánh nhất với tính từ ngắn (superlative of short adjectives)
M

Ta sử dụng so sánh nhất để so sánh người (hoặc vật) với tất cả người (hoặc vật) trong nhóm. Trong câu so
sánh nhất, tính từ sẽ được chia làm hai loại là tính từ dài và tính từ ngắn, trong đó
KÈ

• Tính từ ngắn là những tính từ có 1 âm tiết. Ví dụ: tall, high, big,...

• Tính từ dài là những tính từ có từ 2 âm tiết trở lên. Ví dụ: expensive, intelligent,...
1. Cấu trúc câu so sánh nhất đối với tính từ ngắn
Cấu trúc S+ tobe + the + adj + -est + (Danh từ)
-
Ví dụ Russia is the biggest country in the world.
(Nga là đất nước lớn nhất trên thế giới)
Y

-
My school is the biggest in the city.
(Trường của tôi lớn nhất trong thành phố.)
DẠ

My father is the oldest person in my family

( Bố tôi là người lớn tuổi nhất trong nhà)
-
Quang is the tallest in hí class
-
(Quang là người cao nhất trong lớp học của anh ấy)
Lưu ý Để nhấn mạnh ý trong câu so sánh nhất, ta thêm "much" hoặc " by
far" vào sau hình thức so sánh.
Ví dụ :
He is the smartest by far.
-
(Anh ấy thông minh nhất, hơn mọi người nhiều)

L
IA
IC
2. Cách sử dụng tính từ ngắn trong câu so sánh nhất
a. Cách thêm đuôi -est vào tính từ ngắn
Tính từ kết thúc bởi 1 phụ âm, thêm đuôi -est old - oldest near - nearest cold- coldest tall - tallest

F
new - newest
Tính từ kết thúc bởi nguyên âm "e", chỉ cần thêm nice – nicest

OF
đuôi "st"
Tính từ kết thúc bởi 1 nguyên âm (u,e,o,a,i) + 1 phụ big - biggest hot - hottest
âm, gấp đôi phụ âm cuối và thêm đuôi -est fat- fattest fit-fittest
Tính từ kết thúc bởi "y", dù có 2 âm tiết vẫn là tính happy - happier busy – busiest
từ ngán, bỏ "y" và thêm đuôi"iest pretty – prettiest easy – easiest early - earliest
Lưu ý:

ngắn.
Ví dụ: simple - simplest
ƠN
Một số tính từ có 2 âm tiết nhưng có tận cùng là "y, le, ow, er"thì áp dụng quy tắc thêm đuôi -est của tính từ

narrow-narrowest clever-cleverest
b. Một vài tính từ bất quy tắc
NH
Với một số tính từ sau, dạng so sánh nhất của chúng khác với các tính từ khác.

Tính từ Dạng so sánh nhất

Y

Good (tốt) best

QU

Bad (tệ) Worst

Far(xa) Farthest/furthest
M

Much/many(nhiều) Most
KÈ

Little (it) Least

Y

Old (già) Oldest/ eldest

DẠ

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

Bài 1: Cho dạng so sánh nhất của các tính từ sau:
Tính từ So sánh nhất Tính từ So sánh nhất

Short (ngắn) Bad (xấu, tệ)

 Nice (đẹp) Little (ít)

Happy (hạnh phúc) Much (nhiều)

Dry (khô) Funny (buồn cười)

L
Big (to) Fat (béo)

IA
Thin (gầy) Cheap (rẻ)

IC
Good (tốt) Lazy (lười)

Bài 2: Cho dạng đúng so sánh nhất của tính từ trong ngoặc
1. Ho Chi Minh City is (big)……………………….city in Viet Nam.

F
2. Lan is (thin) ……………………….of the three sisters.
3. The Amazone River is (long)……………………river in the world.

OF
4. Hanh is(clever)…………. student in class.
5. It’s(short)………….day of year.
6. Who’s(good)……………………..tennis player in your country?
7.Who is (tall)………………………………person in your family?
8. Decemberis (cold)………………….month of the year in my country.

ƠN
9. Ethanh is (happy)……………………..boy that I know.
10.Where are(nice)……………………….beaches in your country?
Bài 3: Chọn đáp án thích hợp điển vào chỗ trống.
1My sister is………………..person in my family.
A. young B. younger than C. the youngest
NH
2. I think Federer is………………………tennis player in the world.
A. good B. better than C. the best
3.Winter is……………… season of the year in Europe.
A. cold B. colder than C. the coldest
4. Our house is…………………. in the street.
A. bigger B. the biggest C. more big
Y

5. He is………………………of four children.

A. older B. the oldest C.more old
QU

6. …………………….man in the world is 120 years old.

A. the oldest B. the older C. More old
7. Everest is……………………mountain in the world.
A. highest B. the highest C. the higher
8.Sam is a terrible footballer. He's…………….player in the team.
A. the best B. the baddest C. the worst
M

9.What's………………………………city in the world?

A. the large B. the largest C. largest
KÈ

10. You are…………..girl in our class.

A. the funny B. the funniest C. the funnier
Bài 4: Sắp xếp trật tự các từ sau để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh
1. /all /Tom's /the /of/is/cleanest/room
………………………………………………………………………………………
Y

2. /Sienkiewicz / writers/, /is /the /Polish /greastest /one. /Of/all

………………………………………………………………………………………
DẠ

3. /one /of /is /the /in /world. /Egypt/oldest /countries/the

………………………………………………………………………………………
4. /world, /second /is /the /the /Canada/country/in/largest
………………………………………………………………………………………
5. /worst /was /us. /time /for /Winter/the
………………………………………………………………………………………
6. /ugliest /know /is /town /I. /It /the
………………………………………………………………………………………
7./country /road /is /widest /in /the. /This/the
………………………………………………………………………………………
8. /is /the / world? /What/animal/smallest in /the
………………………………………………………………………………………

L
9. /animal /Is /whale /or /the /the / in /world? /the/elephant/biggest/ the
………………………………………………………………………………………

IA
10. /worst /am /student. /I/in/the /class
………………………………………………………………………………………
Bài 5: Dựa vào các từ gợi ý, viết câu so sánh nhất.
1.The Amazon River/ long/ river/ world.

IC
………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Everest/ high/ mountain/ world.
………………………………………………………………………………………

F
3.My father/tall/family.
………………………………………………………………………………………

OF
4.Ngoc/ good/ our school.
………………………………………………………………………………………
5.Bill/nice/of the class
………………………………………………………………………………………
6.August/hot/month of the year
………………………………………………………………………………………
7. This restaurant/good/in town
………………………………………………………………………………………
8. Peter/bad/singer
ƠN
………………………………………………………………………………………
NH
9. Will Smith / rich/ actor.
………………………………………………………………………………………
10. Susan/ short/of the three.
…………………………………………………………………………………
Bài 6: Chọn đáp án thích hợp điền vào chỗ trống
1. Mexico is very …………… city
Y

A.large B.larger than C.the largest

2. I usually get up …………… my brother.
QU

A. Early B. ealier than C. the earliest

3.Sue's wearing a……………
A. New B. newer than C. the newest
4. A book is a …………… thing to carry when you go on a trip.
A. heavy B. heavier than c. the heaviest
5. Antarctica is……………Spain
M

A. cold B. colder than C. the coldest

6. Her eyes are……………mine.
KÈ

A. Pretty B. prettier than C. the prettiest

7. My desk is …………..David's.
A. Tidy B. tidier than C. the tidiest
8. A lot of people drink………………….. milk.
A. Hot B. hotter than C. the hottest
9. A continent is………………… a country.
Y

A. Big B. bigger than C.the biggest

10. The moon is……………. planet to earth.
DẠ

A. The closest B. closest C. closer than

Bài 7: Khoanh vào phương án trả lời đúng.
1. There are 10 houses on our street. Our house is the (biggest/ bigger) one.
2. My brother sings better than I do, but I play guitar (the best/ better) than he does.
3.This is (better/ the best) song I have ever heard!
4. Tom is (stronger/ the strongest) than I am.
5. Out of all the students in our class, I am (the shortest/ shorter)
6.Everyone says that my sister is (the best looking/ better looking) than I am.
7. She is (the best looking/ better looking) girl in our school.
8. Your apartment is (cleaner/ the cleanest) than mine.
9. The weather was much (warmer/ the warmest) in England than in Spain last week.

L
10. John is (younger/ the youngest) than David.
Key

IA
Bài 1: Cho dạng so sánh nhất của các tính từ sau:
Tính từ So sánh nhất Tính từ So sánh nhất

Short (ngắn) Shortest Bad (xấu, tệ) worst

IC
Nice (đẹp) Nicest Little (ít) least

F
Happy (hạnh phúc) Happiest Much (nhiều) most

OF
Dry (khô) Driest Funny (buồn cười) funniest

Big (to) Biggest Fat (béo) fattest

Thin (gầy) Thinnest Cheap (rẻ) cheapest

Good (tốt) Best ƠN Lazy (lười) laziest

NH
Bài 2: Cho dạng đúng so sánh nhất của tính từ trong ngoặc
1. Ho Chi Minh City is (big)… the biggest ……….city in Viet Nam.
2. Lan is (thin) … the most careful …………………….of the three sisters.
3. The Amazone River is (long)… the longest …………………river in the world.
4. Hanh is(clever)… the cleverest ………. student in class.
5. It’s(short)… the shortest ……….day of year.
Y

6. Who’s(good)……… the best ……………..tennis player in your country?

7.Who is (tall)……… the tallest ………………………person in your family?
QU

8. Decemberis (cold)…… the coldest …………….month of the year in my country.

9. Ethanh is (happy)…… the happiest ………………..boy that I know.
10.Where are(nice)……… the nicest ……………….beaches in your country?
Bài 3: Chọn đáp án thích hợp điển vào chỗ trống.
1My sister is………………..person in my family.
A. young B. younger than C. the youngest
M

2. I think Federer is………………………tennis player in the world.

A. good B. better than C. the best
Giải thích:’’good" là tính từ đặc biệt phải biến đổi thành "best" trong câu so sánh nhất
KÈ

3.Winter is……………… season of the year in Europe.

A. cold B. colder than C. the coldest
4. Our house is…………………. in the street.
A. bigger B. the biggest C. more big
5. He is………………………of four children.
Y

A. older B. the oldest C.more old

6. …………………….man in the world is 120 years old.
DẠ

A. the oldest B. the older C. More old

7. Everest is……………………mountain in the world.
A. highest B. the highest C. the higher
8.Sam is a terrible footballer. He's…………….player in the team.
A. the best B. the baddest C. the worst
Giải thích: "bad" là tính từ đặc biệt phải biến đổi thành "worst" trong câu so sánh nhất.
9.What's………………………………city in the world?
A. the large B. the largest C. largest
10. You are…………..girl in our class.
A. the funny B. the funniest C. the funnier
Giải thích: Trong câu so sánh nhất, tính từ"funny" kết thúc bằng “y” do vậy khi biến đổi phải
bỏ"y"thêm"iest".

L
Bài 4: Sắp xếp trật tự các từ sau để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh
1. /all /Tom's /the /of/is/cleanest/room

IA
-> Tom's room is the cleanest of all.
Phòng của Tom là sạch nhất trong tất cả.
2. /Sienkiewicz / writers/, /is /the /Polish /greastest /one. /Of/all
->Of all Polish writer Sienkieicz is the lagest one.

IC
Trong số tất cả những người Ba Lan Sienkieicz là người vĩ đại nhất.
3. /one /of /is /the /in /world. /Egypt/oldest /countries/the
-> Egypt is one of the oldest countries in the world

F
Ai Cập là một trong những quốc gia cổ nhất thế giới.
4. /world, /second /is /the /the /Canada/country/in/largest

OF
-> Canada is the second largest country in the world.
Canada là quốc gia lớn thứ hai trên thế giới.
5. /worst /was /us. /time /for /Winter/the
-> Winter was the worst tirne for us
Mùa đông là khoảng thời gian tồi tệ nhất đối với chúng tôi.
6. /ugliest /know /is /town /I. /It /the
-> It is the ugliest town I know.
Đây là thị trân xấu nhất mà tôi biết.
ƠN
7./country /road /is /widest /in /the. /This/the
NH
-> This road is the widest in the country.
Đây là con đường rộng nhất đất nước.
8. /is /the / world? /What/animal/smallest in /the
-> What is the smallest animal in the world
Đây là loài vật nhỏ bé nhất thế giới?
9. /animal /Is /whale /or /the /the / in /world? /the/elephant/biggest/ the
Y

-> Is the whale or the elephant the biggest animal?

Cá voi hay voi là loài động vật lớn nhất thế giới?
QU

10. /worst /am /student. /I/in/the /class

-> I am the worst student in the class.
Tôi là học sinh yếu nhất lớp.
Bài 5: Dựa vào các từ gợi ý, viết câu so sánh nhất.
1.The Amazon River/ long/ river/ world.
->The Amazon River is the longest river in the world.
M

Sông Amazon là dòng sông dài nhất thế giới.

Giải thích: Cấu trúc so sánh nhất : S+ V + the + adj + -est + (Danh từ) với tính từ ngắn
KÈ

2. Everest/ high/ mountain/ world.

-> Everest is the highest mountain in the world.
Everest là ngọn núi cao nhất thế giới.
3.My father/tall/family.
-> My father is the tallest in my family.
Bố tôi là người cao nhất trong gia đình tôi.
Y

4.Ngoc/ good/ our school.

-> Ngoc is the best at our school.
DẠ

Ngọc giỏi nhất ở trường chúng tôi.

Giải thích: "good" là tính từ đặc biệt phải biến đổi thành "best".

5.Bill/nice/of the class

-> Bill is the nicest of the class.
Bill tử tế nhất trong lớp.
6.August/hot/month of the year
-> August is the hottest month of the year.
Tháng tám là tháng nóng nhất trong năm.
7. This restaurant/good/in town
-> This restaurant is best in town.

L
Nhà hàng này tuyệt nhất trong thị trấn.
8. Peter/bad/singer

IA
-> Peter is the worst singer.
Peter là ca sĩ tệ nhất.
9. Will Smith / rich/ actor.
Will Smith is the richest actor.

IC
Will Smith là diễn viên giàu có nhất.
10. Susan/ short/of the three.
Susan is the shortest of the three

F
Susan thấp nhất trong ba người.
Bài 6: Chọn đáp án thích hợp điền vào chỗ trống

OF
1. Mexico is very …………… city
A.large B.larger than C.the largest
Giải thích: Câu không có cấu trúc so sang và không mang nội dung so sánh nên tính từ để ở dạng
thường.
2. I usually get up …………… my brother.
A. Early B. ealier than
ƠN C. the earliest
Giải thích:Trong câu có hai đói tượng được so sánh với nhau là “I ” và “my brother” dùng cấu trúc so
sánh hơn "S + to be + adj + er + than + S2" với tính từ"earlier
3.Sue's wearing a……………
A. New B. newer than C. the newest
NH
4. A book is a …………… thing to carry when you go on a trip.
A. heavy B. heavier than c. the heaviest
5. Antarctica is……………Spain
A. cold B. colder than C. the coldest
6. Her eyes are……………mine.
A. Pretty B. prettier than C. the prettiest
Y

7. My desk is …………..David's.
A. Tidy B. tidier than C. the tidiest
QU

8. A lot of people drink………………….. milk.

A. Hot B. hotter than C. the hottest
9. A continent is………………… a country.
A. Big B. bigger than C.the biggest
10. The moon is……………. planet to earth.
A. The closest B. closest C. closer than
M

Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc so sánh nhất"S+v + the + adj + -est + (Danh từ)"với tính từ ngắn "close" để
so sánh đối tượng "the moon" với tất cả đối tượng trong cùng nhóm "planet".
KÈ

Bài 7: Khoanh vào phương án trả lời đúng.

1. There are 10 houses on our street. Our house is the (biggest/ bigger) one.
Giải thích: Dùng cấu trúc so sánh nhất “+V + the + adj + -est + (Danh từ)"với tính từ ngắn "big"để so
sánh đối tượng 'my house’với tất cả đối tượng trong cùng nhóm
2. My brother sings better than I do, but I play guitar (the best/ better) than he does.
Giải thích: Trong câu có hai đối tượng được so sánh với nhau là "l play guitar"và"he does', dùng cấu
Y

trúc so sánh hơn: “S+ + tobe +adj+ er+ than + S2” với tính tưf” good”. Tuy nhiên “good” là tính từ đặc
biệt nên cần biến đổi thành "better"
DẠ

3.This is (better/ the best) song I have ever heard!

4. Tom is (stronger/ the strongest) than I am.
5. Out of all the students in our class, I am (the shortest/ shorter)
6.Everyone says that my sister is (the best looking/ better looking) than I am.
7. She is (the best looking/ better looking) girl in our school.
8. Your apartment is (cleaner/ the cleanest) than mine.
9. The weather was much (warmer/ the warmest) in England than in Spain last week.
10. John is (younger/ the youngest) than David.
II/ Cách dùng “Can”
General Structure of “CAN” in a Sentence
POSITIVE FORM (+): Subject + CAN + Verb ( first form of the verb )

L
NEGATIVE FORM (-): Subject + CAN + NOT (CAN’T ) + Verb ( first form of the verb )
QUESTION FORM (?): CAN+ Subject + Verb ( first form of the verb )

IA
- Động từ khiếm khuyến “can” thường dùng để diễn tả về một khả năng

Ex: I can speak 4 languages: english, spanish, russia and french

(Tôi có thể nói bốn thứ tiếng: tiếng Anh, tiếng Tây Ban Nha, tiếng Nga và tiếng Pháp)

IC
- Thể phủ định “can’t” diễn tả một điều không thể, không có khả năng thực hiện

F
Ex: I can’t love him even he gave me all his money
(Tôi không thể yêu anh ta dù cho anh ta đã cho tôi tất cả tiền bạc)

OF
- Thể nghi vấn dùng để xin phép hoặc một sự yêu cầu

Ex: Can I use your cell phone?

(Tôi có thể dùng điện thoại của bạn không?)

Can you help me, sir?

(Thưa ngài, ngài có thể giúp tôi không?)
Các động từ khuyết thiếu thường gặp
ƠN
Động từ
NH
Chức năng Ví dụ Chú ý
khuyết thiếu
Diễn tả khả năng tại hiện tại ● This class can start Can và Could trong tiếng Anh
hoặc tương lai về ai đó có thể in September còn được sử dụng trong các câu
Can: có thể ●
làm được những gì hoặc một Linda can sing and hỏi, câu đề nghị, xin phép và
sự việc có thể sắp xảy ra. dance very well yêu cầu.
Y

Could: có thể Ví dụ:

My daughter could read
QU

(dạng quá Diễn đạt một khả năng xảy ra

books when she was only ● Could you repeat your
khứ của trong thì quá khứ
four years old. name, please?
“can”)
Diễn tả sự cần thiết phải làm
“You have to
điều gì nhưng là do tác động Don’t have to = Don’t need to
Have to: phải stop smoking.” Her
M

bởi yếu tố khách quan (nội (không cần thiết phải làm gì)
doctor said.
quy, quy định…)
KÈ

● Diễn đạt sự cần thiết,

điều bắt buộc ở thì hiện tại
hoặc trong tương lai
Must: phải, ● Đưa ra lời khuyên hay
chắc hẳn
sự suy luận mang tính chắc
chắn, yêu cầu được nhấn
Y
● All students must Mustn’t – chỉ sự một cấm đoán
hand in their assignments Ví dụ:
before 18th August.
●
● It’s raining. It must You mustn’t smoke
be cold. here!

mạnh
DẠ

Diễn tả điều gì có thể xảy ra ở May và might còn có thể dùng

May: có thể It may rain today
hiện tại để xin phép. Nhưng might ít sử
 dụng trong văn nói, chủ yếu sử
Might: có thể Diễn tả điều gì có thể xảy ra ở
dụng trong câu gián tiếp:
(dạng quá quá khứ (cũng có thể dùng Who has just called Lam
Ví dụ:
khứ của cho hiện tại nhưng ít khả might be June.
“may”) năng hơn “may”) ● May I close the door?.

L
● Tomorrow will be

IA
●
rainy.
Diễn đạt về sự dự ● Will và Would còn được dùng
Did you buy a pen
đoán sự việc xảy sẽ ra trong trong câu đề nghị, yêu cầu và
for me ? Oh, sorry. I’ll go
Will: sẽ tương lai. lời mời
now.

IC
● Đưa ra một quyết định Ví dụ:
ngay tại thời điểm nói.
● Will you take a photo?

F
● Would you like a cup of
Would: diễn tả một giả định xảy ra tea?
I would go picnicking if it

OF
sẽ (quá khứ hoặc một dự đoán về sự việc
didn’t rain.
của “will”) có thể xảy ra trong quá khứ
Thường dùng để xin ý kiến và
lời khuyên. (Hiện nay “will” Where shall we eat
Shall: sẽ
được sử dụng nhiều hơn so tomorrow evening?
với “shall”)

● Diễn đạt sự bắt buộc

ƠN
● You should send
this contract to John
hay nhiệm vụ bắt buộc nhưng
before 5 p.m.
NH
ở mức độ nhẹ hơn so với ● You should go to
“must” ●
Should: nên ● bed before 11 p.m
Dùng để đưa ra lời
everyday.
khuyên và ý kiến ●
● He studied very
Dùng để đưa ra suy
hard, he should get better
đoán
grades.
Y

Chỉ sự bắt buộc, có tính chất

You ought not to eat ice
QU

Ought to: nên mạnh hơn “Should” nhưng bé

cream at night.
hơn “Must”
Bài tập áp dụng :‘”can”
EXERCISE 1 | Ability
Hoàn thành bảng dưới đây để hiển thị những điều bạn 'có thể' hoặc 'không thể' làm:
M

I can I can’t
KÈ
Y
DẠ
 Speak English drive a car play the violin dance ride a bicycle
Swim underwater stand on my head catch fish
use a computer water-ski

EXERCISE 2

L
Ability

IA
Tạo những câu sử dụng 'and' hoặc 'but':
e.g. I can play the violin and I can ride a bicycle.
I can dance but I can’t water-ski.

IC
1. ____________________________________
2. ____________________________________

F
3. ____________________________________

OF
4. ____________________________________
Tạo những câu hỏi để hỏi bạn của bạn và viết lại câu trả lời của anh ấy/cô ấy:
e.g. Can you water-ski?
Answer: Yes, I can.
No, I can’t.
1. _________ ______________
ƠN
2. _________ ______________
NH

3. _________ ______________

Can/can’t Could/couldn’t

PRESENT PAST
Y
QU

+ I can see the mountains. I could do handstands when I was young.

- I can’t come to the party. I couldn’t open the door.

? Can you speak French? Could you read when you were five years old?
M

EXERCISE 3
KÈ

Điền vào chỗ trống bằng 'can', 'can't', 'could' hoặc 'couldn't':
1. They have dancing lessons because they_________ dance so well.
2. He _______swim now but he ________swim when he was eight.
Y

3. I _______ do my biology homework; it's too difficult._______ you help me?

DẠ

4. I _________understand a word she was saying.______ you?

5. He says he's sorry but he________ come to the party.
6. It's a very clever cat; it _________ jump; it ___________ catch a ball and it______ climb trees.
It_________ catch mice, though!
Exercise 1 (Suggested Answers)
I can... I can’t…
speak (a little) English.drive a car.
dance. Play the violin.
ride a bicycle. catch fish.

L
stand on my head. swim underwater.

IA
use a computer. Water-ski.

IC
Exercise 2:
a) I can play the guitar but I can't swim.
I can sing and I can dance.

F
I can speak English but I can't speak French.

OF
I can ride a bicycle but I can't drive a car.
b) Can you use a computer? - Yes I can.
Can you drive a car? - No, I can't.
Can you ride a bicycle? - Yes, I can.

Exercise 3:
ƠN
1. can't 2. can/can't... couldn't/could 3. can't... Can
NH
4. couldn't... Could 5. can't 6. can ... can ... can ... can't
III/ HOW

1. Ý nghĩa “how” và cách sử dụng

Những người học tiếng Anh không còn xa lạ với từ “how” dù trong các cuộc hội thoại tiếng Anh hay trong các
Y

bài tập ngữ pháp. “How” được hiểu là “như thế nào”, trong đó có 8 câu hỏi về how thường xuyên bắt gặp nhiều
nhất.
QU

“How” là 1 trong số ít những từ để hỏi có cấu trúc đặc biệt, không cố định, bạn có thể đặt câu hỏi với how +
adj/adv hoặc how + tobe/trợ từ + S để tạo thành câu hỏi có nghĩa.
Ví dụ:
– How are you today? (Hôm nay bạn thế nào?) sử dụng cấu trúc how + tobe + S.
– How often do you take photos? (Cậu có thường xuyên chụp ảnh không?) sử dụng cấu trúc how + adv
M

Với mỗi trường hợp và mục đích đưa ra câu nghi vấn, chúng ta sẽ sử dụng cấu trúc khách nhau để đặt câu hỏi
với how.
KÈ

2. Các cách đặt câu hỏi với how

Sau ý nghĩa và cấu trúc của “how”, vấn đề tiếp theo khiến nhiều người băn khoăn chính là cách đặt câu hỏi với
how như thế nào. Thông thường, có 8 trường hợp chính sử dụng how để làm câu nghi vấn. Dưới đây là 8 câu
hỏi câu hỏi và trả lời với how được sử dụng nhiều nhất.
Y

2.1 How + be + noun? (Cái đó như thế nào?)

Trong trường hợp này, how được sử dụng để đặt câu hỏi về tính chất của một sự vật, sự việc, hiện tượng nào
DẠ

đó trong cuộc sống.

Ví dụ:
– How is your work? – It’s fine. I love my work. (- Công việc của bạn thế nào? – Tốt. Tôi yêu công việc của
mình.)
– How was your vacation last week? – It was really great. (- Kỳ nghỉ tuần trước của bạn thế nào? – Nó thực sự
tuyệt.)
2.2 How often …?
Câu hỏi với how often để hỏi tần suất, mức độ thường xuyên của hành động được thực hiện bởi ai đó.
Ví dụ:
– How often do you swim?
– Twice a month.

L
(- Cậu có thường xuyên đi bơi không?
– 2 tuần 1 tháng.)

IA
2.3 How long …? (Bao lâu?)
Câu hỏi với how long được dùng để hỏi khoảng thời gian của hành động, sự việc.
Ví dụ:
– How long does it take to get to Ho Chi Minh City by bus?

IC
– About 30 minutes.
(- Mất bao lâu để tới TP Hồ Chí Minh bằng xe buýt?
– Khoảng 30 phút.)

F
2.4 How + adj + Noun?
Câu hỏi với how + adj được sử dụng rất phổ biến trong cả giao tiếp và ngữ pháp tiếng Anh. How có thể kết hợp

OF
với nhiều tính từ khác nhau để đặt câu hỏi về thông tin chi tiết của một vật, sự việc nào đó.
Ví dụ:
– How tall is the Fansipan?
– About 3.143m.
(- Núi Fansipan cao bao nhiêu?
– Khoảng 3.143 mét.)
2.5 How many/How much …?
ƠN
Câu hỏi với how many/how much để hỏi về số lượng của danh từ đếm được, danh từ không đếm được trong
tiếng Anh.
Ví dụ 1:
NH
– How many people will attend the event next month?
– 150 people.
(- Có bao nhiêu người sẽ tham gia sự kiện tháng sau?
– 150 người.)
Ví dụ 2:
– How much time did you spend on completing the test?
Y

– One hour.
(- Cậu dành bao nhiêu thời gian để hoàn thành bài kiểm tra?
QU

– 1 tiếng.)
Ngoài ra, Câu hỏi với how much còn được sử dụng để hỏi giá cả của đồ vật. Có thể nói, đây là cấu trúc được
sử dụng nhiều nhất và dường như là duy nhất để hỏi về giá cả trong tiếng Anh.
Ví dụ:
– How much does this apartment cost?
– It costs 2.5 billions VN Dong.
M

(- Căn hộ này có giá bao nhiêu?

– Nó có giá 2.5 tỷ VNĐ.)
KÈ

Trên thực tế, cấu trúc how many và cấu trúc how much hoàn toàn giống nhau về ngữ pháp và chỉ có một chút
khác biệt khi sử dụng về ngữ nghĩa.
2.6 How about + V-ing? (Còn về … thì sao?)
Cấu trúc này được dùng làm câu đề nghị người khác làm một việc gì đó. Trong trường hợp này, cấu trúc how
about = what about.
Ví dụ:
Y

– How about going on a picnic this weekend?

– Yes. It’s great!
DẠ

(- Còn đi dã ngoại cuối tuần này thì sao?

– Được. Nó sẽ rất tuyệt đấy!)
2.7 How do + S + V? (Làm như thế nào?)
Câu hỏi với cấu trúc how do + S + V? được dùng để hỏi cách thức làm một việc gì đó.
Ví dụ:
– How do you add this button?
– Go to settings and select it.
(- Bạn thêm cái nút này như thế nào vậy?
– Vào phần cài đặt và chọn nó thôi.)
2.8 How do you do!
Đây không hẳn là một câu hỏi mà là một cách thức chào hỏi lịch sự trong giao tiếp tiếng Anh, được dùng khi

L
bạn lần đầu gặp ai đó. Tương tự với cách dùng này, thì how cũng có một cấu trúc gần giống để thể hiện ý kiến
cảm thán hay nhận xét chủ quan của người nói là: How + adverb/adjective + S + V.

IA
VD:
How cold this weather is (Trời lạnh quá!)
How interesting this book is (Cuốn sách thú vị quá)
How beautiful this girl is (Cô gái ấy đẹp quá)

IC
Trên đây là trường hợp 8 câu hỏi về how phổ biến nhất. Nắm vững các cấu trúc này để hoàn thành bài thi ngữ
pháp và chủ động trong các tình huống giao tiếp.

F
3. Bài tập thực hành

OF
Bây giờ, các bạn hãy vận dụng cách đặt câu hỏi và trả lời với how bên trên để hoàn thành bài tập áp dụng sau
đây.
Bài tập: Tìm từ thích hợp điền vào chỗ còn thiếu
a/ A. How —– is the final exam? B. Very difficult!
b/ A. How —– does the chair cost? B. About $45

d/ A. How —– going to the cinema? B. I love it!

Đáp án:
ƠN
c/ A. How —– does the dramma last? B. About 1 hour.

a/ A. How difficult is the final exam? B. Very difficult! (A. Kỳ thi cuối khóa khó thế nào? B. Rất khó!)
b/ A. How much does the chair cost? B. About $45 (A. Cái ghế này bao nhiêu tiền? B. Khoảng 45$)
NH
c/ A. How long does the dramma last? B. About 1 hour. (A. Vở kịch này kéo dài bao nhiêu lâu? B. Khoảng 1
giờ.)
d/ A. How about going to the cinema? B. I love it! (A. Còn đi xem phim thì sao? B. Tớ rất thích!)

III. Bài tập

Y

Exercise 1: Điền vào chỗ trống How much hoặc How many:
1. ………………………..beer is there in the fridge?
QU

2. ……………………………..eggs do you want?

3. ………………………languages do you speak?
4. ……………………..people are there in the class?
5.………………………..days are there in a week?
6. ………………………..milk do you drink everyday?
7. …………………………..kilos of rice do you want?
M

8. …………………………soda does she want?

Exercise 2: Choose the best answer:
KÈ

1.________beef does she want?

A. How much B. how many C. how D. how long
2. ________apples do you want?
A. How often B. How many C. How much D. How
3. ________oranges do you want? - A dozen.
Y

A. How much B. How many C. How D. What

4. There are ________ things to do here
DẠ

A. many B. much C. a lot D. little

5. We haven’t got ________ time
A. much B. a lot C. many D. some
6. How much rice does she ________?
A. want B. wants C. wanting D. to want
7. How ________ apples are there on the table?
A. many B. much C. some D. any
8. How ________ does the T-shirt cost?
A. many B. much C. some D. any
9. How much ________ the shoes?
A. do B. does C. are D. is
10.________ much is a loaf of bread?

L
A. What B. Where C. When D. How
11. How ____glasses of water do you drink in the morning?

IA
A. many B. much C. some D. any
12. This dictionary ________ 90,000 dong.
A. cost B. costs C. is costing D. costing
13. How much water ________ there in the glass?

IC
A. be B. am C. is D. are
14. How much ________ a kilo of rice?
A. be B. am C. is D. are

F
15.________ books are there on the shelf?
A. Where B. What C. How much D. How many

OF
Đáp án

Exercise 1: Điền vào chỗ trống How much hoặc How many:
1. How much
2. How many
3. How many
4. How many
5. How many
ƠN
6. How much
NH
7. How many
8. How much
Exercise 2: Choose the best answer:
1. A. How much
2. B. How many
Y

3. B. How many
4. A. Many
QU

5. A. Much
6. A. Want
7. A. Many
8. B. Much
9. C. Are
M

10. D. How
11. A. many
KÈ

12. B. Costs
13. C. Is
14. C. Is
15. D. How
Y
DẠ
 UNIT 4
A. VOCABULARY
- art /aːt/ (n): nghệ thuật
- boarding school /ˈbɔːr.dɪŋ ˌskuːl/ (n): trường nội trú

L
- classmate /ˈklæs.meɪt/ (n): bạn học

IA
- equipment /ɪˈkwɪp mənt/ : (n) thiết bị
- greenhouse /ˈɡriːn.haʊs/ (n): nhà kính
- judo /ˈdʒuː.doʊ/ (n): môn võ judo

IC
- swimming pool /ˈswɪm.ɪŋ ˌpuːl/ (n): hồ bơi
- pencil sharpener /ˈpen·səl ˌʃɑr·pə·nər/ (n): đồ chuốt bút chì

F
- compass /ˈkʌm·pəs/ (n): com-pa

OF
- school bag /ˈskuːl.bæɡ/ (n): cặp đi học
- rubber /ˈrʌb·ər/ (n): cục tẩy
- calculator /ˈkæl·kjəˌleɪ·t̬ər/ (n): máy tính
- pencil case /ˈpen.səl ˌkeɪs/ (n): hộp bút
- notebook /ˈnoʊtˌbʊk/ (n): vở
- bicycle /ˈbɑɪ·sɪ·kəl/ (n): xe đạp
- ruler /ˈru·lər/ (n): thước
ƠN
- textbook /ˈtekstˌbʊk/ (n): sách giáo khoa
NH

- activity /ækˈtɪv·ɪ·t̬i/ (n): hoạt động

- Creative /kriˈeɪ·t̬ɪv/ (adj): sáng tạo
- excited /ɪkˈsaɪ.t̬ɪd/ (adj): phấn chấn, phấn khích
- help /hɛlp/ (n, v): giúp đỡ, trợ giúp
Y

- international /ˌɪn·tərˈnæʃ·ə·nəl/ (adj): quốc tế

QU

- interview /ˈɪn·tərˌvju/ (n, v): phỏng vấn

- knock /nɑːk/ (v): gõ (cửa)
- overseas /ˈoʊ·vərˈsiz/ (n, adj) (ở): nước ngoài
- pocket money /ˈpɑː.kɪt ˌmʌn.i/ (n): tiền túi, tiền riêng
M

- poem /ˈpoʊ.əm/ (n): bài thơ

- remember /rɪˈmem·bər/ (v): nhớ, ghi nhớ
KÈ

- share /ʃer/ (n, v): chia sẻ

- smart /smɑːrt/ (adj): bảnh bao, sáng sủa, thông minh
- surround /səˈrɑʊnd/ (v): bao quanh
Y

A. CHECK VOCABULARY
DẠ

- art /aːt/ (n):

- boarding school /ˈbɔːr.dɪŋ ˌskuːl/ (n):
- classmate /ˈklæs.meɪt/ (n):
- equipment /ɪˈkwɪp mənt/ : (n)
- greenhouse /ˈɡriːn.haʊs/ (n):
- judo /ˈdʒuː.doʊ/ (n):
- swimming pool /ˈswɪm.ɪŋ ˌpuːl/ (n):
- pencil sharpener /ˈpen·səl ˌʃɑr·pə·nər/ (n):
- compass /ˈkʌm·pəs/ (n):

L
- school bag /ˈskuːl.bæɡ/ (n):

IA
- rubber /ˈrʌb·ər/ (n):
- calculator /ˈkæl·kjəˌleɪ·t̬ər/ (n):
- pencil case /ˈpen.səl ˌkeɪs/ (n):

IC
- notebook /ˈnoʊtˌbʊk/ (n):
- bicycle /ˈbɑɪ·sɪ·kəl/ (n):

F
- ruler /ˈru·lər/ (n):

OF
- textbook /ˈtekstˌbʊk/ (n):
- activity /ækˈtɪv·ɪ·t̬i/ (n):
- Creative /kriˈeɪ·t̬ɪv/ (adj):
- excited /ɪkˈsaɪ.t̬ɪd/ (adj):
- help /hɛlp/ (n, v):
- international /ˌɪn·tərˈnæʃ·ə·nəl/ (adj):
- interview /ˈɪn·tərˌvju/ (n, v):
ƠN
- knock /nɑːk/ (v):
NH

- overseas /ˈoʊ·vərˈsiz/ (n, adj) (ở):

- pocket money /ˈpɑː.kɪt ˌmʌn.i/ (n):
- poem /ˈpoʊ.əm/ (n):
- remember /rɪˈmem·bər/ (v):
Y

- share /ʃer/ (n, v):

QU

- smart /smɑːrt/ (adj):

- surround /səˈrɑʊnd/ (v):
Grammar
. THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE (Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn)
M

1. Cấu trúc
Câu khẳng định S + is/ am/ are + V-ing
KÈ

Câu phủ định S + isn’t/ am not/ aren’t + V-ing

Câu hỏi Is/ Am/ Are + S + V-ing?
Y
DẠ
2. Sự kết hợp giữa chủ ngữ và động từ tobe
I am
You

L
We are

IA
They
He

IC
She is
It
N is

F
Ns are

OF
3. Cách dùng chính
ƠN
¸ Dùng để diễn tả một hành động đang xảy ra tại thời điểm hiện nói hoặc xung quanh thời
NH
điểm nói.
Ví dụ:
I am watching a film now.
(Tôi đang xem phim - hành động xem phim diễn ra ngay tại thời điểm nói)
Y

I am writing an essay these days.

(Thời gian này tôi viết một bài luận - chủ thể của hành động đọc không nhất thiết phải viết
QU

bài luận ngay trong lúc nói chuyện)

¸ Diễn tả một sự việc sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai theo một kế hoạch đã được lên lịch cố định
(thay thế cho tương lai gần), đặc biệt là trong văn nói.
Ví dụ:
M

I am going to the theatre tonight.

(Tôỉ nay tôi sẽ đến rạp hát - hành động đến rạp hát đang chuẩn bị diễn ra)
KÈ

I bought the ticket yesterday. I am flying to New York tomorrow.

Ta thấy có căn cứ, kế hoạch rõ ràng (tôi đã mua vé máy bay) nên ta sử dụng thì hiệntại tiếp
diễn để nói về một việc chắc chắn sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai.
Y

¸ Diễn tả sự không hài lòng hay phàn nàn về việc gì trong câu sử dụng "always".
Ví dụ:
DẠ

He is always coming late. (Anh ta toàn đến muộn.)

Why are you always putting your dirty clothes on your bed? (Sao lúc nào con cũng để
quần áo bẩn trên giường thế hả?)
4. Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Trong câu thường có các trạng từ sau: now, right now, at the moment, at present,...
 Trong câu có các động từ như:
- Look! (Nhìn kìa!)
- Listen! (Hãy nghe này!)
- Keep silent! (Hãy im lặng)

L
Ví dụ:

IA
Look! The tram is coming. (Nhìn kia! Tàu đang đến.)
Listen! Someone is crying. (Nghe này! Ai đó đang khóc.)
Keep silent! The baby is sleeping. (Hãy im lặng! Embé đang ngủ.)

IC
5. Lưu ý
¸ Các động từ trạng thái ở bảng sau không được chia ở thể tiếp diễn (bất cứ thời nào)khi

F
chúng là những động từ tĩnh diễn đạt trạng thái cảm giác của hoạt động tinh thần hoặc tính

OF
chất của sự vật, sự việc.
know understand have
believe hate need
hear love appear
see
smell
like
want
ƠN
seem
taste
wish sound own
NH

¸ Nhưng khi chúng là động từ hành động thì chúng lại được phép dùng ở thể tiếp diễn.
Y

Ví dụ:
QU

She has a lot of dolls. (She is having a lot of dolls)

- Tuy nhiên, có thể:
She is having his lunch. (Cô ấy ĐANG ăn trưa -hành động ăn đang diễn ra)
6. Quy tắc thêm sau động từ
M

Thông thường ta chỉ cần thêm "-ing" vào sau động từ. Nhưng có một số chú ý như
sau:
KÈ

o Với động từ tận cùng là MỘT chữ "e":

- Ta bỏ "e" rồi thêm "-ing".
Ví dụ:
write - writing; type -typing; come – coming
Y

o Tận cùng là HAI CHỮ "e" takhông bỏ"e" mà vẫn thêm "-ing" bình thường.
DẠ

o Với động từ có MỘT âm tiết, tận cùng là MỘT PHỤ ÂM, trước là MỘT NGUYÊN ÂM
- Ta nhân đôi phụ âm cuối rồi thêm "-ing".
Ví dụ:
stop - stopping; get - getting; put - putting
∑ CHÚ Ý:
 - Các trường hợp ngoại lệ:
beggin - beginning; travel - travelling
prefer -preferring; permit - permitting

L
IA
o Với động từ tận cùng là "ie":

IC
- Ta đổi "ie" thành "y" rồi thêm "-ing".
Ví dụ:
lie - lying; die - dying

F
OF
C. PRACTICE
A. CHECK VOCABULARY
- ……………… /aːt/ (n):
- ……………….. /ˈbɔːr.dɪŋ ˌskuːl/ (n):
- ……………….. /ˈklæs.meɪt/ (n):
- ………………… /ɪˈkwɪp mənt/ : (n)
ƠN
- …………………./ˈɡriːn.haʊs/ (n):
NH
- ………………… /ˈdʒuː.doʊ/ (n):
- ……………………. /ˈswɪm.ɪŋ ˌpuːl/ (n):
- ………………… /ˈpen·səl ˌʃɑr·pə·nər/ (n):
- ………………………../ˈkʌm·pəs/ (n):
Y

- …………………../ˈskuːl.bæɡ/ (n):
- ……………………. /ˈrʌb·ər/ (n):
QU

- …………………….. /ˈkæl·kjəˌleɪ·t̬ər/ (n):

- ………………../ˈpen.səl ˌkeɪs/ (n):
- ……………………….. /ˈnoʊtˌbʊk/ (n):
- ……………………. /ˈbɑɪ·sɪ·kəl/ (n):
M

- ……………………. /ˈru·lər/ (n):

- ……………………………./ˈtekstˌbʊk/ (n):
KÈ

- …………………………/ækˈtɪv·ɪ·t̬i/ (n):
- …………………….. /kriˈeɪ·t̬ɪv/ (adj):
-…………………. /ɪkˈsaɪ.t̬ɪd/ (adj):
Y

-…………………….. /hɛlp/ (n, v):

- ………………… /ˌɪn·tərˈnæʃ·ə·nəl/ (adj):
DẠ

- ………………………. /ˈɪn·tərˌvju/ (n, v):

- ……………………. /nɑːk/ (v):
- ………………….. /ˈoʊ·vərˈsiz/ (n, adj) (ở):
- ………………………../ˈpɑː.kɪt ˌmʌn.i/ (n):
- ……………………….. /ˈpoʊ.əm/ (n):
- …………………… /rɪˈmem·bər/ (v):
- …………………….. /ʃer/ (n, v):
-…………………/smɑːrt/ (adj): - surround /səˈrɑʊnd/ (v):

L
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

IA
Bài 1 : Hoàn thành bảng sau, thêm đuôi –ing vào các động từ sao cho đúng

IC
V V-ing V V-ing

Have (có) Help

F
OF
Do (làm) Run

Say (nói) Write

Go (đi)

Make (làm)
ƠN Move

Play
NH
Take (lấy) Stand

Give (cho) Talk

Use (dùng) Sit

Y
QU

Come (đến) Read

Find (tìm thấy) Speak

Put Open
M

Leave Draw
KÈ

Work Walk

Ask Sell
Y

Follow watch
DẠ

Bài 2: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng

1. Johny and Mandy (is/am/are) cleaning the kitchen

2. I (is/am/are) reading a book at the moment.

 3. It (is/am/are) raining

4. We (is/am/are) singing a new song.

5. The children (is/am/are) watching TV at breaktime.

L
6. My pets (is/am/are) sleeping now.

IA
7. Aunt Helen (is/am/are) feeding the ducks on the farm.

IC
8. My friend (is/am/are) buying a pencil sharpener.

9. He (is/am/are) studying Science.

F
10. They (is/am/are) doing their homework.

OF
Bài 3: Viết các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?)

1. (+) We are working on the new show right now.

(-)____________________________________
ƠN
(?)____________________________________

2. (+)____________________________________
NH
(-) I’m not talking on the phone at the moment.

(?)____________________________________

3. (+)____________________________________
Y

(-)____________________________________
QU

(?) Is he running very fast?

4. (+) Julia is baking a chocolate cake at the moment.

(-)____________________________________
M

(?)____________________________________
KÈ

5. (+)____________________________________

(-)____________________________________
Y

(?) Are Tony and Kaity helping the teacher right now?
DẠ

Bài 4: Nối câu hỏi ở cột A với câu trả lời ở cột B sao cho phù hợp

A B
1. Are they having dinner? a. Yes, she is.

2. Are you making a cup of tea? b. He is cooking pasta

L
3. Is she making a cup of coffee? c. No, he isn’t.

IA
4. What are you doing? d. I’m going to Korea.

IC
5. Is it raining? e. No, they aren’t.

6. What is he cooking for dinner? f. My brother.

F
OF
7. Where are you going on holiday? g. No, it isn’t.

8. Are we going into town? h. Yes, we are.

9. Who is going to England? i. I’m looking for a number in the phone book.
ƠN
10. Is your father taking a bus to the j. Yes, I am.
kinder garten?
NH
Y
QU

1…….- 2………- 3……- 4…........- 5…....- 6……-7…….-8……..-9……….-10……….

M

Bài 5: Sắp xếp từ trong câu theo thứ tự đúng để tạo thành một câu hoàn chỉnh

1. singing/ the/ birds/ are/ at/. /5 am

KÈ

2. are/ at/ 7 am/ the/ dogs/ big/ barking.

3. up/ at/ is/ 7.20 am/ getting/ Thompson/ . / Mrs.

Y

4. making/ she/ . / at/ breakfast/ her/ 7.40 am/ son’s/ is

DẠ

5. 7.50 am/ is/ . / letters/ the/ the/ delivering/ at/ mailman

6. his/ 7.55 am/ son/ washing/ Mrs/ . / is/ Thompson’s/ face/ at

7. are/ eating/ 8 am/ at/ family/ Thompsons/ together/ the / breakfast.

 8. blue/ 8.20 am/ work/ Thompson/ car/ is/ in/ at/ to/ Mrs./ driving/ her.

9. rope/ playground/ classmate/ is/ my/ in/ the/ . / skipping

10. school/ sister/ is/ an/ my/ international/ studying/ in.

L
Bài 6: Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn

IA
1. Alexander ______ (study) for his exam at the moment.

IC
2. She ______ (not play) goft tomorrow.

3. They ______ (make) dinner now.

F
4. The company ______ (have) dinner now.

OF
5. She ______ (eat) oysters for lunch right now.

6. David ______(not fly) to Chicago next week.

7. I ______ (work) on a special report today.

ƠN
8. We ______ (not cook) dinner this evening because we’re eating out.

9. ______ (Tom drive) to work right now?

NH
10. They ______(not prepare) for the science exam at the moment.

11. When ______ (you/ have) lunch tomorrow?

12. ______ (they give) a party this weekend?

Y

13. Susan ______ (make) the decision at 3 o’clock this afternoon.

QU

14. What ______ (you do)?!

15. Which motel ______(they stay) now?

Bài 7: Chọn động từ thích hợp cho dạng đúng của thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn và điền vào chỗ
M

trống
KÈ

read study post make speak draw

come wait sunbathe water
Y

1. He is at the bank. He _______money from his account.

DẠ

2. He is in the library. He ______

3. He is in the garden. He ______ the flowers.

4. She is on the beach. She ______

 5. He is in the post office. He ______ letter.

6. He is in the telephone box. He ______ a call.

7. We ______ English at the moment.

L
8. Look! David and Max ______ home.

IA
9. She ______for her boyfriend now.

IC
10. I ______ to a dentist.

Bài 8: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, đặt câu ở thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn

F
1. (they/ learn new things?)

OF
_______________________________________________________________

2. (when/ he/ start work?)

_______________________________________________________________

3. (why/ I/ stay/ at home?) ƠN

_______________________________________________________________
NH
4. (it/ get dark?)

_______________________________________________________________

5. (the dog/ not/ play with a ball)

Y

_______________________________________________________________
QU

6. (why/ it/ rain now?)

_______________________________________________________________

7. (how/ she/ travel?)

M

_______________________________________________________________
KÈ

8. (where/ you/ work?)

_______________________________________________________________
Y

9. (what/we/ watch?)
DẠ

_______________________________________________________________

10. (I/ take too much cake?)

_______________________________________________________________

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

 Bài 1: Hoàn thành bảng sau, thêm đuôi –ing vào các động từ sao cho đúng

V V-ing V V-ing

L
Have (có) Having Help Helping

IA
Do (làm) Doing Run Running

Say (nói) Write

IC
Saying Writing

Go (đi) Going Move Moving

F
Make (làm) Making Play Playing

OF
Take (lấy) Taking Stand Standing

Give (cho) Giving Talk Talking

Use (dùng) Using ƠN Sit Sitting

Come (đến) Coming Read Reading

NH

Find (tìm thấy) Finding Speak Speaking

Put Putting Open Opening

Y

Leave Leaving Draw Drawing

QU

Work Working Walk Walking

Ask Asking Sell Selling

M

Follow Following watch Watching

KÈ

Bài 2: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng

1. Johny and Mandy (is/am/are) cleaning the kitchen

2. I (is/am/are) reading a book at the moment.

Y
DẠ

3. It (is/am/are) raining

4. We (is/am/are) singing a new song.

5. The children (is/am/are) watching TV at breaktime.

6. My pets (is/am/are) sleeping now.

 7. Aunt Helen (is/am/are) feeding the ducks on the farm.

8. My friend (is/am/are) buying a pencil sharpener.

9. He (is/am/are) studying Science.

L
10. They (is/am/are) doing their homework.

IA
Bài 3: Viết các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), phủ định (-) và nghi vấn (?)

IC
1. (+) We are working on the new show right now.

(-)_We aren’t working on the new show right now._

F
(?)__Are we working on the new show right now?____

OF
2. (+)__I’m talking on the phone at the moment.___

(-) I’m not talking on the phone at the moment.

(?)__Are you talking on the phone at the moment?____

3. (+)__he is running very fast __ ƠN

(-)__he isn’t running very fast ___
NH
(?) Is he running very fast?

4. (+) Julia is baking a chocolate cake at the moment.

(-)__Julia isn’t baking a chocolate cake at the moment.___

Y

(?)__Is Julia baking a chocolate cake at the moment?___

QU

5. (+)__Tony and Kaity are helping the teacher right now ___

(-)_Tony and Kaity aren’t helping the teacher right now __

(?) Are Tony and Kaity helping the teacher right now?
M

Bài 4: Nối câu hỏi ở cột A với câu trả lời ở cột B sao cho phù hợp
KÈ

A B

1. Are they having dinner? E a. Yes, she is.

Y
DẠ

2. Are you making a cup of tea? J b. He is cooking pasta

3. Is she making a cup of coffee? A c. No, he isn’t.

4. What are you doing? I d. I’m going to Korea.

5. Is it raining? G e. No, they aren’t.

6. What is he cooking for dinner? B f. My brother.

L
7. Where are you going on holiday? D g. No, it isn’t.

IA
8. Are we going into town? H h. Yes, we are.

IC
9. Who is going to England? F i. I’m looking for a number in the phone book.

10. Is your father taking a bus to the j. Yes, I am.

F
kinder garten? C

OF
ƠN
NH

1…….- 2………- 3……- 4…........- 5…....- 6……-7…….-8……..-9……….-10……….

Bài 5: Sắp xếp từ trong câu theo thứ tự đúng để tạo thành một câu hoàn chỉnh
Y

1. singing/ the/ birds/ are/ at/. /5 am

QU

The birds are singing at 5a.m.

2. are/ at/ 7 am/ the/ dogs/ big/ barking.

The big dogs are barking at 7 a.m.

M

3. up/ at/ is/ 7.20 am/ getting/ Thompson/ . / Mrs.

KÈ

Mrs. Thomson is getting up at 7.20a.m.

4. making/ she/ . / at/ breakfast/ her/ 7.40 am/ son’s/ is

She is maiking her son’s breakfast at 7.40 a.m.

Y

5. 7.50 am/ is/ . / letters/ the/ the/ delivering/ at/ mailman

DẠ

The mailman is delivering the letters at 7.50 a.m.

6. his/ 7.55 am/ son/ washing/ Mrs/ . / is/ Thompson’s/ face/ at

Mrs. Thomson’s son is washing his face at 7.55 a.m.

 7. are/ eating/ 8 am/ at/ family/ Thompsons/ together/ the / breakfast.

The Thomsons are eating breakfast together at 8 a.m.

8. blue/ 8.20 am/ work/ Thompson/ car/ is/ in/ at/ to/ Mrs./ driving/ her.

L
Mrs. Thomson is driving her blue car to work at 8.20 a.m.

IA
9. rope/ playground/ classmate/ is/ my/ in/ the/ . / skipping

IC
My classmate is skipping rope in the playground.

1. school/ sister/ is/ an/ my/ international/ studying/ in.

F
My sister is studying at an international school.

OF
Bài 6: Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn

1. Alexander __is studying___ (study) for his exam at the moment.

2. She __isn’t playing__ (not play) goft tomorrow.

ƠN
3. They __are making__ (make) dinner now.

4. The company __is having__ (have) dinner now.

NH
5. She __is eating__ (eat) oysters for lunch right now.

6. David _Isn’t flying__(not fly) to Chicago next week.

7. I __am working__ (work) on a special report today.

Y

8. We __aren’t cooking__ (not cook) dinner this evening because we’re eating out.
QU

9. _Is Tom driving_ (Tom drive) to work right now?

10. They __aren’t preparing__(not prepare) for the science exam at the moment.

11. When __are you having_ (you/ have)

M

lunch tomorrow?
KÈ

12. _Are they giving_ (they give) a party this weekend?

13. Susan __is making_ (make) the decision at 3 o’clock this afternoon.
Y

14. What _are you doing_ (you do)?!

DẠ

15. Which motel _are they staying_(they stay) now?

Bài 7: Chọn động từ thích hợp cho dạng đúng của thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn và điền vào chỗ
trống
 read study post make speak draw
come wait sunbathe water

L
1. He is at the bank. He __is drawing__money from his account.

IA
2. He is in the library. He __ia reading__

IC
3. He is in the garden. He _is watering__ the flowers.

4. She is on the beach. She __is sunbathing_

F
5. He is in the post office. He __is posting_ letter.

OF
6. He is in the telephone box. He _is making_ a call.

7. We __are studying__ English at the moment.

8. Look! David and Max _is coming__ home.

ƠN
9. She __is waiting_for her boyfriend now.

10. I __am speaking_ to a dentist.

NH
Bài 8: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, đặt câu ở thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn

1. (they/ learn new things?)

Are they learning new things?

Y

2. (when/ he/ start work?)

QU

When is he starting work?

3. (why/ I/ stay/ at home?)

Why am I staying at home?

M

4. (it/ get dark?)

KÈ

Is it getting dark?

5. (the dog/ not/ play with a ball)

Y

The dog is playing with a ball.

DẠ

6. (why/ it/ rain now?)

Why is it raining now?

7. (how/ she/ travel?)

How is she travelling/

 8. (where/ you/ work?)

Where are you working?

9. (what/we/ watch?)

L
What are we watching/

IA
10. (I/ take too much cake?)

IC
Am I taking too much coffee?

F
OF
ƠN
NH
Y
QU
M
KÈ
Y
DẠ